Property Cleaning and Maintenance Work Contract

Document Sample
Property Cleaning and Maintenance Work Contract Powered By Docstoc
					       PERFORMANCE WORK STATEMENT
FAMILY HOUSING TOTAL MAINTENANCE CONTRACT




                  TE-3-
                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                P0001



                              TOTAL MAINTENCE AND REPAIR FAMILY HOUSING
                                    FORT JACKSON, SOUTH CAROLINA



                                                INDEX
                                 SECTION     DESCRIPTION\SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION C1   GENERAL

SECTION C2   DEFINITION, ABBREVIATION, & ACRONYMS

SECTION C3   APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

SECTION C4   GOVERNMENT FURNISHED PROPERTY AND SERVICES

SECTION C5   CONTRACTOR FURNISHED PROPERTY AND SERVICES

SECTION C6   MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT

SECTION C7   SERVICE CALLS

SECTION C8   CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY MAINTENANCE (COM)

SECTION C9   GENERAL STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

C-9A   REPLACE HOOD; INSTALL BACKSPLASHES.

C-9B   REFINISHING BATHTUBS

C-9C   WATERPROOFING BUILDINGS (BELOW GROUND)

C-9D   REPLACE KITCHEN COUNTER TOPS; VANITY COUNTERTOPS; KITCHEN CABINETS; AND VANITY CABINETS

C-9E   FLOORING COVERING

C-9F   ROUGH CARPENTRY

C-9G   FINISH CARPENTRY, GYPSUM BOARD AND INSULATION

C-9H    PAINTING

C-9I   GLASS AND GLAZING

C-9J   CERAMIC TILE AND SHOWER PANS

C-9K   LOCKSETS; MISCELLANOUS HARDWARE

C-9L   INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR WOOD DOORS

C-9M   METAL WINDOWS AND DOORS

C-9N    BALCONIES

C-9P   ELECTRICAL (SMOKE DETECTORS, AND LIGHT FIXTURES

C-9Q    EXTERIOR STOCCO FINISH

TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

C-9R   FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS

C-9S   PATIO ENCLOSURES

C-9T   PLUMBING

C-9U   PLAYGROUND AND RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE
                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                P0001


C-9V    BUS STOP SHELTER MAINTENANCE

C-9W    RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES

C-9X    VACANT QUARTERS CLEANING

C-9Y    SERVICE ORDER AND CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY MAINTENANCE

C-9Z    SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HOUSING MAINTENANCE

C-9AA   REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS MATERIALS


SECTION C10 RECURRING EQUIPMENT AND FACILITY MAINTENCE

SECTION C11 PEST CONTROL

SECTION C12 SUBMITTALS

SECTION C13 WARRANTY OF CONSTRUCTION

SECTION C14   Reserved
SECTION C15 TECHNICAL EXHIBITS


TECHNICAL EXHIBITS ARE   LISTED BELOW:

TECHNICAL
EXHIBIT NO.              DESCRIPTION                           PAGES

1.            RESERVED FOR SUCCESSFUL OFFEROR’S
              MANAGEMENT/TECHNICAL PROPOSAL

2.            FAMILY HOUSING BUILDING NUMBERS               TE-2-1 THRU TE-2-4

3.            PLAYGROUND AND TOT LOT LOCATIONS              TE-3-1 THRU TE-3-36

4.            BUS STOP SHELTER LOCATIONS                    TE-4-1

5.            INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES          TE-5-1 THRU TE-5-20

6.            RESERVED

7.            FAMILY HOUSING AREA MAPS                      TE-7-1 THRU TE-7-3

8.            RATE OF PERFORMANCE                            TE-8-1 THRU TE-8-7

9.            SERVICE CALL CATEGORIZATION AND RESPONSE       TE-9-1 THRU TE-9-10

10.           CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST                TE-10-1 THRU TE-10-10

11.           BALCONY DECK DETAIL                            TE-11-1

12.           RESERVED

13.           WORKLOAD DATA                                  TE-13-1 THRU TE-13

14.           ULITILY RATES                                  TE-14-1

15.           SERVICE CONTRACT ACT WAGE DECISION             TE-15-1 THRU 15-3
                                                                                                          W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                     P0001


                                                      SECTION C-1

                                                        GENERAL

1.0       SCOPE: The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, labor, supervision, quality control, materials, parts,
supplies, transportation, and administration and shall accomplish all tasks required to provide uninterrupted interior
and exterior service, maintenance, upkeep, restoration, inspection and replacement as required to maintain 1,258
family housing units (includes foyer areas/common stairways), facilities, systems, appurtenances, appliances,
grounds, shelters, playgrounds, recreational equipment, and other specified items in strict compliance with the
specifications of this contract and all applicable laws, regulations, codes and other publications cited herein. The
Contracting Officer will determine replacement of items. Cost of materials and/or labor used to perform work under
this contract, not identified as a line item in the Contract Price Schedule as reimbursable line items, shall be included
in the Contractor's price for COM, Service Calls and Recurring Maintenance as applicable. See CLIN 0001, CLIN
0002 and CLIN 0003, and corresponding CLIN's of option years.

1.1      Service Orders: Service order work includes:

1.1.1    Operations of Service Order Desk: Operate a service order (SO) desk
In accordance with paragraphs 7.3 , Section C-7, Service Calls, 5.12 and 5.12.1, Section C-5, Contractor Furnished
Property and Services.

1.1.2     Interior and Exterior Maintenance Service Orders: Interior and
exterior maintenance service order work consists of unscheduled maintenance for all 1,260 family housing quarters
interior and exterior building components and surfaces including umbrella clothesline supports (concrete and pipe)
located behind or adjacent to quarters, and utility systems. Maintenance of utility systems includes: all domestic
water piping in structures to the supply side of main building water supply shut off valve, whether inside or outside
the structure; all natural gas piping in structures to the supply side of the first shut off valve outside of the structure;
all sanitary sewer drain, waste, vent piping in structures to the main; all storm sewer drain piping including
downspout, driveway, garage, and stairway drains in or outside of structures to their connection with sewer or main
storm lines; and all electrical wiring in structures to the line side of main disconnects, if underground service, or two
feet outside mastheads, if overhead service. Maintenance service orders performed in accordance with Section C-9,
General Standards and Specifications, and applicable Technical Provisions.

1.1.3   Playground and Recreational Equipment Service Orders: Playground and recreational equipment service
order work consists of unscheduled maintenance for all playground and recreational equipment (27 locations).

1.1.4     Bus Stop Shelter Service Orders: Bus stop shelter service order work consists of unscheduled maintenance
for all bus stop shelters (21 locations).

1.1.5   Pest Control Service Orders: Pest control service order work consists of unscheduled pest control for all
1258 family housing quarters.

1.1.6   Appliance Service Orders: Appliance service order work consists of unscheduled maintenance for all
appliances in all 1258 family housing quarters.

1.1.7     Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems Service Orders:
Heating, ventilating, air conditioning (HVAC) systems service order work consists of unscheduled HVAC
systems maintenance for all HVAC systems in all 1258 family housing quarters.

1.2      Scheduled Maintenance: Scheduled maintenance includes:

1.2.1      Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems Maintenance:
Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning (HVAC) systems maintenance consists of regularly scheduled
HVAC systems maintenance for all HVAC systems in all family housing quarters. If it is determined that the
housing maintenance contractor cannot find or does not have competent HVAC personnel, the Government
has the right to terminate this portion of the contract and seek out a competent HVAC mechanical contractor.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


The cost of this portion of the contract being terminated will be deducted from the housing contractor's
contract price.

1.2.2    Playground and Recreational Equipment Maintenance:
Playground and recreational equipment maintenance consists of regularly scheduled maintenance for all
playground and recreational equipment (27 locations).

1.2.3     Bus Stop Shelter Maintenance: Bus stop shelter maintenance consists
of regularly scheduled maintenance for all bus stop shelters (21 locations).

1.3     Specific Ordered Items of Maintenance: Specific ordered items of
maintenance includes Separately Priced Line Items for:

1.3.1   Vacant Quarters Maintenance: Vacant quarters maintenance consists of specific ordered items of
maintenance, repair, and replacement at family housing quarters in accordance with paragraph 8.2,Section C-8,
Change of Occupancy Maintenance.

1.3.2    Miscellaneous Interior and Exterior Maintenance and Repair: Miscellaneous interior and exterior
maintenance and repair consists of specific ordered items of maintenance, repair, and replacement at family housing
quarters in accordance with paragraph 7.14, Section C-7, Service Calls; 9.2 thru 9.8, Section C-9, General Standards
and Specifications; and applicable Technical Provisions.

1.3.2 Vacant Quarters, Cleaning: Quarters cleaning consists of thorough cleaning of vacant quarters before
commencement of Change of Occupancy Maintenance.

1.4     PRIMARY FUNCTIONS: Service Order Work, Scheduled Maintenance and Vacant Quarters
Maintenance shall be performed with due diligence and in conjunction with the following performance
requirements:

1.4.1     MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT: Section C-6.

1.4.2     SERVICE CALLS: Section C-7.

1.4.3    CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY MAINTENANCE: Section C-8

1.4.4     GENERAL STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: Section C-9

1.4.5     RECURRING EQUIPMENT AND FACILITY MAINTENANCE: Section C-10.

1.4.6     PEST CONTROL: Section C-11.

1.4.7    SUBMITTALS: Section C-12

1.4.8    RESERVED.

1.4.9    CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL. Section C-14.

1.5       MOBILIZATION: The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from DATE of award of contract to
mobilize for the contract. Mobilization includes set up, communication installation, connecting utilities, hire work
force, procurement and storage of equipment and materials, submission of required submittals, obtain and
familiarization with referenced publications, obtain as-built record drawings, prepare and integrate vehicle fleet,
register and place identification on vehicles, familiarization of facilities, appliances and family quarters grounds,
shelters and playground sites and on post activities pertinent to the contract and set up of management procedures.
No separately priced line item work shall be performed during this period, unless authorized by the Contracting
Officer.
                                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                   P0001


1.5.1    PHASE-IN OF CONTRACTOR OPERATIONS: The contractor shall assume responsibilities for the
 work required. Therefore, on the initial day of performance, the contractor shall provide a workforce fully qualified
 and capable of performing all work required at that time under this contract.

1.5.2 TRANSITION PERIOD: This Contractor shall cooperate with the
new Contractor during the new Contractor's transition period for any future contracts. The current Contractor will
be responsible for all work issued to him under the terms of the current contract.

1.6 CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL:

1.6.1     Contract Manager or Alternate: The Contractor shall provide a Contract Manager who shall be responsible
for the performance of the work. The name of this person and an alternate(s) who shall act for the Contractor when
the manager is absent shall be designated in writing to the Contracting Officer in Contractor's proposal. The
Contractor's proposed representative(s) shall be empowered with sufficient authority to enable him to meet
conditions which arise in the day-to-day operations without delay and make decisions without having to get
decisions from higher level management. The Contract Manager or alternate shall be available within one (1) hour
of notification during normal duty hours of 0730-1615, Monday thru Friday, except for holidays, to meet on the
installation with Government personnel designated by the Contracting Officer to discuss problem areas. The
Contract Manager or alternate shall respond to requests to meet within four (4) hours during off duty hours.

1.6.2     Other Personnel: The Contractor shall provide a sufficient number of properly trained and qualified
personnel to perform the requirements of this contract. The Contractor shall furnish supervisory, administrative, and
direct labor personnel to accomplish all tasks required by this contract. The Contractor shall not employ any person
who is an employee of the United States Government if the employment of that person would create a conflict of
interest for the Contractor or employees nor shall the Contractor employ any person who is an employee of the
Department of the Army, either military or civilian, unless such person seeks and receives approval in accordance
with the Joint Ethics Regulation DoD 5500.7-R. The Contractor shall not employ any person(s) who has ever been
convicted of a felony.

1.6.2.1 Contractor shall furnish the Contracting Officer, prior to contract start, a list of all Contractor employees
including any and all sub-contractors employees. The Contracting Officer shall receive an updated list as changes
occur.

1.6.3    Employee Identification: The Contractor shall provide each employee with a picture ID badge which shall
include the employee's name, the Contractor's name and the words "Housing Maintenance". The identifying
information shall be worn at all times on the outer clothing of employees who are working.

1.6.4    Essential Personnel: During installation closures, inclement weather, orany other circumstances which
limit access to the installation, the Contractor shall provide sufficient staff to meet all emergency service orders and
vacant quarters maintenance.

1.6.5 Conduct and Appearance: The Contractor shall ensure that the conduct of his employees, while on Fort
Jackson shall not in any way be discourteous and that Contractor's personnel present themselves in a professional
appearance at all times. The conduct and appearance of Contractor employees shall not reflect discredit upon this
installation or upon the Department of the Army (DA). The Government reserves the right to require removal of a
Contractor employee from the job site who endangers persons or property or whose continued employment is
inconsistent with military security or mission accomplishment. The Government reserves the right to refuse to
permit any Contractor employee to perform services under this contract who is not in compliance with this contract.
Failure of an employee to gain access to the installation due to the above will not relieve the Contractor of any work
required by this contract. The Contractor shall ensure that employees maintain a clean, well-groomed appearance.
Items of military apparel shall not be worn by Contractor's personnel while performing duties under this contract.

1.7   LICENSES, REGISTRATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, AND PERMITS:

1.7.1   Asbestos: The Contractor shall comply with the South Carolina and Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) and Department of Labor (DOL) rules, regulations, and requirements pertaining to asbestos. This contract
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001


will involve asbestos removal. The Contractor shall be required and allowed to remove any building materials
containing asbestos. The Contractor shall immediately contact the Contracting Officer should he encounter building
materials he suspects may contain asbestos. The Contractor shall arrange for the suspect material's testing and
removal. The Contractor shall use NONFRIABLE METHODS ONLY for the removal of asbestos materials. The
Contractor shall be familiar with DHEC,EPA, AND DOL requirements regarding construction activity around
building materials which may contain asbestos. See clause Safety, Health and Environmental Protection.

1.7.2 Pest Control Applicator: The Contractor shall be licensed by the State of South Carolina to apply restricted
use pesticides in the State of South Carolina. All contractor personnel, who are employed as applicators for
applying restricted pesticides shall be certified by the State of South Carolina in accordance with the EPA Standards
which are acceptable to the State of South Carolina. The Contractor's personnel shall have valid certifications to
apply restricted use pesticides upon contract award and throughout the duration of the contract.

1.7.2.1 Contractor personnel performing pest control work shall be certified under the State of South Carolina or
the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Plan accepted in the State of South Carolina or Department of Defense
(DOD) Plan for the Certification of Pesticide Applicators for the categories of pest control to be performed.
Contractor personnel shall not be permitted to apply any pesticide on Fort Jackson without the appropriate
certification. Application of pesticides shall be restricted to the level of certification held by Contractor employees.

1.7.2.1.1      Certification Categories: Category 3 – Ornamental and Turf.         Category 7 A – General, Industrial,
Institutional, Structural and Health. Category 8 – Public Health.

1.7.2.2     All Contractor personnel using pesticides shall keep abreast of current developments in the use of
pesticides.

1.7.2.3    The Contractor shall provide a copy of the current certification of all personnel applying pesticides on
Fort Jackson to the Contracting Officer seven days prior to beginning Pest Control work.

1.7.3 Gas Fitter: All Contractor personnel, who are employed to work on gas fired equipment shall be certified and
a registered Master Gas Fitter having a qualification card issued by the City of Columbia, Municipal Association of
SC., or equal. All work shall be in compliance with the Standard Gas Code of the Southern Building Code Congress
International, Inc., 1985 Edition.

1.7.4 Electrician: All Contractor personnel, who are employed as Electricians shall be certified and a registered
Master Electrician having a qualification card issued by City of Columbia, Municipal Association of S.C., or equal.
All electrical work shall be in accordance with NFPA No. 70 (National Electric Code, Latest Edition).

1.7.5    HVAC Mechanic: All Contractor personnel, who are employed to work on heating and A/C equipment
shall have a minimum of two (2) years experience working in the industry for a certified and licensed HVAC
mechanical contractor and shall be certified and registered HVAC Master Mechanic, having a qualification card
issued by the City of Columbia, Municipal Association of S. C., or equal. All work shall be in accordance with
NFPA No70, and Standard Gas Code, of the Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc.

1.7.5.1. Plumber: All Contractor personnel who are employed to work on plumbing equipment and appliances
shall be certified and registered Journeyman Plumber by the City of Columbia, Municipal Association of S.C., or
equal.

1.7.6 Vehicle Registration and Licenses: Operators of equipment and vehicles shall possess a valid State of South
Carolina operator's permit to operate Contractor furnished vehicles or equipment for work under the contract. The
Contractor shall ensure that all vehicles to be used in the performance of this contract be registered with the Fort
Jackson Provost Marshal's Office, located in Building 5499.

1.7.6.1    VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION: All Contractor vehicles under the performance of this contract shall
have the name of the Contractor and the words "Housing Maintenance" neatly exhibited on each side of the cab.

1.8   PHYSICAL SECURITY: The Contractor shall safeguard all Government property in contractor use.
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001




1.8.1     SECURITY OF VACANT QUARTERS: The Contractor shall perform a physical security check and
secure each dwelling unit in which he has worked prior to his departure from the unit, including but not limited to
checking doors, locks, windows, and gates; checking electric or gas ranges for burners of ovens left on; checking
faucets to make sure water is not left running; and checking for lights left on. The contractor shall take corrective
action immediately upon discovery of any security deficiency including but not limited to locking unlocked doors,
windows, and gates; shutting off electric or gas ranges, shutting off running water, and shutting off electric lights. In
cold weather, furnaces shall be left on and set at a temperature as defined by DLE to prevent water pipes from
freezing.

1.8.2    Key Control: The Contractor shall develop and implement a plan to control and account for Family
Housing Unit keys including entrance keys and storage shed keys assigned to the Contractor to ensure that no keys
issued to the Contractor by the Government are stolen, lost, misplaced, or used by unauthorized persons.

1.8.3     Key Cutting: The Contractor shall provide key cutting and replacement service in response to requests for
keys from a service order and shall maintain a log and provide to Government at expiration of contract of all keys
issued or duplicated indicating the date of issuance, quarters number and name of the recipient. The Contractor
shall not duplicate Government keys except as permitted by the Contracting Officer.

1.8.4     Key Replacement: The Contractor shall replace all keys, re-key or replace locks or cores necessary to
maintain control of the system. Upon discovery of loss or duplication of any master key, the Contractor shall
replace all locks and keys in the "compromised system" with a new system. The Contractor shall assume liability of
costs for re-keying or replacement of locks and cores caused by negligence of Contractor personnel. The Contractor
shall report every occurrence of a lost key to the Contracting Officer within 24 hours following discovery of the lost
key.

1.8.5    Key Restriction: The Contractor shall restrict use of keys by Contractor employees to not permit entrance
to locked areas by any person other than the occupant and Contractor personnel engaged in the performance of work
in those areas, or personnel assigned to the activity where the Contractor is performing work, without written
authorization by the Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer and his designated representative shall have
access to any Government- owned property.

1.8.6    Keys shall be issued to the Contractor and returned to the Government at the Housing Office, Building
5450. The Contractor shall sign for the keys. The Contractor shall establish a key register and record all key
transfers with the person receiving the keys signing and dating the register. The key registers shall be turned over
to the Government at the termination of the contract. If a key has been determined to be lost, the Contractor shall
notify the Housing Office orally within two hours of the discovery and provide written confirmation within 24
hours. If the Contractor has not found the lost key or keys by the time completion of work is due, all of the locks
affected will be replaced and/or re-keyed, whatever is required, so that all keys to the quarters or facility match. If
the time of completion spans a period when the quarters or facility is not occupied, the Contractor shall provide
security to protect the property. If the facility is occupied, the Contractor shall re-key and/or replace the lock before
leaving for the evening or no later than 2200 daily. New keys shall be delivered to the occupant prior to Contractor's
departure.

1.8.7. The Contractor shall not transfer key(s) to the Contracting Officer prior to completion work in quarters
except under one of the following conditions:

1.8.7.1. The quarters were found by the Contractor to be vandalized, broken into, appliances (or parts) were
missing, mirrors or windows were broken during pre-work inspection and a separate Government investigation is
needed.

1.8.7.2   Other Contractors were found to be working in the quarters which would interfere with the work as
determined by the Contracting Officer.

1.8.7.3    The quarters are found to be occupied when they were supposed to be vacant.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


1.8.7.4     The Contracting Officer demands return of the keys to quarters not serviced in Compliance with the
terms of this contract.

1.8.7.5     When keys will not open doors to quarters.

1.8.7.6     The terms of this contract have been completed.

1.8.8. Occupant Lock-Out: The Contractor shall provide access by occupants of Family Housing Units to their
respective quarters at any time, 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. The Contractor shall call the Military Police,
751-3114 and provide access by occupants only in the presence of the Military Police.

1.9 APPLIANCE REPLACEMENT: If an appliance is determined by the Contracting Officer to be beyond
economical repair, the contractor shall replace the appliance so long as the total replacement meets the criteria
below. Determination for repair versus replacement shall be a joint responsibility between the Contracting Officer
(for extent of repairs) and the Furnishings Management Branch Property Book Officer (for age and cost of
appliance). Major repairs to appliances shall not be made and appliances shall be replaced when:

1.9.1     Appliances have exceeded their life expectancy as follows:
             Refrigerators - 15 years
             Ranges and Built-in Ovens - 10 years
             Garbage Disposals (SBI) - 3 years or as required
             Water Heaters (SBI) - 8 years
             Dishwashers (SBI) - 10 years

1.9.1.1 The cost of the required repairs exceeds 50 percent of the replacement cost of the appliance.

1.10     PERFORMANCE TIMES FOR SEPARATELY PRICED LINE ITEMS: The Contractor shall complete
the required work within the designated time frames in accordance with paragraph 4.1, Technical Exhibit TE-8, after
receipt of the Delivery Order, subject to availability of quarters for access.

1.11      SCHEDULE OF WORK: Except as otherwise specified, routine maintenance and repair work (routine
calls) shall be accomplished during the normal duty hours of 0730-1615, Sunday thru Saturday. Any deviation from
this schedule shall be submitted for approval to the Contracting Officer prior to starting any work.

1.11.1    Urgent Service Calls shall be accomplished seven (7) days per week from 0730-2200.

1.11.2    Emergency Service Calls shall be accomplished seven (7) days per week twenty-four (24) hours a day.

1.11.3 Major Painting: Major painting during COM may be accomplished at anytime in a single unit and at any
time except from 2200 hours until 0730 hours in multiple unit facilities.

1.11.4 Floor Repair: Floor repair during COM may be accomplished at any time in single unit facilities and at
anytime except from 2200 hours until 0730 hours in multiple unit facilities.

1.11.5 Disaster Response Work: In the event Government property is damaged
by causes of a disastrous nature, such as a hurricane, tornado, flood, or fire and the Contracting Officer determines
emergency action is necessary to protect Government and personnel property, he/she may direct the Contractor to do
emergency work to the extent necessary.

1.12     SAFETY REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor shall maintain a safe and healthy work place. The
Contractor shall comply with all pertinent provisions of the publication General Safety Requirements, EM 385-1-1,
prepared by the Department of the Army, Corps of Engineers, US Army, and published by the US Government
Printing Office, together with related additions, modifications or new editions in effect or issued during the course of
this contract. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of and shall report to the Contracting Officer and
Military Police, by telephone or in writing within 2 hours of occurrence, all accidents resulting in death, traumatic
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


injury, occupational disease, or damage to property, materials, supplies and equipment incident to work performed
under this contract.

1.12.1 Contractor Compliance: If the Contractor fails, or refuses, to promptly comply with safety requirements,
the Contracting Officer may issue an order stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has
been taken. No part of the time lost due to any such stop order shall be made the subject of claim for extension of
time or for excess costs or damages to the Contractor. The Contractor shall report any accident that results in a
fatality or the hospitalization of five or more employees to the nearest OSHA Office.

1.13     FIRE PROTECTION: The Government will provide emergency fire protection service for the Contractor
in accordance with SECTION C-4, Government Furnished Property and Services.

1.13.1 Contractor Compliance: Contractor shall comply with requirements outlined in the Post Fire Regulations,
Ft Jackson Supplement 1 to AR 420-90, dated 14 September 1977, and any amendments that have been or may be
issued.

1.14       REMOVED PARTS AND MATERIALS: Prior to final disposition, The Contractor shall contact the
Contracting Officer for inspection of any item with a replacement cost over $50.00 that is removed from equipment
or facilities. See Section C-5, paragraphs. 5.9, and 5.9.1 for disposal of removed equipment and materials.

1.15 ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAM (HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS): The Contractor shall with
all Federal, state, and local Fort Jackson nvironmental rules, regulations, SOPs and guidance.

1.15.1     Regulations and Laws: The Contractor shall comply with all federal, State and local laws, regulations
and standards, regarding environmental matters. All environmental matters shall be coordinated through the
Contracting Officer and the Directorate of Logistics and Engineering (DLE) Public Safety and Natural Resources
Division . Pesticides shall only be applied in accordance with EPA approved label directions.

1.15.2     Citations: Enforcement action for non-compliance with environmental standards area matter of
resolution between the Contractor, Contracting Officer, and the issuing office of EPA or State of South Carolina
regulatory authorities. If enforcement action are initiated by federal, state or local officials due to noncompliance by
the contractor, the fine shall be paid by the Contractor.

1.15.3      Spills: The Contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer or if not available, the Fort
Jackson Fire Department, of spillage or release of any fuel, hazardous and/or toxic material occurring during the
performance of work under this contract. This includes pesticides released not in accordance with EPA approved
label directions. The Contractor shall clean up and dispose of any spillage or release at his expense. Clean up and
reporting shall be in accordance with Fort Jackson, federal, state and local laws, regulations, standards and plans.

1.15.4      Disposal: The Contractor shall properly dispose of all hazardous and/or toxic material wastes and empty
material containers generated in performance of this contract at State of South Carolina or Federally approved
disposal site off of Fort Jackson and in accordance with Fort Jackson's Hazardous Waste Management Plan, or when
not covered by the plan, as directed by the Contracting Officer.

1.15.5      Asbestos: The Contractor shall be required or allowed to remove any
material which contains asbestos. Any demolition or renovation must be conducted in accordance with applicable
asbestos management requirement contained in Federal. State, local, or Fort Jackson rules, regulation, SOPs and
guidance. Any work requiring removal or disturbance of a material suspected of containing asbestos shall be brought
the attention of the Contracting Officer before any work is done. The Contractor shall conduct all activities in
compliance with EPA, DHEC, AND DOL rules and regulation regarding management of asbestos containing
material.. The Contractor shall be required to perform emergency service orders in the presence of asbestos. The
Contractor shall use NONFRIABLE METHODS ONLY for removing asbestos containing materials.

1.16 INSPECTION BY REGULATORY AGENCIES: The Contractor Shall notify the Contracting Officer
immediately of any inspection visit by an agent or agents of any regulatory agency. The Contractor shall cooperate
with the Inspector. The Contractor shall submit a written report to the Contracting Officer by the close of business
                                                                                                          W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                     P0001


of the work day following completion of the inspection visit, to include the names, identification number, agency of
the inspectors and the reason for the visit, and a list of all regulatory deficiencies or compliance violations observed.
The Contractor shall include a copy of all reports received. If samples are collected, the Contractor shall take
similar samples and deliver to the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall obtain a statement signed by the
inspector validating their authenticity.

1.17      COORDINATION WITH OTHERS: The Government reserves the right to award contracts to other
Contractors to improve the overall conditions of Family Housing quarters. The Contractor shall cooperate with other
contractors and with Government employees. A list of planned projects and general descriptions of the intended
scope of work is available from the Housing Division, Building 5450. It is the intent of the Government to let
separate contracts to perform this work as funding levels allow, but it shall be the responsibility of this Contractor to
maintain the existing systems and components until the projects are completed and after the warranty period is over
the contractor will assume all responsibilities to maintain the new systems and components. This includes any
training required to maintain a functional work-force.

1.18     CONFLICTING DIRECTIVES: Any apparent conflict between compliance with the directives, rules and
regulations identified in this contract and the satisfaction of the requirements of the contract shall be immediately
brought to the attention of the Contracting Officer for final resolution. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting
Officer in writing in addition to any verbal notification of such conflict.

1.19     UTILITY SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS: If the Contractor's work requires interruption of any utility
service to or within the facility, or requires that a facility be vacated, the Contractor shall first notify the Contracting
Officer or his designated representative and then the occupant as soon as possible before the interruption, but no
later than five working days prior to scheduled interruptions. The Contractor shall avoid damage to occupant's
furnishings, minimize disruption, and re-light any pilot lights that were affected. The Contractor may be required to
provide further information concerning the interruption to their affected occupants.

1.20     WORKMANSHIP:

1.20.1 Intent: The performance of work shall conform to the applicable Industry Codes and all other standards
required in this contract. During the repair and replacement activities, the Contractor shall protect adjacent surfaces
and the dwelling contents. Work areas left unattended overnight shall be temporarily barricaded or otherwise
closed-off protect the occupants from possible safety hazards and to protect the dwelling unit from weather damage
or criminal acts. In the event the Contractor discovers a structural deficiency beyond the scope of this contract, the
Contractor shall immediately notify the CONTRACTING OFFICER. Work deemed unsatisfactory by the
Contracting Officer shall be corrected at the expense of the Contractor within the time-frame specified to alleviate
an emergency (Priority 1 Service Order). The Government reserves the right to bring in another contractor of their
choice to correct any work deemed unsatisfactory by the Contracting Officer.

1.20.2 Clean-Up: The Contractor shall clean all work areas after maintenance and repair has been performed as a
part of Change of Occupancy Maintenance. The Contractor shall insure that vacant quarters are clean prior to the
contractor's departure regardless of condition of quarters when they are turned over to the Contractor.

1.21   THE WORK LOAD under this contract is divided into 4 major parts: COM, service calls, recurring
equipment and facility maintenance, and all other contract line items. The work shall be accomplished by:

         a. Service Calls

         b. Service Calls plus an occasional other separately priced line item except COM.

         c. COM

         d. COM plus other separately priced line items except service calls.

         e. Separately priced line items except COM and service calls.
                                               END OF SECTION C1
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001




                                                    SECTION C-2

                                DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, & ACRONYMS

DEFINITIONS: As used throughout this contract, the following terms shall have the meaning set forth below:

AIR CONDITIONING (A/C): Equipment to include all ductwork, mechanical equipment, condensate collection
trays, plenums, filters, registers, return air grilles, and electric control devices.

APPLIANCES AND INSTALLED EQUIPMENT:

APPLIANCES: These items consist of contractor FURNISHED and Government owned refrigerators, freezer,
ranges, and ovens.

INSTALLED EQUIPMENT: These items consist of Government owned equipment which requires maintenance.

APPLIANCE SERVICING: Work required to keep an appliance in such condition that it is operational and may be
continuously utilized safely for its intended purpose at its designated capacity or efficiency. See Section C-7 and
C-8.

APPLIANCE SPACE: The floor, walls, cabinet ends, baseboards, shoe molding, vents, electrical outlets, and pipe
plumbing recesses associated with the location designed for stoves, refrigerators, water heaters, dishwaters, washing
machines, and dryers.

ARTHROPODS: Scientifically, any numerous invertebrate organisms of the phylum arthropoda, which includes
insects, crustaceans, arachnids, and myriapods having a horny segmented external covering and jointed limbs.

AS-BUILT DRAWINGS: A neat, legible, reproducible drawing on a standard size sheet which depicts changes
made to a portion of the permanent structure or system of a facility.

ASSIGNED PARKING SPACE: Paved or unpaved parking areas assigned to specific quarters, sometimes in close
proximity to the dwelling unit and sometimes remote. Each assigned parking space is approximately 200 square feet
in size and normally has concrete curb and gutter showing the assigned dwelling unit.

ASSOCIATED REAL PROPERTY (ARP): Property assigned to dwelling units to include carports, pavement
(concrete or asphalt), carport roofs (top, bottom, and sides), sidewalks, patios, porches, handrails, garages, storage
rooms, separated structures, assigned parking spaces, basement access stairways, windows wells, basement water
control systems, sum pits, privacy screens, fences, awnings, and canopies.

AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE GOVERNMENT: The phrase at no additional cost to the Government is
used to emphasize that the work is considered to be paid for as an element of the CLIN established to pay for
maintenance and repair of quarters, and a separate CLIN will not be established.

AUTHORIZATION: Data taken from authorization documents listed in AR 310-34 and used to identify items
required and authorized.

BI-WEEKLY: Once every two weeks.

BILLETING: Housing provided for those unmarried, divorced, or separated (legally or geographically) officers and
senior enlisted personnel permanently assigned to Fort Jackson, transient personnel, and those military and civilian
personnel who are temporarily assigned to Fort Jackson without dependents.

BUILDING: A building is any structure which has a roof.
                                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                   P0001


CARPORTS: A separated or detached structure with an open parking area with posts, pavement, curbing and
gutters, drains, roof and downspouts to be cleaned.

CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY MAINTENANCE (COM): The work accomplished to inspect, repair, maintain, and
service any of the military family housing units and their appurtenances to include common areas which are vacated
for any reason during the contract period and are assigned to Contractor for COM.

CHECK: To examine or compare with a standard to verify that the unit or equipment is operating within design
specifications. Checks include adjustment, calibration, and replacement or repair (requiring 20 minutes or less) if
the unit is not operating within the design specifications.

CLASSIFICATION: The inspection of material to determine and record the proper state of serviceability.
Classification is a Government responsibility.

CLEAN: Free from dirt, contamination, or impurities; unsoiled, unstained, recently laundered.

CLEANING ORDER (CO): Document showing various types of cleaning work required of the Contractor which is
the basis of proof that work was required and accomplished.

COMPLIANCE: Action in accordance with all applicable environmental rules and regulations and /or the Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA). It also means actions in accordance with a schedule or plan
ordered or approved by a court of competent jurisdiction, the State of South Carolina or the Environmental
Protection Agency as dictated by applicable environmental rules and regulations , or FIFRA, and the regulations
issued pursuant thereto.

COMPUTER GENERATED DOCUMENT (CGD): A "hard copy" or paper printed by computer.
CONTRACT DISCREPANCY REPORT (CDR): A formal, written documentation of Contractor nonconformance
or lack of performance for contracted work.

CONTRACT LINE ITEM NUMBER: An item of work and materials for which the Contractor will receive
compensation. The unit price of CLIN represents the unit price the Contractor will receive for the total and
complete furnishing, installation, demolition of old items, clean up, all related indirect costs and direct costs
attributed to that requirement.

CONTRACTING OFFICER: Any person who, either by virtue of position or by appointment in accordance with
the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), or supplement thereto, is currently a Contracting Officer with the
authority to enter into and administer contracts and make determinations and findings with respect thereto, or with
any part of such authority.

CONTRACTOR: The term Contractor as used herein refers to both the Prime Contractor and any subcontractors.
The Contractor will be responsible for insuring that his subcontractors comply with the provisions of this contract.

CONTRACTOR'S MANAGER: A foreman, superintendent, or manager assigned in accordance with Paragraph
C.1.6.1.

CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROLS (CQC): The Contractor's management and control of his own, his
suppliers, and his subcontractor's activities to comply with contract requirements.

DATA COLLECTION POINT (DCP): Receiving point for various data collection.

DEFECTIVE SERVICE: A unit of service which contains one or more defects, or nonconformance with specified
requirements.

DEFENSE REUTILIZATION AND MARKETING OFFICE (DRMO): This office processes salvageable items to
be re-utilize or to be sold as scrap. The office is located in Building 1902.
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001


DEFICIENCY: A shortcoming in the quality or state of service performed.

DEWINTERIZATION: The process of reactivating equipment or facilities that had previously been placed on
standby or inactive use.

DIRECT SUPERVISION: A certified pesticide applicator supervising the work of un-certifed pesticide applicator
at the specific location where the work is being conducted and maintaining a line-of-sight view of the work being
performed.

DIRECTORATE OF LOGISTICS AND ENGINEERING (DLE): The Commanding General's principal staff
officer for all matters pertaining to facilities engineering and housing matters for the installation. The DLE plans,
programs, and coordinates all Real Property Maintenance Activities (RPMA). The category RPMA includes all
operations, maintenance, repair, construction, and related services required under the contract. The DLE office is
located in Building 2600.
DRAPES: All material fabric, liners, rods, hooks, cornices, opening and closing devices, and tie backs associated
with window and wall coverings. Drapes are in General Officer's Quarters only.

DWELLING UNIT: A single family dwelling or billeting unit. Included with the unit are all its components to
include proportionate shares of carports, garages, and storage sheds that belong to the structure unless otherwise
specified hereinafter (includes exterior clotheslines and Government owned fences). A unit does not include
occupant constructed or owned structures.

EMERGENCY SERVICE ORDER: A classification of service orders as set by examples described in Section C-7
that require expeditious handling to:

     1. Eliminate immediate danger to personnel or property.
     2. Prevent extreme hardship.
     3. Respond to special command interest.

EMERGENCY WORK: Any unforeseen circumstance or combination of circumstances that requires immediate
action.

ENGINEERED PERFORMANCE STANDARDS (EPS): Time standards developed by engineers using proven
industrial engineering techniques. EPS standards represent the average time necessary for a qualified worker,
working at a normal pace, under capable supervision and experiencing normal delays, to perform a defined amount
of work, of a specified quality, while following acceptable trade methods. EPS standards are used to develop
estimates of man hours for maintenance, repair, and new construction work.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA): The Federal agency delegated authority to enforce the
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA).

EQUIPMENT: Items utilized in the performance of work.

FACILITY: A facility is an integral structure such as a house, apartment building, garage, carport, or storage shed.

FACILITY NUMBER (Building Number or Quarters Number): The number assigned to a particular facility for the
purpose of identification. All building structures, utility systems and other non-building real property entities have
an assigned facility number. The number is up to a five-digit numeric number for billets and family housing
quarters (multi-unit quarters), an alphanumeric digit is added to the facility number to represent a particular quarters
or apartment.

FAIR WEAR AND TEAR (FWT): Loss or impairment of appearance, effectiveness, worth, or utility of an item that
has occurred solely because of normal and customary use of the item for its intended purpose.

FAMILY HOUSING: All types of family dwelling units under the jurisdiction of the Department of the Army used
for the housing of military personnel and dependents.
                                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                   P0001


FAMILY HOUSING QUARTERS TYPE: An identifying number assigned to a specific group of family housing
quarters with similar or identical floor plans, architectural features, and square footage.

FISCAL YEAR (FY): The period of October 1 to 30 September each year.

FLOOR COVERING: Any material or assembly which is used as a floor facing of finish and is not an integral part
of the floor. Examples of floor coverings are paint, carpet, resilient floor tile and sheet vinyl, ceramic tile, quarry
tile, and parquet flooring.

GARAGE: A separated or attached closed structure assigned to dwelling unit at which there are floors, windows,
walls, doors, sills, sole plates, wall braces, studs, driveways, drains, gutters, and downspouts to be maintained.

GENERAL OFFICER QUARTER (GOQ) SERVICE ORDER: A classification of service orders requiring
expeditious handling due to the demands for entertainment, job functions, and time demands associated with
General Officers and their families.

GOVERNMENT-FURNISHED PROPERTY (GFP): Property owned and furnished by the Government for the
Contractor or resident use without charge or on a reimbursable basis as indicated in the contract.

GROUNDS - 5 FOOT. The limit of work included on a facility. This 5 foot area extends from the exterior of the
facility on from quarters sides except for pest treatment. Pest control requirements shall extend 50 feet in each
direction from quarters.

HAND RECEIPT: A signed document acknowledging acceptance of and responsibility for property listed thereon.

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE: Materials or waste that are toxic, poisonous, corrosive, irritating, sensitizing,
radioactive, biologically infectious, explosive or flammable, and that present a hazard to human health and the
environment. Special handling procedures and disposal facilities are required for their disposal in compliance with
federal, state, and local regulations.

HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC): Equipment to include all mechanical
equipment, condensation collection trays, ductwork, plenums, air return grilles, registers, filters, and electric control
device. Includes heat pumps (split system and package units).

HOLIDAYS: The following holidays are observed by Fort Jackson :

      a. lst of January (New Year's Day)

      b. 3rd Monday in January (Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Day)

      c. 3rd Monday in February (President's Day)

      d. Last Monday in May (Memorial Day)

      e. 4th of July (Independence Day)

      f. lst Monday in September (Labor Day)

      g. 2nd Monday in October (Columbus Day)

      h. 11 November (Veterans Day)

     i. 4th Thursday in November (Thanksgiving Day)

      j. 25th of December (Christmas Day)
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001


HVAC MAINTENANCE: Scheduled maintenance required on certain components of a dwelling unit prior to
seasonal weather changes.

INFESTATION: Live cockroaches, beetles, silverfish, mice, bees, wasps, fleas, ticks, or other pests that are visible.

INSPECTION: The critical examination of a structure, mechanism, system, or procedure to discover and remedy
discrepancies and/or inefficiencies.

INSTALLED BUILDING EQUIPMENT: Items of equipment which are required to make the facility usable, which
are affixed as permanent part of the structure, and which lose their identity after installation into the facility. These
items include plumbing fixtures and equipment, fixed heating, ventilating, cooling, air conditioning, electrical, and
fire protection systems, lavatory counters, cabinets, and similar fixed equipment. While occupant owned items, i.e.,
shelving, light fixtures, cabinets, etc., may be affixed to the structure, they are beyond the scope of this contract.

IRREPAIRABLE: Irreparable appliances are appliances which are deteriorated to the extent that the Contractor's
cost for parts to return the appliance to full service exceeds 50 percent of the Contractor's cost of replacing the
appliance with a new Contractor-furnished appliance.

ITEM: Any material, part, component, subassembly, assembly, equipment, equipment accessory or attachment, or
end item for the equipping, maintenance, operation, or support of military activities and organizations.

JOB ORDER: The process of accomplishing and controlling work from a standpoint of economy and efficiency.
Job orders are utilized for maintenance and repair and minor construction.

KEY LOG: A register used to transfer the responsibility of keys for a dwelling unit from one party to another.
LOCAL TELEPHONE NUMBER: Phone number which may be called from Fort Jackson without a long distance
toll.

LOT: A collection of service outputs from which a sample is to be drawn and inspected to determine conformance
with the standard.

LOT SIZE: The number of service outputs in a lot.

MAINTENANCE (GENERAL): The work required to preserve and maintain a real property facility or piece of
equipment in such a condition that it may be effectively used for its designated functional purpose. Maintenance
includes work done to prevent damage which would be more costly to restore than to prevent. Maintenance includes
work to sustain components.

MAJOR FLOOR REPAIRS: Floor repair in excess of 100 sq. ft. of resilient floor tile. Floor repair in excess of 100
sq. ft. of resilient floor tile and underlayment in excess of 100 sq. ft. Floor repair in excess of 100 sq. ft. of sheet
vinyl and underlayment in excess of 100 sq. ft. This item is a separately priced item from COM or service call
work. When major floor repair is accomplished in conjunction with COM or service call work, the Contractor will
be paid under the major floor repair bid item minus 100 sq. ft. of minor floor repair for each major floor bid item.

MAJOR PAINTING: Painting of more than 200 square feet each of interior or painting of more than 200 square
feet of exterior up to the entire unit.

MANAGING ACTIVITY: An administrative element assigned to manage the program (including personnel, funds,
and equipment).

MEDICAL EXEMPTION: Designation of quarters requiring unscheduled service due to medical condition of
occupant(s), i.e. asthma, cardiac, etc. Contractor will be provided a list of all facilities requiring the specialized
service. The list may be updated throughout contract period by the Contracting Officer. Only those Occupants with
Medical Statements from a Medical Doctor shall have a medical exemption.
                                                                                                         W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                    P0001


MINOR DISASTER DAMAGE: Damage to quarters caused by fire, flooding, winds, and vandalism. Repairs shall
not exceed $10,000.00 per unit in direct labor costs and direct materials and the total costs for minor disaster
damages will not exceed $30,000.00 per year. An equitable adjustment shall be negotiated for all work directed by
Contracting Officer that exceeds the minor disaster limitations.

MINOR FLOOR REPAIR (PER UNIT): Floor repair of 100 square feet or less of resilient floor tile. Floor repair of
100 sq. ft. or less of resilient floor tile and 100 sq. ft. or less of underlayment. Floor repair of 100 sq. ft. or less of
sheet vinyl and 100 sq. ft. of underlayment. Repaired areas shall match surrounding area, or the entire area shall be
replaced, up to 100 sq. ft. as directed by the Contracting Officer. Minor floor repair shall be accomplished under
COM or service calls.
MINOR PAINTING: All interior and exterior painting accomplished other than major paint. Work includes
painting all repaired items requiring prime or painting and, all spot painting. Paint shall match existing finish in
color and texture or the entire area shall be painted as directed. Minor painting shall be accomplished under COM
or Service Calls.

MULTIPLE DWELLING UNIT (MDU): A building designed to hold more than one family.

NORMAL OPERATING HOURS: 7:30 a.m. (0730 hours) to 8:00 p.m. (2000 hours), Monday through Saturday,
except official Government holidays. Vacant Quarters Maintenance normal operating hours shall be from 7:30 a.m.
to 8:00 p.m. Monday through Sunday, except official Government holidays.

ORDERING OFFICER: An individual designated in writing by the Contracting Officer to place task orders against
Government funds to ensure all contract terms and conditions are met and services ordered conform to contract
requirements before acceptance and payment is authorized. This individual does not have the authority to change
the terms or conditions of the contract.

PAINT: Includes enamels, paints, varnishes, stains, polyurathenes, caulking, sealers, and other coatings, whether
used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats.

PERFORMANCE INDICATOR: A characteristic or an output of work process that can be measured.

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY (PRS): Identifies the key service outputs of the contract that
will be evaluated by the Government to assure contract performance standards are met by the Contractor.

PESTS: Those land or aquatic organisms that adversely affect the health and welfare of man and animals; attack
and damage military real property, stored supplies, or equipment and are otherwise undesirable by their presence.
These pests include, but are not limited to anthropoids, birds, rodents, nematodes, fungi, bacteria, viruses, algae,
snails, marine borers, snakes, and weeds. Excluded are viruses, bacteria, and fungi normally living on or in human
or other living animals.

PESTICIDE: Any substance or mixture of substances, including biological control agents, that may prevent,
destroy, repel, or mitigate pests; also, any substance or mixture of substances used as a plant regulator, defoliant or
desiccant.

PESTICIDE APPLICATOR: Any individual who applies pesticides or supervises the use of pesticides by others.

DOD Certified Pesticide Applicators: Persons certified in accordance with the DOD Plan for the Training and
Certification of Pesticide Applicators.

EPA Certified Pesticide Applicators: Persons certified by the EPA (in States without an approved certification plan)
in accordance with 7 USC 136 and in the category in which a pesticide will be applied. State Certified Pesticide:
Persons certified in accordance with 7 USC 136 by the State of South Carolina using EPA approved certification
plan and in the category in which a pesticide will be applied. Uncertified Pesticide Applicators: Persons who work
under the direct plan and in the category in which a pesticide will be applied supervision of a DOD, EPA, or State
certified pesticide applicator in areas where authorized by law, or who apply only pesticides authorized for use by
uncertified personnel.
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001




PHASE-IN PERIOD: The period of contract performance during which specific parts of the full scope of this
contract will be phased in until the Contractor has full responsibility for all aspects of the contract.

PLEASING APPEARANCE:             An appearance similar to the original finished appearance, with only minor
deterioration from normal use.

PLUMBING SYSTEM: All plumbing parts that contribute to the function of moving water from main supply line
at or near the street to and through the dwelling units and to and including fixtures and basins such that occupants
have a steady supply of hot and cold water (as appropriate) at all sinks, showers, tubs, outside spigots, commodes,
water closets, dishwashers, and utility areas.

PRESERVATION: Application of protection measures to prevent deterioration including cleaning, drying, and
preservation materials barrier material, and cushioning.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM): Scheduled maintenance accomplished to preclude untimely failure of
utility/HVAC systems through systematic and cycle checks, inspections, and correction of deficiencies to the levels
specified.

PROJECT MANAGER: An individual empowered by the Contractor to conduct business on behalf of the
Contractor in support of this contract.

QUALITY ASSURANCE: The Government will evaluate the Contractor's performance under this contract using
the quality assurance procedures specified in the Quality Assurance Surveillance Plan in conjunction with the
Inspection clause. All surveillance observations will be recorded by the Government. When an observation
indicates defective Performance, the QAE will request the Contractor's representative to initial the observation.

QUALITY CONTROL (QC): The Contractor's system to monitor the equipment, systems, or services to ensure that
requirements of the contract are met.

QUALITY ASSURANCE EVALUATOR (QAE): That person responsible for checking Contractor Performance.

QUARTERS: A building or subdivision of a building which is a complete living unit with an assigned facility
number.

RANDOM NUMBER TABLE: A table of numbers arranged in a random fashion. A table used to make random
samples.

RANDOM SAMPLE: A sampling method whereby each service output in a lot has an equal chance of being
selected.

RANDOM SAMPLING: A method of looking at a few individual items in a lot to determine the quality of that lot
against a standard.

RECEIPT: A signatory acknowledgment by authorized person or official supply system document of receipt of an
item or items.

REJECT: A unit or product determined by quality assurance inspection to be unacceptable for its intended use.

REPAIR (GENERAL): The restoration of a failed or failing piece of equipment or real property facility (or
component thereof) to such condition that it may be effectively used for its designated purpose.

REPLACEMENT: A complete installation of new property in place of property destroyed or damaged beyond the
point at which it may be economically repaired.
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001


REPORT OF SURVEY: The accounting procedure to be used when DA property is, damaged, destroyed, or
otherwise rendered unserviceable through causes other than fair wear and tear. AR 735-5 prescribes the DA policy
on such losses and pecuniary liability, and sets forth minimum requirements for relief from property responsibility.

REPORTABLE SPILL: A release to the environment of a substance as designated under the Clean Water Act,
Toxic Substances Control Act, Resource Conservation Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response
Compensation and Liability Act, or The Emergency Planning and community Right-to-Know Act..

RESOLVED: The action necessary to solve a problem has been taken.

RESPONSE TIME: Contractor workforce is at the work site with adequate personnel, tools, parts, and equipment,
prepared to begin work within the established time frames.

RESPONSIBILITY: Obligation of a person for proper custody, care, and safekeeping of Government property or
funds entrusted to his or her possession or supervision.

RESTRICTED USE PESTICIDE: A pesticide that Administrator of the EPA or a State regulatory agency
determines in accordance with 7 USC 136 to have potential for causing unreasonable adverse effects on the
Government when applied in accordance with its labeling.

ROUTINE SERVICE ORDER (RSO): Any service required to maintain the good condition of component
elements, parts, and function of a dwelling unit or associated real property that is not an emergency.

SAMPLE: A sample consists of one or more service outputs drawn from a lot. The number of outputs in the sample
is the sample size.

SAMPLING GUIDE: The part of the surveillance plan which contains all the information needed to perform a
random sample.

SAMPLING PLAN: A plan which indicates the AQL, the number of units from each lot which are to be inspected
(sample size) and the criteria for determining the acceptability of the lots (acceptance and rejection numbers). Used
to develop the sampling guide.

SCAVENGING: The uncontrolled and unauthorized removal of materials at any point in the solid waste
management system.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE: A systematic and cyclic check, inspection, and correction of deficiencies to the
level as specified as well as the recording and reporting of deficiencies beyond the scope of scheduled maintenance.

SELF HELP: The process whereby the Contractor is allowed to make minor improvements to facilities or maintain
the facilities the Government has provided for the Contractor's use. Also, the process whereby housing occupants
can make improvements and repairs to Government furnished quarters.

SEPARATED STRUCTURE: Any carport, barbecue, garage, privacy fence, storeroom, patio, sidewalk, driveway,
or parking space assigned to a dwelling unit but not physically attached to it.

SERVICE ORDER: Tasks (not exceeding $2,500.00) that are unscheduled repair, replacement, protecting or
placing back into service an existing item that is not scheduled maintenance.

SERVICE ORDER LOG (SOL): A list of all service orders received, the work requested, the final classification as
to priority, and the address at which work is required.

SERVICEABLE: The condition of property which indicates it is usable.

SHALL: The word “shall” is used in connection with the Contractor and specifies that the provisions are
contractually binding.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001




SINGLE DWELLING UNIT (SDU): A building designed to hold only one family.

SOFT FLOORS: Floors that give way to weight applied by standing on same and floors that cause movement of
minor furnishing due to lateral shifting and vertical deflection of supporting joist system.

STANDARD: An acknowledged measure of comparison.

STANDING OPERATING PROCEDURES (SOP): The established or prescribed method to be followed for the
performance of designated operations or in designated situations.

STAND-BY ITEMS: The items of supply which are required to safeguard health, to ensure uninterrupted operation
of installation facilities, or to prevent destruction of property, and for which normal requisitioning objectives cannot
be established because of either stock restrictions or insufficient demand. Such stocks are limited to the quantity
required to meet anticipated emergencies.

SUMP PUMP PIT: A hole cut in a basement floor into which water is allowed to run so the pump can pump it out
of the dwelling unit.

SURVEILLANCE PLAN: An organized written document used for quality assurance surveillance.

SYSTEM: All mechanical and electrical equipment; supporting structure; pneumatic, electrical, and mechanical
types of controls; and auxiliary equipment required to provide a specific function and output requirements.

TASK ORDER: Obligating document that orders the Contractor to perform. The Contracting Officer will issue a
task order to the Contractor for all items on the Contract Price Schedule except service calls and recurring
equipment and facility maintenance. This task order will specify the work authorized and the period of
performance.

TECHNICAL MANUAL (TM): A manual providing detailed treatment of specific subjects considered necessary
for full accomplishment of required training. A technical manual also contains descriptions of material instructions
for the operation, handling, and maintenance and repair.

TRANSITION PERIOD: The time preceding the contract start work date which is provided to the Contractor for
the purpose of observing the current Contractor operation. In order to have a smooth transition from current
Contractor to new Contractor performance, no training or instruction will be provided by Government personnel to
contract employees. The current Contractor will remain responsible for performance of all work. The transition
period shall be up to 30 day period prior to contract start work date and shall end 12 midnight on the day preceding
the phase-in period (contract start date).

UNCONTROLLED PESTICIDE: A pesticide available without EPA restrictions as to who can apply them. These
pesticides may be applied by uncertified personnel.

UNINTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS SERVICE: Responding to all service calls and doing necessary work within
the scope of the contract, without interruption, to place
equipment back in service. This will be referred to as answering service calls with this contract.

URGENT SERVICE ORDER: Any service required to correct a condition that, if not performed, will be an
emergency, affects morale, or has command emphasis.

VACANT OR UNOCCUPIED QUARTERS: No one living in the quarters at the time.

WALL COVERING: Any material or assembly which is used as a wall facing or finish and is not an integral part of
the wall. Examples of wall coverings are paint, wall vinyl, wallpaper, and ceramic tile.
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001


WASTE SYSTEM: All plumbing parts that contribute to the function of moving waste (water, sewage, and others)
from plumbing fixtures, basins, and drain outlets in and around dwelling units to and including the first downstream
manhole.

WILL: The word "will" is used to express a declaration of purpose on the part of the Government.

WINDOWS WELLS: Depressed reservoirs on the exterior walls of basement windows to catch, hold, and allow for
leeching of storm water outward rather than infiltration into basements.

WINTERIZATION: The process of deactivating equipment or facilities that are to be inactivated or placed on
standby use.
WORKDAYS: Monday through Saturday of each week of the year except legal public holidays and between 7:30
a.m. and 8:00 p.m. each day.

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS: As used throughout this contract or in material referenced in the contract,
the following abbreviations and acronyms shall mean the following:

     AC or A/C Air Conditioning Equipment
     AQL          Acceptable Quality Level
     AR           Army Regulations
     ARP          Associated Real Property
     BAQ          Basic Allowance for Quarters
     BF           Board Feet
     BIS          Building Information Schedule
     CDR          Contract Discrepancy Report
     CF           Cubic Feet
     CGD          Computer Generated Document
     CLIN         Contract Line Item Number
     CO           Cleaning Order
     COB          Close of Business
     COR          Contracting Officer's Representative
     CSC          100 Square Feet
     CSO          Construction Service Order
     CY           Cubic Yard
     DA           Department of the Army
     DCP          Data Collection Point
     DLE          Directorate of Logistics and Engineering
     DOD          Department of Defense
     DRMO         Defense Reutilization and Marketing Office
     DU        Dwelling Unit
     DVQ          Distinguished Visitors Quarters
     DX           Direct Exchange
     EA           Each
     EM           U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Engineering Manual
     EPA          Environmental Protection Agency
     EPS          Engineered Performance Standards
     ESO          Emergency Service Order
     EWSO         Emergency Warranty Service Order
     FAR          Federal Acquisition Regulation
     FH           Family Housing
     FIFRA        Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act
     FORSCOM      U.S. Army Forces Command
     FWT          Fair Wear and Tear
     FY           Fiscal Year
     GFP          Government-Furnished Property
     GFS          Government-Furnished Service
                                                                               W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                          P0001


GOCO      Government-Owned Contractor-Operated
GOQ       General Officers Quarters
GSA       U.S. Government General Services Administration
HLF       Horizontal Linear Feet
HSG Div   Housing Division
HVAC      Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning
IAW       In Accordance With
ID        Identification
LF        Linear Feet
LFC       Linear Feet of Cabinet Measured at Face
LFCT      Linear Feet of Countertop Measured at Wall
LFS       Linear Feet of Shelving
LSC       Life Safety Code
MDU       Multiple Dwelling Unit
MH        Man Hours
MPH       Miles Per Hour
MSDS      Material Safety Data Sheets
NEC       National Electrical Code
NFGC      National Fuel Gas Code
NPC       National Plumbing Code
OPNG      Door or Window Opening
OSHA      Occupational Safety and Health Act
PM        Preventive Maintenance
PR        Pair
PX        Post Exchange
QA        Quality Assurance
QASP      Quality Assurance Surveillance Plan
QC        Quality Control
RPMA      Real Property Maintenance Activity
RSO       Routine Service Order
RWSO      Routine Warranty Service Order
SC        Statement of Charges
SDU       Single Dwelling Unit
SEQ       Senior Enlisted Quarters
SF        Square Feet
SKO       Sets, Kits, and Outfits
SM        Seasonal Maintenance Order
SO        Service Order SOP Standing Operating Procedure
SOL       Service Order Log
SQ        Square Feet
SSSC      Self Service Supply Center
SY        Square Yard
TB        Technical Bulletin
TM        Technical Manual
UBC       Uniform Building Code
ULD       Ultra-Low Dosage
ULV       Ultra-Low Volume
UMC       Uniform Mechanical Code
UPC       Uniform Plumbing Code
USAISC    U.S. Army Information Systems Command
USC       United States Code                      VEQ       Visiting Enlisted Quarters
VLF       Vertical Linear Feet                    VOQ       Visiting Officers Quarters
VQR       Vacant Quarters Repair                  WHSE      Warehouse
WO        Work Order
                                  END OF SECTION C2
                                                                                                 W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                            P0001


                                                 SECTION C-3

                                        APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS


3.0 SCOPE: The following publications of the issues listed below or throughout the specifications and all
subsequent amendments, form a part of this contract and are mandatory to follow in accomplishing work under this
contract but referred to hereafter by basic designation only.

3.1   FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS:

A-A-272          26 Feb 80                 Caulking

A-A-371A         28 Sep 79                 Linseed-Oil and Boiled (For Use
                                      In Organic Coatings)

A-A-589          01 Nov 79                 Detector, Smoke/Heat Alarm, Residential, AC Powered,
                                           Ionization Type

A-A-590          14 Nov 79                 Detector, Smoke/Heat Alarm,Residential, AC Powered,
                                           Photoelectric Type

A-A-591          14 Nov 79                 Detector, Smoke, Alarm, Residential, AC Powered,
                                           Photoelectric Type

A-A-1272         15 Mar 82                 Plaster, Gypsum(Spackling Compound)

F-F-310B         02 Jun 84                 Filter, Air Conditioning/Viscous-Impingment and Dry
                                           Media, Replaceable

L-F-475A         11 Mar 65                 Floor Covering, Vinyl, Surface (Tile and Roll) with Backing

Int AMD 2        09 Feb 71

L-F-1641(1)      08 Sep 71                 Floor Covering Translucent or Transparent Vinyl Surface with Backing

L-P-391D         19 Nov 75                 Plastic Sheets, Rods and Tubing

Notice 1         10 Feb 87                 Rigid Cast, Methacrylate

L-P-508H         19 Apr 77                 Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Decorative and Non-Decorative

P-F-430C(1)      15 Apr 83                 Finish Floor, Water Emulsion (For Use on Light Colored Floors)

P-W-l55C         22 Feb 78                 Wax, Floor, Water Emulsion
Int AMD 1        03 Mar 80

T-R-605B &       19 May 69                 Rope, Yarn and Twine, Sisal AMD 3

W-H-196J         14 Dec 73                 Heater, Water, Electric, and Gas Fired, Residential
Int AMD 1        20 Dec 76

DD-M-00411B(1)07 Apr                       Mirrors and Glass

FF-N-l05B        17 Mar 71                 Nails, Brads, Staples and Spikes:
Notice 1         27 Apr 87                 Wire, Cut and Wrought
                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                P0001




FF-T-791B &    14 Feb 69    Turnbuckles.
AMD 1

FF-W-1825      16 Oct 89    Wool and Gauze, Metallic

HH-R-590B      28 Jul 76    Roofing, Felt (Asbestos, and Asphalt Saturated)

MM-L-736C(1) 11 Mar 83      Lumber, Hardwood

MM-L-751H      13 Aug 70    Lumber, Softwood

QQ-S-766D      05 Feb 88    Steel,/Stainless and Heat Resisting, Alloys, Plate, Sheet and Strip

QQ-S-775E      10 Feb 76    Steel Sheets, Carbon, Zinc Coated
Int AMD 1      29 Sep 78    (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process

RR-F-621E      23 Feb 89    Frames, Cover, Gratings, Steps, Sump and Catch Basin and Manhole

RR-W-365A      05 Sep 80    Wire Fabric (Insect Screening)
Int Amd 1      29 Jan 86

SS-C-l53C      13 Sep 74    Cement, Bituminous and Plastic

SS-L-30D       27 Feb 74    Lath and Board Products, Gypsum
Int AMD 3      23 Sep 76

SS-P-00450A(1)02 Sep 70     Plaster, Patching, Gypsum, (Spackling)

SS-R-630D      03 Jul 69    Roofing Felt (Roll, Asphalt Prepared and Mineral Surfaced)
Int AMD 2      12 Nov 71

SS-R-1781      02 Oct 72    Roof Coating, Asphalt-Base Emulsion

SS-T-312B      10 Oct 74    Tile, Floor: Asphalt, Rubber,

SS-W-40A       28 Mar 66    Wall Base: Rubber and Vinyl

Notice 1       07 Jun 74    Plastic

TT-C-542E      14 Jul 78    Coating, Polyurethane, Oil-Free, Moisture Curing

TT-C-598C(1)   18 Mar 71    Caulking Compound, Oil and Resin Base Type (for
                            Masonry and Other structures)

TT-E-485F(1)    18 Sep 69   Enamel, Semi-Gloss, Rust-Inhibiting

TT-P-l9D       07 Feb 85    Paint, latex (Acrylic, Emulsion, Exterior and Masonry)

TT-P-29J       27 Aug 76    Paint, Latex Base, Interior, Flat, White and Tints
Int AMD 2      01 Sep 83

TT-P-l02E      15 Apr 80    Paint Oil (Alkyd Modified, Exterior White and Tints)
Int AMD 1      18 Jan 83

TT-P-645A      23 Apr 79    Primer, Paint Zinc Chromate and Alkyd Type
                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                              P0001




TT-P-650D      25 Aug 88   Primer Coating, Latex Base, Interior White (for Gypsum wallboard)

TT-P-l511B     15 Jul 81   Paint, Latex (Gloss and Semi-glossTints and White) (For Interior Use)

TT-S-l76E(1)   23 Jun 77   Sealer, Surface, Varnish Type, Floor, Wood or Cork

TT-S-708A(2)   23 Jun 77   Stain, Oil, Semi-Transparent and Wood Interior

TT-S-711C      01 Jun 78   Stain, Oil Type, Wood Interior

TT-S-00l543A   09 Jun 71   Sealing Compound, Silicone Rubber Base (for Caulking,
                           Sealing and Glazing in Buildings and Other Structures)

TT-T-291F      08 May 78   Thinner-Paint, Mineral Spirits, Regular and Odorless
Int AMD 1      30 Nov 78

TT-T-306C(2)   18 Jun 84   Thinner, Synthetic Resin Enamel

TT-V-71H       31 Jan 79   Varnish, Interior, Floor and Trim

TT-V-85C(1)    23 Jun 77   Varnish, Oil Lowsheen, brush or Spray Application

TT-V-l21H      05 Jan 78   Varnish, Spar Water-Resisting

WW-P-541E      01 Aug 80   Plumbing Fixtures (General Specification)

WW-P-541/1B    01 Aug 80   Plumbing Fixtures (Water Closets) (Detail Specifications)

WW-P-541/3B    01 Aug 80   Plumbing Fixtures (Bathtubs) (Detail Specification)

WW-P-541/4B    01 Aug 80   Plumbing Fixtures (Lavatories) (Detail Specification)

WW-P-541/5B    01 Aug 80   Plumbing Fixtures (Sinks, Kitchen, Service and Laundry
                           Trays) (Detail Specification)

WW-P-541/7C    15 Jun 88   Plumbing Fixtures (Shower Bath and Emergency Eye and
                           Face Wash Outfits) (Detail Specification)

WW-P-541/8B    01 Aug 80   Plumbing Fixtures (Accessories, Land Use) (Detail Specification)

ZZ-C-00811B    02 Jan 63   Cushion, Carpet, Rug and Cellular Rubber

CCC-W-408C     11 Jul 89   Wall Covering and Vinyl-Coated

DDD-C-0095A 15 Mar 72      Carpet, Rugs, Wool, Nylon, Acrylic,Modacrylic Polyester and
                           Polypropylene

LLL-B-810B     28 Sep 73   Building Board, (Hardboard) Hard Pressed and Vegetable Fiber
Int AMD 1      22 Sep 76

MMM-A-l30B     09 Dec 74   Adhesive, Contact
Int AMD 3      07 Apr 76

MMM-A-l37D     04 Aug 76   Adhesive, Linoleum
Notice 1       10 Feb 87
                                                                                               W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                          P0001




3.2   FEDERAL STANDARDS:

Fed. Std. l41C   24 Jan 86                Paint, Varnish, Lacquer and Related Materials Methods of Inspection

Fed. Std. 595A   02 Jan 68                Colors
Chg Notice 9     29 May 85

3.3   MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS:

MIL-P-28582      17 Mar 72                Primer Coating, Exterior, Lead Pigment-Free (Undercoat
Notice 1         15 Jun 87                Pigment-Free (Undercoat for Wood,Ready-Mixed, White
                                          and Tints)

MIL-R-900F       30 Mar 73                Rubber Gasket Materials, 45 Durometer Hardness

MIL-S-l2935D     12 Nov 73                Sealer, Surface; for Knots

3.4 ARCHITECTURAL ALUMINUM MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION (AAMA):

AAMA-402.B-1972                           Specifications for Aluminum Sliding Glass Doors

AAMA-906.3-1975                           Specifications for Aluminum Sliding Glass Door Roller Assemblies

3.5   AMERICAN CONTRETE INSTITUTE (ACI):

  211.1-81.1.1                            Selecting Proportions for Normal Heavyweight, and Mass
                                          concrete, Practice for(Revised 1985)

3.6   AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF TIMBER CONSTRUCTION (AITC):

Latest Edition

3.7   AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI):

101-88            Aluminum Prime Windows and Sliding Glass Doors.

Al08.1            Glaze Wall Tile, Ceramic Mosaic Tile, Quarry Tile and Paver Tile Installed
                  with Portland Cement Mortar(1976) (Tile Concrete decking)

Al34.2            Aluminum Combination Vertically-Sliding or Horizontally - Operating Storm
                  Windows for Exterior Application – 1972 (AAMA 402.8)

Al35.1            Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile Type I for Wall Repair – 1972 (ASTM E-72)

A137.1            Ceramic Tile. 1988

Al56.1            Butts and Hinges - (BHMA 101) 1981

Al56.2            Bored and Preassembled Locks And Latches - 1983

Al56.4            Door Controls - Closers (BHMA 301) l986

Al56.6            Architectural Door Trim (BHMA 1001) 1986

Al56.7            Template Hinge Dimensions – 1981
                                                                                             W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                        P0001




Al56.9            Cabinet Hardware - 1982

A156.13           Mortise Locks and Latches – 1987

Al56.14           Sliding & Folding Door Hardware (BHMA 401) - 1985

Al56.16           Auxiliary Hardware (BHMA 1201 -1980) - l981

A156.18           Materials and Finishes - 1987

A156.20           Strap and Tee Hinges, and Hasps - 1984

A156.21           Thresholds - 1989

Al61.1            Construction and Performance Standards for Kitchen Cabinets – 1973 (ISO)

B16.3-85          Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 150 and 300.

B16.12-83         Cast-Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings.

B16.18-84         Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.

B16.22-89         Wrought Copper and Cooper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.

B16.39-86         Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions Classes 150, 250, and 300.

B18.2.1-81       Square and Hex Bolts and Screws Inch Series Including Hex Cap Screws and
                 Lag Screws.

B18.2.2-87        Square and Hex Nuts (Inch Series).

B18.15-85         Forged Eyebolts.

B18.22.1-65 (Rl981) Plain.Washers.

D6.1              Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways 1978


Z97.1            Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings - Safety Performance
                 Specifications and Methods of Testing(1984)

Z124.1            Plastic Bathtub Units - 1987

Z124.2            Plastic Shower Receptors and Shower Stalls - 1987

3.8             AIR-CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE (ARI):

210-81            Unitary Air-Conditioning Equipment

3.9             AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM):

36/A36M-88D       Structural Steel.

A48-83            Gray Iron Castings
                                                                                          W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                     P0001


A53-89A           Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless.

A185-85           Steel Welded Wire, Fabric, Plain for Concrete Reinforcement

A413-80           Carbon Steel Chain.

A460-68 (Rl985) Copper-Clad Steel Wire.

A501-84           Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing, Spec.

A525-87           Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process.

A526/A526M-85 Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Commercial
              Quality.

A570/A57OM-88 Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Rolled, Structural
              Quality.A6ll-85 Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled, Structural Quality.

A536-84           Ductile Iron Castings

A641-89           Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire.

C28-86            Gypsum Plasters.

C33-86            Concrete Aggregates

C36-85 (Rl988) Gypsum Wallboard.

C37-89            Gypsum Lath.

C94-89B           Ready Mixed Concrete

C144-87           Aggregates for Masonry Mortar

C150-86           Portland Cement

C206-84           Finishing Hydrated Lime, Spec.

C207-79           Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes, Spec. for (R 1984)

C236-87           Steady-State Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a
                  Guarded Hot Box.

C270-87           Mortar for Unit Masonry

C475-89           Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction.

C476-83           Grout for Reinforced Concrete

C630-85           Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board

C658-87           Resin Chemical-Resistant Grouts for Brick or Tile

C887-79           Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Surface Bonding Mortar, Spec
                  for (Rev. A) (R 1984)
                                                                                            W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                       P0001


C1036-85    Flat Glass.

C1048-88    Heat Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass.

D41-85      Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproofing and waterproofing

D146-78     Bitumen-Saturated Felts and woven Fabrics for Roofing and Waterproofing,
            Methods of Sampling and Testing

D226-87     Specification for Asphalt Saturated Organic Felt Roofing Used in Roofing and Waterproofing

D227-82     Coal-Tar-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing

D312-84     Asphalt for Use in Roofing

D412-87     Rubber Properties in Tension, Test Methods for

D450-78    Coal-Tar Pitch Used in Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproofing

D702-8l     Cast Metalcrylate Plastic Sheets, Rods, Tubes and Shades

D1227-87    Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing

D1556-82    Test Method for Test for Density of Soil in Place by Sand Cone Method

D1557-78    Methods of Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using
            a 10 Pound Rammer and 18-inch Drop

D1751-83    Performed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction

D1863-86    Mineral Aggregate Used on built-Up Roofs

D2665-87    Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings

E84-87      Surface Burning Characteristics Of Building Materials, Test Method

E96-80      Water Vapor Transmission of Materials, Test Methods for

E154-68     Materials for Use as Vapor Barriers Under Concrete Slabs and as Ground
            Cover in Crawl Spaces, Methods of Testing

E283-84     Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors.

E330-84     Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors
            by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.

E331-86     Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by
            Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.

E437-85     Industrial Wire Cloth and Screens (Square Opening Series).

E547-86     Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by
            Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference.

E774-88     Sealed Insulating Glass Units.
                                                                                                W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                           P0001


F405-85            Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene (PE) Tubing and Fittings

3.10      CALIFORNIA REDWOOD ASSOCIATION (CRA) PUBLICATION:

Standard Specifications for Grades of Redwood Lumber; Current Edition.

3.11 AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS) PUBLICATION:

Dl.1-88           Structural Welding Code - Steel.

DIO.12-89         Welding Plain Carbon Steel Pipe.

3.12      AMERICAN WOOD PRESERVERS ASSOCIATION (AWPA) STANDARD

C2-85             Lumber, Timbers, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties Preservative treatment by Pressure Processes.

3.13      AMERICAN WOOD PRESERVERS BUREAU (AWPB) STANDARD:

LP-2-88           Standard for Softwood Lumber And Plywood Pressure Treated With
                  Water-Borne Preservatives For Above Ground Use

LP-22-88          Standard for Softwood Lumber And Plywood Pressure Treated
                  With Water-Borne Preservatives For Below Ground Use

3.14      BUILDERS HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS' ASSOCIATION (BHMA):

BHMA 1301-87 Materials and Finishes

3.15 CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION (CPSC):

          16 CFR-1201 (1977) Safety Standards for Architectural Glazing Materials

3.16 U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS MANUAL:

EM 385-1-1 General Safety and Health Requirements; October 1987.

3.17 DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY REGULATIONS AND MANUALS:

AR 40-5           Preventive Medicine Environment (Aug 86).

AR 40-574         Aerial Dispersal of Pesticides

AR 200-1          Environmental Quality, Environmental Protection and Enhancement (Jun 1982)

AR 200-2          Environmental Effects of Army Actions (Sep 81).

AR 210-50          Family Housing Management (Feb 82)

AR 385-32          Protective Clothing and Equipment (Oct. 85)

AR 420-74          Natural Resources - Land, Forest, and Wildlife Management (Feb 1986)

AR 420-76          Pest Management Program (Jun 1986)

TRADOC Supplemental 1 Environmental Effects of Army Actions to AR 200-2
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001


TRADOC Supp 1 Pest Control Program to AR 420-76

Fort Jackson Post Fire Regulations: Supplemental 1 to Army Regulation 420-90

TM 5-617           Maintenance and Repair of Roofs (Jan 74)

TM 5-618           Paints and Protective Coatings; June 1981.

TM 5-807-7         Color for Buildings

3.18 U.S. CODES:

7 USC 136          Title 7, United States Code, Section 136 et seq., 1976, "Federal Insecticide,
                   Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act". as amended.

3.19 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DOD) PUBLICATIONS:

DOD Directive4145.19: Storage and Materials Handling-R-1, Chap 3, Sec 4 (Sep 79).

DOD Directive 4150-7: Department of Defense Pest Management Program.

DOD Certification "DOD Plan for the Certification of Pesticide Applicators", (Available from the Armed Forces
Post Management Board, Forest Glen Section, WRAMC, Washington, D.C. 20307).

3.20 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION
(OSHA) REGULATIONS:

29 CFR 1901-1910 Occupational Safety and Health Act.

3.21 U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA) REGULATIONS:

29 CFR Labor.

40 CFR Part 61 Protection of Environment.

40 CFR Part 117 Clean Water Act.

40 CFR Part 142 Final Rule, National Interim Primary Drinking Water Regulations.

40 CFR Part 143 National Secondary Drinking Water Regulations.

40 CFR Part 152 Federal Insecticide Fungicide and Rodenticide Act.

40 CFR Part 165 Regulations of Acceptance of Certain Pesticides and Recommended Procedures
for Disposal and Storage of Pesticides and Pesticide Containers.

40 CFR Part 173: Transportation of Hazardous Waste.

40 CFR Parts 260-261: Resource Conservation Recovery Act.

40 CFR Part 300 Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act.

40 CFR Parts 702-704: Toxic Substance Control Act.

USDA Home and Subterranean Termite Prevention Garden Bulletin and Control in Buildings
                                                                                                 W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                            P0001


3.22 DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE (NBS):

CS236-66 Mat-Formed Particleboard

PS1-83 Construction and Industrial Plywood

PS20-70 American Softwood Lumber Standard

PS51-71 Hardwood and Decorative Plywood January 1972

PS58-73 Basic Hardboard

3.23 FLAT GLASS MARKETING ASSOCIATION PUBLICATION (FGMA): C-3-16

1986 Glazing Manual

1983 Sealant Manual

3.24 FIR AND HEMLOCK DOOR ASSOCIATION (FHDA):

FHDA 7-79: Industry Standard for Douglas Fir, (R1980) Western Hemlock and Stitka Spruce Doors and Blinds

3.25 HOUSING URBAN DEVELOPMENT (HUD):

MRN 897          Sundial Solarian Resilient Flooring

3.26 HOME VENTILATION INSTITUTE (HVI):

Home Ventilation Guide (1980)

3.27 NORTHEASTERN LUM8ER MANUFACTURERS' ASSOCIATION, INC. (NELMA) PUBLICATIONS:

Lumber Standard Grading Rules for Northeastern Lumber (1986)

3.28 NATIONAL FOREST PRODUCTS ASSOCIATION (NFPA):

Latest Edition

3.29 NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA):

NFPA 54-1984      National Fuel Gas Guide

NFPA 56-1983      Nonflammable Medical Gas

NFPA 70-1984      National Electrical Code

NFPA 80-l983       Fire Doors and Windows

NFPA 101-88       Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures.

3.30 NORTHERN HARDWOOD AND PINE MANUFACTURERS' ASSOCIATION (NHPMA):

Official Grading Rules for Eastern White Pine, Norway Pine, JackPine, Eastern Spruce, Balsam Fir, Eastern
Hemlock and Tamarack (June l980)

3.31 NATIONAL WOODWORK MANUFACTURERS' ASSOCIATION (NWMA):
                                                                                             W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                        P0001




NWMA I.S. 1-86 Wood Flush Doors

NWMA I.S. 2-80 Standards for Wood Window Units

NWMA I.S. 4-81 Water Repellant Millwork Preservative Treatment

NWMA I.S. 5-83 Ponderosa Pine Doors

NWMA I.S. 6-86 Wood Stile and Rail Doors.

NWMA I.S. 610-79 Minimum Performance Standard: for Air Infiltration Resistance of
Exterior Wood Swinging Door Systems.

NWMA I.S. 620-79 Minimum Performance Standard for: Water Penetration Resistance of
Exterior Wood Swinging Door Systems.

3.32 WOOD MOULDING AND MILLWOOD PRODUCERS ASSOCIATION (WMMPA)
PUBLICATIONS:

WM 1-79       Quality Standard for Hinged Interior Wood Door Jambs.

WM 3-79       Quality Standard for Exterior Wood Door Jambs.

WH 4-77       Quality Standard for Wood Moulding.

WM 6-87       Industry Standard for Non-Pressure Treating of Wood Millwork.

WM 7-88       WM/Series Wood Moulding Patterns.

3.33 PUBLIC LAWS:

PL 91-190     National Environmental Policy Act of 1969

PL 92-500     Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments

PL 92-516     Federal Environmental Pesticide Control Act of 1972 (plus all amendments) (FIFRA as amended)

PL 94-469     Toxic Substance Control Act (Oct 76) of 1976 (RCRA)

PL 94-516     92nd Congress, H.R. 107729 Federal Environmental Pesticide Control Act
(Oct. 72)

PL 94-580     Resource Conservation Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA)

3.34 SOUTHERN BUILDING CODE CONGRESS (SBCC):

Standard Plumbing Code (1983)
Standard Gas Code (1985)
Standard Mechanical Code (1985)

3.35 SOUTH CAROLINA STATE HIGHWAY DEPARTMENT (SCHD):
Standard Specifications for Highway Construction - 1986

3.36 SEALED INSULATING GLASS MANUFACTURERS' ASSOCIATION (SIGMA):
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001


No. 70-7-1 (1976) Glazing Compounds for Sealed Insulating Glass

3.37 SOUTHERN PINE INSPECTION BUREAU PUBLICATIONS (SPIB):

Grading Rules    Current Edition

3.38 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY (UL):

UL 20-86 General-Use Snap Switches; September 13, 1988.

UL 50-88 Cabinets and Boxes

UL 62-83 Flexible Cord and Fixture Wire; Fourth Edition.

UL 378-73 Draft Equipment

UL 465-82 Central Cooling Air Conditioners 23 July 1986.

UL 514A-83 Metallic Outlet Boxes; Seventh Edition.

UL 514B-89 Fittings for Conduit and outlet Boxes; Second Edition.

UL 997-81 Prepared Roof Covering Materials, Wind Resistance of

3.39 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE:

SRA 156 Federal Seed Act, Aug. 1939 (53 Stat. 1275) Rules and Regulations.

3.40 SCREEN MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (SMR) PUBLICATION:

1004 Specification for Aluminum Tubular Frame Screens for Windows; Current Edition.

3.41 THE CONTRACTOR shall maintain up-to-date publications. Any changes to the cited documents which have
a financial impact on the Contractor will be subject to negotiation of an equitable adjustment with the Contracting
Officer.


                                              END OF SECTION C3
                                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                   P0001


                                                     SECTION C-4

                           GOVERNMENT FURNISHED PROPERTY AND SERVICES

4.0 GENERAL: The Government will provide, without charge to the Contractor, the facilities and services
described in this section. Facilities and services to be furnished by the Contractor are specifically stated in Section
C-5 and paragraph 4.3 below.

4.1 GOVERNMENT FURNISHED PROPERTY:

4.1.1 Facilities: The Government will provide the land for Contractor's base of operation facilities. (See Technical
Exhibit TE-12-1 for location). See Section C-5, page C-5-5, para. 5.7 for contractor responsibility for management
and maintenance operations and facilities.

4.1.2 GEO-Thermal Spare Units (23 ea GTO22and 24 GTO30 Total 47) These units are Brand new from the
factory and carry the same warranty as the installed units.

4.2 GOVERNMENT FURNISHED SERVICES:

4.2.1 Emergency Medical Treatment: Medical services for Contractor personnel are the responsibility of the
Contractor. The Government will not provide emergency medical care, occupational health or industrial hygiene
service to Contractor employees.

4.2.2 Fire Protection: The Government will provide emergency fire protection service for the Contractor.
Telephone 911.

4.2.3 Refuse Collection: The Government will provide pickup service for office refuse from the refuse containers
located outside the buildings. The Contractor shall follow current Fort Jackson disposal procedures, ensuring that
refuse is in the containers and not on the ground. The Contractor shall be responsible for the disposal of all
building/construction debris and scrap with no salvage valve (disposal materials from family quarters where
maintenance and repairs have taken place).

4.2.4 NOT USED

4.2.5 Security Police Protection telephones are 911. These services shall be provided for contractor location on
plat referenced in 4.1.1 above.

4.2.6 Documents:

4.2.6.1 All Applicable Drawings for units and facilities are available for review upon request.

4.2.6.2 Equipment Manufacturer's Literature, where available, upon request.

4.3 UTILITIES: The Government has provided electricity, water, and sewage source to the Contractor's base of
operations. The contractor will be responsible for installing an electrical meter for the purpose of consumption
reading, in accordance with Section 5, para C.5.7.1 for reimbursement conditions and Technical Exhibit 14 for
prevailing utility rates. Refuse collection service to be provided by the Government at the contractor's base of
operations only

4.4 TELEPHONE: A Military Class-C-Telephone with on-post capability only, at no expense to the Contractor.

4.5 Facility Maintenance Folders referenced in Paragraph A.6.8 created by previous Contractors.

4.6 A Master Key Plan for Family Housing.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


4.7 Transition Period Orientation: Prior to contract start date, the Contracting Officer will provide to key
Contractor management and supervisory personnel an orientation to explain the work and familiarize key personnel
with the installation facilities and regulations. The Contractor shall orient and train his personnel at his own expense
and on his own time.

4.7.1 Change of key contractor management and supervisory personnel will require an orientation be given to that
new individual within fifteen (15) days after starting throughout the course of the contract work at Fort Jackson, SC.

                                               END OF SECTION C-4
                                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                   P0001


                                                     SECTION C-5

                           CONTRACTOR FURNISHED PROPERTY AND SERVICES

5.0 PROPERTY AND SERVICES: The Contractor shall furnish all property and services including management,
supervision, plant, labor, materials, supplies, tools and quality control as necessary to provide uninterrupted interior
and exterior maintenance service and repair and replacement of all interior and exterior building components,
surfaces, appliances, systems, and appurtenances at all 1,258 family housing quarters at Fort Jackson, South
Carolina as required by this contract.

5.1 Appliances: The Contractor shall provide and install dishwashers, water heaters, garbage disposals,
refrigerators, ranges, ovens, and freezers for family housing units. All parts, supplies, transportation and labor
necessary to repair and maintain these appliances and attendant for replacement shall be provided by the Contractor.
See Section C-1, GENERAL, paragraph 1.9 and Technical Provision C 9W, Residential Appliances.

5.1.1 When directed by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall exchange appliances.

5.2 Vehicles and Equipment: The Contractor shall provide and maintain all vehicles and equipment to include fuel
required to fulfill the terms of the contract. All vehicles and equipment shall be in an operable condition and meet
all federal, state, and local safety requirements, and shall comply with EM 385-1-1. The Contractor shall remove
from service, within one hour of notification by the Government, non-acceptable vehicles and equipment identified
as not meeting the above safety requirements. Repair or replacement of the vehicle or equipment shall be at
contractor expense. Vehicle repairs on Fort Jackson shall be limited to those minor in nature. All vehicles and
equipment shall be maintained in a pleasing and professional appearance and shall be kept in a clean state while on
Fort Jackson. This may require repainting, body work and washings. Inoperable, unserviceable, or unsightly
equipment or vehicles shall not be cause for the contractor to reduce any service or performance.

5.2.1 Identification of Vehicles and Equipment: The Contractor shall maintain legible markings (logo) located on
both sides of all contractor-furnished vehicles and equipment, which shall include, as a minimum, the Contractor's
name, contractor's telephone number, and the words "Housing Maintenance". All lettering and numbers shall be at
least three inches in height. The Contractor shall provide the Government a list of all contractor-assigned vehicle
identification numbers with a brief description of the vehicle to include make, year, model, and color. Any changes
to this list during the performance of the contract must be submitted in writing to the Contracting Officer within five
working days of the change.

5.2.2 Traffic Regulations: All vehicles shall be operated in accordance with Fort Jackson traffic regulations.

5.3. MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, TOOLS, AND EQUIPMENT: The Contractor shall furnish all the necessary
materials, supplies, tools, and equipment (including personal protective clothing and equipment for contractor's
employees when required by OSHA regulations), necessary for the performance of work in this contract. The
contractor shall have sufficient materials and supplies available to meet the terms of this contract.

5.3.1 Materials Conformance: All Contractor furnished materials used in maintenance, repair, restoration, or
replacement shall conform to specifications listed in Sections C-9 thru C-13 and Technical Provisions 9A thru 9AA
and elsewhere in this contract. Where a specification for a particular item is not listed, materials shall be of a quality
equal to or better than the items to be replaced. All materials or supply invoices shall be made available to the
Contracting Officer on request.

5.3.2 Cost of Materials and Supplies: Cost of Contractor- furnished materials and supplies shall be included in
contract prices. The Contractor will not be separately reimbursed.

5.3.3 Pesticides: The Contractor shall use only EPA registered pesticide chemicals which are approved by the State
of South Carolina for use in the State of South Carolina. Application is to be in accordance with pesticides label
instructions. The use of any pesticide is subject to change due to any future changes in pesticide laws, regulations,
or for safety purposes.
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001


5.3.4 Capture of Chlorofluorocarbons: The Contractor shall provide labor and equipment and implement
procedures to minimize or eliminate the release of ozone depleting substances to the atmosphere and the recycling of
these substances. The procedures implemented shall be in strict accordance with TECHNICAL NOTE NO.
420-54-01, Facilities Engineering Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Systems and ASHRAE Guideline 3-1990, for
practices and procedures for minimizing refrigerant leakage. Servicing of air-conditioning and refrigeration
systems, as well as handling of refrigerants, shall follow established procedures and be undertaken only by
experienced and trained personnel.

5.3.4.1 Mobile Refrigerant Management Station: The Contractor shall provide the necessary Mobile Refrigerant
Management Station (MRMS) which shall comply to the minimum characteristics:

            Multi-refrigerant usage - R-12, R-22, R-500 and R-502.
            Two modes of recovery:

            5 lb/min. in liquid mode.

            b/min. vapor mode.

            One Person portable-99 lb. upright design on two wheel dolly.

            Cleans and purifies as it recovers - futuristic single pass design.

            Automatic recovery complete shutdown - set it and forget it.

            Multiple levels of safety - electric overpressure shutoff and mechanical pressure relief; compressor
            saving overload lockout protection; exclusive "liquid lift" feature.

            Liquid level sight glass in storage container allows to record recovery rate; view purified refrigerant,
            and recharge exact amount.

            Specific Specifications for Mobil Refrigerant Management Stations shall be as follows:

            Weight: 99 lbs. Dimensions: 45" X 16" X 14".
            Electrical: 110VAC, 60 Hz 7 amp.

            Storage Cylinder: 50 or 25 lb. external storage (provided separately). 5 lb. onboard storage with liquid
            level sight glass calibrated in 2 oz. increments, 250 psi gauge, pressure relief adjustable from 250 - 350
            psi, liquid and vapor charging ports, optional electric heater.

            Control Manifold Gauge Set: high and low shutoff valves.

            Recovery Equipment: 1/2 ton condensing unit (@ 65 deg. suction), air cooled condenser, suction and
            liquid replaceable filters, two oil separators, liquid accumulation capacity is oil separator and suction
            filter of 20 oz. plus self regulating liquid heater.

           Recovery Rates: 5 pound per minute (ppm): liquid (Modes 2,3,4); 2 ppm :vapor (Mode 1) at 70 deg.
           suction; .66 ppm at 40 deg. suction; .25 ppm at 20 deg. suction. Hoses: 5 pack, varity of sizes.

            Refrigerant Cleaning Specifications: 95% removal of particulates, 95% acid removal, 95% removal of
            moisture @ 1000 part per million (65% @ 100 ppm); single pass. Automatic Control: Recovery
            complete shutdown in Hg vacuum. Compressor lockout on overboard.

5.3.4.2 Contractor shall provide Mobile Recovery Management Station equipment and labor to capture/recover
freon gases from existing air conditioning and refrigeration equipment during maintenance, servicing, repair and
replacement of refrigerant components. Identified equipment pulls refrigerant from system as a gas, cleans,
liquefies, and stores it in on-board storage cylinder. Equipment shall provide for a visible graduated cylinder for
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001


measuring the rate of recovery, for viewing clarity of product and also recharges refrigerant with the exact charge.
Portability and safety features of equipment are of prime importance. Contractor shall submit Manufacturer's
Literature on reclaim equipment for approval prior to purchase.

5.4 ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPLIES AND OFFICE EQUIPMENT: The Contractor shall furnish administrative
supplies and office equipment including, but not limited to, file cabinets, office furniture, and office machines.

5.5 TESTING EQUIPMENT: The Contractor shall provide all test equipment necessary to be able to test,
diagnose problems and check for proper correction of problems covered under this contract. The test equipment
used shall be that which is recognized as standard in the trade. The Contractor shall furnish to the Contracting
Officer on contract start date a list of all test equipment and written statement that all test equipment has been
calibrated.

5.6 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT: The Contractor shall provide adequate communication equipment to
perform the services of this contract. This includes at least two (2) single party commercial telephone lines for
receiving service calls, two-way radios or other paging system for communication with employees, and telephone
answering service, if contractor chooses. The communication equipment (telephones or radios) may be installed
after written approval from the Government. Additional communication equipment frequencies, antenna locations,
equipment placement in or on real property facilities or in equipment must be approved by the Government prior to
installation or operation.

5.6.1 Radio/Beeper: Equipment must meet Federal Communications rules and regulations. The contractor may
utilize local community base systems without approval from Fort Jackson.

5.6.2 Telephone Service: The Contractor shall provide telephone service for base of operations structure to include
5 ea cell phones with radio features such as Nextel for use by government employee to communicate with the
contractor. The Contractor shall furnish the telephone numbers and/or any changes in the number(s) to the
Contracting Officer within one working day after the occurrence. Prior to installation of telephone service, the
contractor shall obtain written approval from the Contracting Officer, with concurrence from USAISC, Fort Jackson
and DLE.

5.6.3 The Contractor shall supply the Contracting Officer with FIVE (5) cell phones with radio feature set on
contractor’s assigned frequency for use by the Government’s Ordering Officer and Quality Assurance Evaluator
(QAE) and other government housing personnel.

5.7 CONTRACTOR'S BASE OF OPERATION: The Contractor shall provide buildings and structure(s) for
management operations and maintenance operations. Contracting Officer approval of these structures shall be
obtained prior to delivery to the site. Should the Contractor elect to locate building(s) on the site provided for such
purposes, the contractor's responsibilities include: clearing and grading of site including unpaved access drives;
obtaining any required utility connection; and providing and installing all utilities from existing mains to contractor's
buildings and structures. The contractor shall provide ample temporary storage shed space for materials requiring
shelter from the weather, security and safety protection. Storage of paint, distillate and other hazardous material
waste shall be stored in strict accordance with the Environmental Protecting Agency (EPA) and the South Carolina
Department of Health and Environmental Control (DHEC) rules and regulations. These structures shall be equipped
with locking devices and shall be located a minimum of fifty feet from any other structures. The DLE Contract
Management Branch will assign an area where the contractor may place a temporary base of operations. The
Contractor has five (5) workdays upon completion or termination of the contract, to remove all Contractor owned
property, supplies, and equipment from the installation and the Contractor occupied area(s) policed of all trash and
debris.

5.7.1 Utility Meters: The Contractor shall provide an electrical meter for the purpose of consumption reading only.
Consumption readings shall be to establish excessive or efficient use of electricity by the Contractor. Should
excessive usage be established, the contractor will reimburse the Government at the local prevailing electrical rates
(see TE-14 for prevailing utility rates). Connection of electrical meters shall be installed in accordance with
applicable codes and regulations, including NFPA 70-1996 and NFPA 54-1996. Upon completion or termination of
                                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                   P0001


the contract, all utility lines, (water, sewer and electrical), connections and meters shall become the property of the
Government.

5.7.2 Space Appearance: The Contractor shall maintain assigned site and contractor facilities in a manner
consistent with appearance of the installation. This includes neatness, cleanliness, police of area, grass, weed
cutting, and the installation of a six (6) foot wood privacy/screen fence.

5.7.3 Space Protection: The contractor shall install a six (6) foot security fence with three (3) strands of
barbed-wire around the immediate perimeter of the assigned site, to maintain security of all facilities, materials,
vehicles, and equipment under his control. Parking of contractor maintenance vehicles shall be within the secured
area only. Privately owned vehicles shall be parked outside security fence and behind privacy/screen fence (see
above). In case of a break-in or theft, the contractor shall notify the Provost Marshal immediately upon discovery
and assist in determining the loss. The contractor shall reimburse the Government for all lost or damaged
Government property under his control regardless of the source of loss or damage.

5.8 FUELS: The Contractor shall provide all fuels, flares, and safety equipment required for the operation of
equipment and vehicles in conformance with installation fire regulations.

5.9 DISPOSAL: The Contractor shall provide for disposal of all building/construction debris and scrapes with no
salvage value (includes disposable materials from family quarters where maintenance and repairs have taken place)
in an approved off-post landfill. Office refuse generated at the contractor base of operations shall be placed in an
appropriate dumpster provided and serviced by a Government furnished refuse collection and disposal contractor for
collection and disposal of refuse at an approved off-post landfill.

5.9.1 Removed appliances shall be turned- in to the DLE, Supply Division.

5.10 Salvage: The contractor shall dispose of removed equipment and materials which have a salvage value as
follows:

5.10.1 Removed Government Furnished Appliances shall be turned in at Furnishings Management Branch, Building
6520.

5.10.2 Other Replaced or Removed Items shall be disposed of as directed by the Contracting Officer at the Defense
Reutilization and Marketing Office, Bldg. 1902.

5.11 TEMPORARY HEAT: The Contractor shall provide temporary heat to family housing occupants when
difficulties occur in placing standard heat back into operation within the specified time frame during periods when
temperatures are below or predicted to fall below 65 degrees F. Temporary heaters shall conform to all safety and
fire regulations for Fort Jackson and shall be of sufficient capacity to maintain the family housing unit at 70 degrees
F until permanent heat can be restored.

5.12 UTILITY OUTAGES: All utility outages except Contractor scheduled outages shall be treated as
emergencies. The contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer of contractor scheduled utility outages 10 days
prior to the scheduled outage, or at the earliest known time. The Government will notify the contractor of
Government directed outages. In all unscheduled instances when it is necessary for the contractor to interrupt
utilities for maintenance or repair, the Contractor shall notify all affected occupants and the Contracting Officer
prior to the interruption. Regardless of the source or cause, either scheduled or unscheduled, when gas service is
interrupted, the contractor shall commence reset regulators and re-light of all pilot lights affected by the interruption,
immediately following restoration of service and shall complete re-light operations of all affected equipment within
six (6) hours following the restoration of service. Many of the gas appliances and heating systems have automatic
igniters.

5.12.1 Service Order Desk: The contractor shall operate a maintenance and repair
call receipt service order desk to receive maintenance and repair calls from quarters occupants and the Contracting
Officer on a 24 hours per day, 7 days per week basis. As a minimum, the contractor shall provide two incoming
telephone lines which ring on the contractor's listed service order desk number. No outgoing calls shall be made on
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


these two lines unless to report a fire or to request medical assistance. The use of a qualified answering service will
be permitted during other than normal duty hours (normal duty hours 0730-2000, Sunday thru Saturday - see Section
C-1, para. 1.1.1). The Contractor shall have a sufficient number of personnel available to answer the telephones and
take service orders so that there will be no more than one incoming call on hold at any time. The contractor shall
also provide the non-exclusive use of a telephone, in addition to the requirements above, for the receiving and
responding to maintenance work status requests and complaint calls from quarters occupants. The Contractor shall
be responsible for informing all quarters occupants of the telephone numbers at the beginning of the contract period
and every six months thereafter, to include any option periods. The Contractor shall not use a recording device for
the receipt of maintenance calls. All calls shall be recorded on an appropriate Service Order Control Log in
accordance with paragraph 1.1.1, Section C-1.

5.13.1 OCCUPANT SELF-HELP The Government has an established self-help program which enables occupants
to treat minor pest problems, (e.g. cockroaches, ants, crickets, bees, spiders, silver fish, earwigs, stored food
products pests, flying insects, rats, and mice). The Contractor shall inform the occupants of items available to them
for self-help, at the contractor site.. However, the Contractor shall, upon receipt of a SO, perform the required
service for occupants who have been unable to achieve desired fix with self-help items.

5.14 SUBMITTAL: Meaning of Approvals: The approval of the submittals by the Contracting Officer shall not be
construed as a complete check, but will indicate only that the material or general method of construction and
detailing is satisfactory. Approval will not relieve the contractor of the responsibility for any error which may exist
as the contractor, under the Contractor Quality Control requirements of this contract, is responsible for material and
for the dimensions and design of adequate connections, and details and satisfactory construction of all work. After
submittals have been approved by the Contracting Officer, no re-submittal for the purpose of substituting materials
or equipment will be given consideration unless accompanied by an acceptable explanation as to why a substitution
is necessary. Items requiring submittals are listed in SubSection C-12.

5.14.1 When Not Approved: The Contractor shall make all corrections required by
the Contracting Officer and promptly furnish a corrected re-submittal in the form and number of copies specified for
initial submittals. The Contractor is cautioned that for each contractor's re-submittal required beyond the initial
submittal and one re-submittal for corrections required by the Contracting Officer, the Contracting Officer will
assess Administrative Deduction in the amount of $100.00 from payments due the contractor. If the Contractor
considers any correction indicated on the submittals to constitute a change to the contract, notice as required under
the contract clause entitled "Changes" should promptly be given to the Contracting Officer.

5.14.2 Time Limits: The Contractor shall submit his submittals within 10 days and make one re-submittal, if
required, within 10 days after return of the submittals by the Government.

5.14.3 Materials Safety Data Sheets and Container Labels for Pesticides: The Contractor shall submit copies of
material safety data sheets (MSDS) and labels from containers of each type of pesticide to be used in this contract
prior to pesticides being used. Any time a pesticide changes, the information on the MSDS or label changes, or a
different pesticide is used, another copy of the MSDS and label shall be submitted three weeks prior to the pesticide
being used in the performance of this contract.

5.14.4 Forms, Checklists, and Handouts: The contractor shall submit printer proof
copies of each of the following forms, checklists, and handouts prior to printing:

5.14.4.1     Forms:

5.14.4.1.1             Advanced Notification Card.

5.14.4.1.2             Call-Back Card.

5.14.4.1.3             Not Home - Return Call Card.

5.14.4.1.4             Service Order Control Log.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


5.14.4.1.5             Service Order Worksheet.

5.14.4.1.6             Pest Control Service Order Control Log.

5.14.4.1.7             HVAC System Maintenance Service Order Control Log.

5.14.4.1.8             Not Home - Emergency Call Card.

5.14.4.1.9             Multiple Quarters Pest Control Card

5.14.4.1.10 Multiple Quarters Pest Control Signature Sheet.

5.14.4.1.11 Subterranean Termite Control Inspection Report and Proposal.

5.14.4.1.12 Work Status and Complaint Control log.

5.14.4.1.13 Customer Satisfaction Feedback Card.

5.14.4.1.14 Installed Appliance and HVAC Equipment Report.

5.14.4.1.15 Serial Numbers of New Appliances Report.

5.14.4.1.16 Serial Numbers of Appliances Turned-In to DRMO Report.

5.14.4.2     Checklists:

5.14.4.2.1 Vacant Quarters Maintenance Checklists.

5.14.4.3               Handouts:


5.14.4.3.1 Pest Control Treatment Information Handout.

5.14.5 Warranties: The Contractor shall submit a written warranty that he will
supply all parts and labor necessary to repair or replace any new items installed by the contractor for a period of one
year from installation to run concurrently with manufacturer's warranty.

5.14.6 Material Submittals: The Contractor shall submit the required material
submittals listed in Section C-12.

5.14.7 Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) Labels: UL Labels are not required on
submittals. The Contractor may submit written certification from any nationally recognized testing agency which
has adequate equipment and is capable of verifying conformance with the requirements herein.

5.15 LICENSES, REGISTRATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, AND PERMITS: The
Contractor shall obtain all licenses, registrations, certifications, and permits required for performance of work and
for complying with all applicable federal, state, and local laws in accordance with para. 1.7, section C-1. Copies of
these documents shall be provided to the Contracting Officer within two working days after receipt and before any
work commences.

5.16 IDENTIFICATION BADGES: The Contractor shall furnish identification
badges to his employees in accordance with paragraph para 1.6.3, Section C-1.

5.17 PERSONNEL TRAINING: The Contractor shall provide all contractor
personnel training. Training available from commercial sources shall be obtained, scheduled, and funded by the
contractor.
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001




5.18 Facility Sign: The Contractor shall provide and install a metal or wood sign
on the exterior of the contractor furnished facility at the entrance to the Contractor's work reception office. The
sign shall be not less than 3 by 5 feet and contain the information below in the size lettering indicated. Color of sign
shall be white (Federal Color No. 17925) letters on brown (Federal Color No. 20059) background with the
brown matching existing Fort Jackson signs.

            Sign Information                                                                    Lettering Size
            Contract Title                                                                      4 Inches High
            Company (Contractor's) Name                                                         4 Inches High
            Service Order Desk Phone Number                                                     2 Inches High
            Emergency Service Order Desk Phone Number                                           2 Inches High
            (If Different from Service Order Desk
             Phone Number)

5.19 TRANSPORTATION: Transportation of all items required by the contract shall be the responsibility of the
contractor. Government supplied items shall be picked up and transported to the installation site by the contractor.

5.20 REMOVAL OF CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED ITEMS: Prior to termination of this contract, the Contractor
shall remove from Fort Jackson premises all contractor owned vehicles, equipment, tools, supplies, material or other
items. If after a reasonable period of time, as determined by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor does not
remove said items from Fort Jackson in accordance with Government regulations, the items shall be delivered to the
Defense Reutilization Marketing Office (DRMO) for disposal subject to a removal charge which will be deducted
from the final invoice amount of this contract. The facility folders (paragraph C.6.8) shall become the property of
the Government upon completion of the contract.

                                             END OF SUBSECTION C-5
                                                  SECTION C-6

                                         MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT

6.0 SCOPE: The Contractor shall provide all services of management necessary to ensure that all requirements of
this contract are accomplished in accordance with all specifications, standards, regulations and within specified time
periods as outlined in the contract. Specific requirements include:

6.1 QUALITY CONTROL: The Contractor shall provide quality control measures adequate to ensure that all work
performed and all materials, parts, appliances, data requirements and other required tasks are accomplished in
compliance with the specifications, publications, regulations and codes contained in the contract. The Quality
Control Plan shall be submitted along with the contractor's proposal and shall include as a minimum:

6.1.1 Identification of Personnel: The names, positions, and qualifications of contractor personnel assigned to
perform quality control.

6.1.2 The Methods the contractor proposes to take for quality control to ensure that the quality of performance is
maintained at an acceptable level including a comprehensive breakdown of the types and frequencies of inspections
to be conducted, methods for correcting deficiencies, and methods for precluding recurrence of defective work when
discovered.

6.1.3 Records: The contractor shall maintain records of all quality control inspections conducted and the actions
taken as a result of such inspections. These records shall be made available to the Contracting Officer for review,
upon request.

6.1.4 RESERVED

6.2 WORK CONTROL: The Contractor shall provide a written annual plan for recurring equipment inspection by
month. The schedule shall provide for equipment inspection as outlined in Section C-10 of these specifications.
                                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                   P0001




6.3 WORK STATUS AND COMPLAINT PROGRAM: The Contractor shall establish a Work Status and
Complaint Program to receive and respond to maintenance work status requests and complaints. The Contractor
shall receive complaints concerning maintenance or repair work in progress or scheduled, research, and respond to
such complaints within four working hours. Any complaints which cannot be resolved to the quarters occupants
satisfaction will be referred to the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall log all status requests and complaints
on a Status Request and Complaint Control Log and furnish the Contracting Officer a Weekly Status Request and
Complaint Report. The log and report shall include: name of occupant; quarters and apartment number; date and
time of receipt; date and time of response; action taken; current status of complaint or request; and remarks for
contractor's response to complaint or status request.

6.4 CUSTOMER SATISFACTION FEEDBACK PROGRAM: The Contractor shall establish a Customer
Satisfaction Feedback Program. When any work is accomplished, the Contractor shall provide quarters occupants
with a Customer Satisfaction Feedback Card. The card shall be a minimum of 5 by 7 inches in size and have space
and lines available for customers to use in providing opinions of service quality, timeliness, and courtesy of
workmen. The card shall addressed to and postage paid by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the
Contracting Officer a computer generated Monthly Customer Satisfaction Feedback Report along with copies of all
cards received.

6.4.1 The Contractor shall follow up on all derogatory replies and take the necessary actions to correct all
deficiencies to include discourtesy.

6.4.2 Customer complaints received shall be one basis by which the Contracting Officer shall determine the
inspection levels required to ensure quality.

6.5 RECORDS, REPORTS, & FORMS: Provide, maintain, and submit all project management records, reports,
forms, checklists, and handouts to include all data accumulation, record keeping and reporting of any deficiencies
which are encountered during the normal performance of duties under this contract, whether outside the scope of
this contract or not. The following is a consolidated list of all required records, reports, schedules, forms, checklists,
and handouts and the paragraphs governing their use. Diskettes with all contract records shall be available to the
Contracting Officer at all times at his request, and copies turned over to the Contracting Officer at the
COMPLETETION of the contract.

6.5.1 Records:

6.5.1.1 Maintenance and Repair Records (Computerized)

6.5.1.2 Pest Control Service Records, DD Form 1532-1

6.5.1.3 Facility Folders

6.5.2 Reports:

6.5.2.1 Subterranean Termite Control Inspection Report and Proposal

6.5.2.2 Work Status and Complaint Report (Computerized)

6.5.2.3 Customer Satisfaction Feedback Report (Computerized)

6.5.2.4 Pest Control Service Reports, DD Form 1532

6.5.2.5 Installed Appliance and HVAC Equipment Report

6.5.2.6 Serial Numbers of New Appliances Report

6.5.2.7 Serial Number of Appliances Turned-In to DRMO Report
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001




6.5.3 Forms:

6.5.3.1 Advanced Notification Card

6.5.3.2 Call-Back Card

6.5.3.3 Not Home - Return Call Card

6.5.3.4 Service Order Control Log (Should be Computerized)

6.5.3.5 Service Order Worksheet (Should be Computerized)

6.5.3.6 Pest Control Service Order Control Log (Should be Computerized)

6.5.3.7 Appliance and HVAC System Maintenance Service Order Control Log Computerized)

6.5.3.8 Not Home - Emergency Call Card

6.5.3.9 Multiple Quarters Pest Control Card

6.5.3.10 Multiple Quarters Pest Control Signature Sheet

6.5.3.11 Work Status and Complaint Control Log (Should be Computerized)

6.5.3.12 Customer Satisfaction Feedback Card

6.6 Maintenance and Repair Records: The Contractor shall maintain complete and accurate maintenance and
repair records of all work performed. All records shall be maintained on a personal computer using Excel programs
in a spreadsheet format on an IBM compatible computer in order to be compatible with Government computer
equipment and programs. Records shall have as a minimum; quarters and apartment number; maintenance tasks
accomplished on each quarters per visit; man-hours expended; type and cost of materials; date and time work was
started; and date and time work was accepted. Records shall be sorted and maintained monthly and in a yearly
cumulative summary by work done and by dwelling unit.
Diskettes with these records shall be maintained by the contractor. The Contracting Officer shall have access to
these records.

6.6.1 JOB CONTROL SYSTEM: The contractor shall maintain a separately serialized job control system for each
category of job to include service calls, change of occupancy, task order (separate contract line item, not in
conjunction with COM), recurring equipment inspection, recurring equipment and repair resulting from inspections,
and exterior maintenance and repair resulting from inspections.

6.6.2 Job Order Format: The job order, at a minimum, shall indicate the facility or unit number, name, home, and
duty telephone numbers of occupant, date and time of request or initiation, type of job order, classification assigned
(emergency, urgent, or routine), date and time of initial response, description of work and materials used, and date
and time of completion. Service call job order shall provide for recording the housing occupant's signature.

6.6.3 Job Order Log: The Contractor shall maintain a job order log which indicates the job order number, time and
date of receipt, unit or facility number, name of requestor, brief description of work, classification or category
assigned (emergency, urgent, or routine), and date and time of completion. The Contractor shall provide the
Contracting Officer, by 0900 on the first working day of each week, a copy of the job order log showing all job
orders received during the preceding week and a copy of each job order completed during the preceding week.

6.7 Pest Control Services Records: The Contractor shall maintain complete and accurate records of all work
performed on DD Form 1532, "Pest Management Report" and DD Form 1532-1, "Pest Management Maintenance
Record". The Contractor shall complete the DD Form 1532-1 daily, and submit the report to the Contracting Officer
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


the next workday. The Contractor shall complete DD Form 1532 for each month's work, and submit this report to
the Contracting Officer within three working days of the following month. The Contracting Officer will provide a
copy of this report with the necessary preparation and submission instructions.

6.8 Facility Folders: The Contractor shall establish and maintain a separate facility folder for each family housing
dwelling unit. These facility folders will be available for Government inspection at all items. A copy of each
completed Change of Occupancy Maintenance Checklist, all Service Orders, any document provided by the
Government, and all warranty information, and any other documentation and information pertinent to the
maintenance history for each dwelling unit shall be kept in the individual facility folders. Checklists, SO
Worksheets, and JO Worksheets shall be filed in the facility folders within one working day after completion of the
work. These facility folders and their contents are the property of the Government and shall not be removed from
Fort Jackson. The facility folders and their contents shall be transferred to the Government upon expiration or
termination of this contract.

6.8.1 General Officer Maintenance Cost: The Contractor shall maintain maintenance costs (breakout of labor,
material and equipment usage) in addition to the facility maintenance folder for Quarters 3606 and 3612 which shall
be made available to the Government upon request for reporting in accordance with AR 210-50.

6.9 Conditions/Interference of Work: The Contractor shall report to the Contracting Officer any circumstances of
needed repair of the facilities, unusual soiling of an area which may affect performance of contract work, unhealthy
or hazardous conditions, or any delays or interference of work by employees of the Government or occupants; report
to the Contracting Officer other circumstances which would affect performance of the work required under the
contract. The contractor shall make this report within one working day of discovery.

6.10 MASTER APPLIANCE LISTING: The Contractor shall maintain current the master appliance listing,
Technical Exhibit 13, Work Load Data, and make available to the Contracting Officer upon request, termination, or
end of contract.

6.11 WARRANTY EXECUTION: The Contracting Officer shall notify the Contractor of warranties in effect prior
to the start of this contract as shown in Technical Exhibit 13, Work Load Data, or in the Facility Maintenance
folders either for work performed under a contract or resultant to work performed by the Government as may affect
Family Housing unit and equipment. The Contractor shall execute all warranties. All management, supervision,
labor and administration in conjunction with warranty execution shall be included in the contract price.

6.12 ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS AND DATA: The contractor shall provide all reports, plans, data and
submittals specified in the Data Requirements and other sections of these specifications in the quantities and at the
times stated.

6.13 Checklist: A copy of the occupants acceptance letters and checklist shall be included in the Qtrs maintenance
files and used to validate damage caused by the occupant as determined by the Government.


                                               END OF SECTION C-6
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


                                                   SECTION C-7

                                                 SERVICE CALLS

7.0     GENERAL: The Contractor shall furnish all management, plant, labor, materials, supplies, tools, equipment,
communication devices, transportation, and fuel, necessary to provide uninterrupted interior and exterior
maintenance service and repair and replacement of all interior and exterior building components, surfaces,
appliances, systems, and appurtenances at all 1,258 family housing quarters at Fort Jackson, South Carolina listed in
Technical Exhibit TE-2. Work shall conform to the publications listed in Section C-3, all manufacturer's written
instructions and recommendations; and standards and requirements set forth in Technical Provisions C-9A thru
C-9Z; and Sections C-1 thru C-15. Contractor shall provide an open job order report every Monday by 1000 hrs.
from the previous week showing what JOs were not completed and why. See CLIN 0001 and corresponding
CLIN’s of option years.

7.1     SCOPE: The Contractor shall respond to all requests for service, maintenance, and repair initiated by
occupants or Government personnel, and shall furnish all investigation, planning, scheduling, and accomplish all
work required to alleviate the problem or condition, complete, subject only to limitations specified in Section C-1,
General, or other sections of the contract, in strict accordance with all provisions of the contract. The Contractor
shall protect occupants household property by providing proper coverings and clean-up any debris at the end of the
work day and at the end of the job.

7.1.1 RELATED WORK: The work covered in this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with
SECTION C-8, CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY MAINTENANCE; Technical Provisions 9A through 9AA; and
specifically Technical Provision C-9Y, Service Order Change of Occupancy Maintenance. ALL items of
maintenance and repair identified in this section shall be included in all other Major Sections of this specification,
even if omitted.

7.2    SERVICE ORDERS: The Contractor shall perform Service Order Work as indicated herein. Technical
Provisions C-9A thru C-9AA contain specific tasks of work to be performed and the minimum standards to which
the work must be accomplished to be accepted by the Government. When the minimum standards are not achieved,
the contractor will be required to re-perform the work until the standards are met, or no additional cost to the
Government. Technical Provision C-9Y, Service Order Change of Occupancy Maintenance contains specific tasks
of work to be performed and the minimum standards to which the work must be accomplished to be accepted by the
Government.

7.3 Operation of Service Order Desk: Operate a service order (SO) desk in accordance with paragraphs 5.12 and
5.12.1, Section C-5, Contractor Furnished Property and Services.

7.4 Interior and Exterior Maintenance Service Orders: Perform interior and exterior maintenance service order
work for all 1,258 family housing quarters interior and exterior building component sand surfaces including utility
systems, and clotheslines located behind or adjacent to quarters in accordance with paragraph 1.1.2, SECTION C-1,
GENERAL. The Contractor will notify the housing occupants of materials available at the Family Housing Self
Help Center, Fort Jackson ( undergoing revision) when a request for service is received that can and shall be done by
the occupant on a self-help basis.

7.5 Playground and Recreational Equipment Service Orders: Perform playground and recreational equipment
service order work for all playground and recreational equipment listed in Technical Exhibit TE-3 and in accordance
with Technical Provision C-9U.

7.6 Pest Control Service Orders: Perform pest control service order work for all 1,260 family housing quarters in
accordance with SECTION C-11, PEST CONTROL; and paragraph 5.3.3, SECTION C-5, Contractor Furnished
Property and Services.

7.7 Bus Stop Shelter Service Orders: Perform bus stop shelter service order work for all bus stop shelter listed in
Technical Exhibit TE-4 and in accordance with Technical Provision A-9V.
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001


7.8 Appliance Service Orders: Perform appliance service order work for all appliances in all family housing
quarters, in accordance with Technical Provision C-9W, Residential appliances, and selected paragraphs herein.

7.9 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Systems Service Orders: Perform heating, ventilating, and air
conditioning (HVAC) systems service order work for all HVAC systems in all family housing quarters in
accordance with SECTION C-10, Recurring Equipment and Facility Maintenance; SECTION C-9, General -
Standards and Specifications, and SECTION, C-1, General. Also included is turn on and turn off of heating and
cooling systems as directed by the Contracting Officer. Servicing HVAC systems shall be as outlined in Section
C-5, Contractor Furnished Property and Services, for capture of Chlorofluorocarbons.

7.10 Service Order Repair Work: Service order repair work includes all work necessary to restore a defective unit
to its original condition or the operating conditions specified by the manufacturer. If the item or system cannot be
economically repaired as specified in these specifications, the Contractor shall replace the item upon receipt of
approval by the Contracting Officer and follow the procedure as specified in the appropriate Technical Provision.

7.10.1 Repair quality shall be equivalent to the original equipment's quality
in terms of parts, materials and workmanship. Replacement parts shall conform to the manufacturer's design
requirements and shall provide reliability and durability comparable to the original element. In the case the part is
no longer produced, the contractor shall use a Contracting Officer approved substitution. After completing the
repairs, the system (when applicable) shall be given a thorough operational test and demonstrated to function in
accordance with the manufacturer's specification.

7.10.2 Replacement item shall be equivalent to the original equipment's quality in terms of material and
workmanship. The replacement item shall conform to the design requirements of the system and shall provide
reliability and durability comparable to the original equipment. The new item shall meet or exceed current codes.
However, if the replacement item is not the same size and capacity of the original item, the Contracting Officer’s
approval is required prior to replacement. After completing the work to replace the item, the item and system (when
applicable) shall be given a thorough operational test and demonstrated to function in accordance with the
manufacturer's specifications and overall system requirements. The Contractor shall only be reimbursed for
materials that are found on the contract pricing schedule. The Contractor shall be responsible for material for labor
and material cost of repair of all family housing units, playgrounds, bus stops, etc., if it is not identified as a
separately priced line item.

7.11 Repair Versus Replacement of Appliances: The Contractor shall inspect the appliance to determine the scope
of repair and estimate the cost to make the repairs. The scope and estimate will be the basis for determining whether
the item will be repaired or replaced. If replacement is justified as specified in paragraph 1.9, SECTION C-1,
APPLIANCE REPLACEMENT, the contractor shall provide an estimate and obtain approval from the Contracting
Officer to replace or to proceed with the repair.

7.11.1 When replacements are required, the Contractor shall transport, install, and test the
 appliance prior to releasing it to the occupant. The Contractor shall modify the existing utilities to fit the new
appliance, if required. The Contractor shall demonstrate to the occupant all features and the operation of the new
appliance. The appliance shall be in a clean state in accordance with Technical Provision C-9W, Residential
Appliances, when delivered to the occupant. The Contractor shall provide serial numbers of all new appliances and
appliances turned into the Housing Furniture Management Office, Building 6520, within eight hours after issue for
posting on quarters' hand receipts. Any damage to appliances will be corrected at the expense of the contractor.
Dented, scratched, broken or missing parts will not be placed in quarters.

7.12 Utility Service Interruptions: When utility service is interrupted (whether disrupted by the Contractor, the
Government, or other cause), the Contractor shall re-light pilot lights and reset heating and air conditioning system
controls in the affected dwelling units.

7.13 Examples of Emergency Service Orders: Examples of service calls considered to be emergency situations are
listed as follows. Emergency service shall include, but not be limited to, the following problems:
                                                                                                         W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                    P0001


7.13.1 Loss of heat during the heating season when the interior temperature drops below 55 degrees F (in season,
14 Oct. through 14 Apr.).

7.13.2 Loss of cooling during cooling season when the interior temperature exceeds 80 degrees F (in season only,
15 April through 15 October).

7.13.3 Sudden failure of all burners on the kitchen stove.

7.13.4 Failed refrigerator (if after duty hours, the refrigerator shall be changed out the next day).

7.13.5   Sparks and smoke from electrical fixtures and outlets.

7.13.6 Damage to dwelling units and other real property be storms and natural disasters. In the event Government
property is damaged by storms or other natural disasters, the contractor shall perform storm or disaster service to the
extent necessary to protect the Government property at no additional cost to the Government.

7.13.7   Loss of hot water.

7.13.8   Power failures.

7.13.9 Clogged drains and fixtures. If the blockage is due primarily to the intrusion of roots or failure of the pipe
between the house and tie in of the service line to the main, every effort shall be made to clear the drain . The
Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer if the drain is not cleared or the blockage appears to be beyond the
service line. Clogged sinks after 20:00 pm shall be cleared the next day.

7.13.10 Water infiltration. The Contractor shall remove water from dwelling units by pumping or other methods
after flooding from rain, water runoff, or leaking roofs.

7.13.11 Loss of water.

7.13.12 Securing quarters. The contractor shall secure dwelling units after being vandalized or after the military
police have completed a robbery or murder investigation or reported to be left open.

7.13.13 Sagging, broken, or falling ceilings.

7.13.14 Suspected gas leaks.

7.13.15 Gas supply outage. The Contractor shall reset regulators and re-light gas pilot lights on gas appliances and
heating systems in quarters thereof when gas main supply is cut off for any reason. The Contractor shall be required
to do mass lighting as required per contract year.

7.13.16 Dryer vents, vertical ducts, and exhaust fans. The Contractor shall remove bathroom exhaust fans and dryer
roof vents to clean away lint accumulated on bird screens and in ducts and bathroom exhaust fans in quarters as
called-in to preclude fire damage and potential wasteful energy usage. Refer to Technical Provision C-9X, para.
9X.3.13 and Technical Provision C-9Y, para. 9Y.3.1.17. This procedure shall be accomplished during daylight
hours. After duty hours this is not considered an emergency.

7.13.17 Fire damaged quarters. The Contractor shall provide assistance to fire department personnel whenever
needed to locate electrical, water, and gas cutoff switches and valves. The Contractor shall also provide materials
and labor to secure quarters partially destroyed by fire.

7.14 In the Event Response to a Service Call reveals the necessity to perform work covered by specific ordered
items to fulfill the request, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer, at the earliest practicable time, before
proceeding with the work beyond the scope of the service call. The Contractor shall, however, take immediate
corrective action in situations which threaten the safety or welfare of occupants or where failure to act would result
in serious damage to property.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001




7.15 EXECUTION: The Contractor shall perform services to include:

7.15.1 Structural: All maintenance, repair, or replacement of all interior and exterior structural surfaces from
rooftop to base of foundation, both revealed and concealed, including roof, siding, walls, ceilings, floors, doors,
windows, carpets, foyer areas, carports and all finishes, parts, attachments, fixtures, appendages and appliances,
required to completely restore or maintain a condition comparable to the original installation or state, for all
buildings, structures, areas, and attachments or appendages thereto.

7.15.2 Electrical: All maintenance, repair, or replacement of all electrical systems, equipment, wiring, fixtures,
hardware, parts, attachments and Government furnished equipment and appliances, required to completely restore or
maintain a condition comparable to the original installation or state. Includes telephone circuits in family quarters.

7.15.3 Gas: All maintenance, repair, or replacement of all gas systems including piping, hardware, fixtures, parts,
attachments and appliances, required to completely restore or maintain a condition comparable to the original
installation or state.

7.15.4 Plumbing: All maintenance, repair, or replacement of all plumbing systems including all piping, hardware,
fixtures, and appliances attached or connected thereto, required to completely restore or maintain a condition
comparable to the original installation or state.

7.15.5 Heating and Air Conditioning Systems: All maintenance, repair, or replacement of all systems and
components of the systems, including all duct work and other attachments required to completely restore or
maintain a condition comparable to the original installation or state.

7.15.6 Appurtenances: All maintenance, repair, replacement, or installation of all storage sheds, carports,
retaining walls, privacy fences, garbage/trash enclosures, balconies, foyer areas and clothes lines shall be restored or
maintained to a condition comparable to the original installation or state.

7.15.7 Playground and Recreational Equipment: All maintenance, repair or replacement to all playground and
recreational equipment and components to include complete unit chains, "s" hooks an seats for swing sets, and
miscellaneous parts for other units as required and identified to completely restore or maintain a condition
comparable to the original installation or state.

7.15.8 Bus Shelters: All maintenance, repair or replacement of all bus shelters to include the complete structure,
seats or benches, attachments and concrete pads, required to completely restore or maintain a condition comparable
to the original installation or state.

7.15.9 Pest Control: Pest control services required to correct and prevent infestation of insects, rodents and other
pests including bird nest removal, carcass removal and other pest Control services outlined in Section C-11.

7.15.10 Exterior Light Posts: Accomplish all repairs required to maintain operability and appearance of all lights
and posts on or around the perimeter of a facility.

7.15.11 Remove and Replace, Doors, Windows, and Handrails: This task applies only during movements in or out
of quarters by occupants. Remove and replace to a condition comparable to the condition before removal, doors,
windows, handrails and similar items as necessary to facilitate the installation or removal of oversized furnishings in
the quarters.

7.15.12 Key Cutting/Replacement: The Contractor shall provide key cutting and replacement service in response
to requests for keys from a service order in strict accordance with SECTION
C-1, GENERAL, paragraphs 1.8 through 1.8.7.6.

7.16    Additional Work Necessary to Accomplish the Required Tasks:
                                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                   P0001


7.16.1 Minor Demolition: During the course of the required work, it may be necessary for portions of the
structure, floors, walls, roofs, doors cabinets, HVAC system, etc.,
to be removed in order to accomplish the required task. Temporary removals shall be made in a neat, orderly
manner to minimize damage to surrounding surfaces and fixtures and to salvage removed materials whenever
possible. Materials shall be removed between existing joint lines or cut to neat lines to facilitate reinstallation of the
materials.

7.16.2 Repairs: The Contractor shall restore the repaired area to a condition comparable to the original
construction. Split, crushed, or deformed elements shall be replaced with new items and be finished to match the
adjacent area. New materials shall be installed if the installation of salvaged materials is inappropriate or
impossible. Restoration shall be in accordance with Technical Provisions C-9A through C-9AA and SECTION C-9,
GENERAL STANDARDS /SPECIFICATIONS.

7.17 RECEIPT OF SERVICE CALLS: The Contractor shall have a central point of contact available to receive
calls and respond as required for all emergency, urgent and routine requests. The Contractor shall document each
service call received, assigned job number, inform the requestor of the number and that future inquiry regarding the
request should be addressed to that job order number. The Contractor shall write separate job order for each task,
see paragraph 7.2 through 7.12. Contractor shall receive service calls 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, including
holidays.

7.18 Categorization and Response: Upon receipt of a service call, the Contractor shall categorize the call as
emergency, urgent or routine and shall respond and complete the work accordingly within the guidelines established
in Technical Exhibit TE-9. In instances, where the requested work is not specifically listed, the Contractor shall
assign a category and complete the work in a manner consistent with categories for similar work or situations, with
the health, welfare and safety of the occupants as the prime consideration.

7.19 OTHER REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor shall coordinate routine work with occupants prior to
performance where access to quarters is required. The Contractor shall leave a written notice to occupants in all
instances where an effort to accomplish work was unsuccessful, due to the absence of the occupant to permit entry
of Contractor's personnel to the unit. The Contractor shall schedule appointments for occupants where both parents
work, single parent families, drill sergeants or waiting spouses families, to perform work up to 0800 daily. On
nights and weekends the service technician shall call the occupant when they receive service orders or emergency
service orders and tell the occupant when they expect to arrive at their quarters to do the work.

7.20 Cleanup: The Contractor shall remove all debris, grime and dirt created by the work and associated with the
work in accordance with SECTION C-1, GENERAL, paragraph 1.20.2, CLEAN-UP. The Contracting Officer shall
have the authority to accept or reject cleanliness of the work site. Clean-up as a result of Service Order Maintenance
is required with each Service Order.

7.21 Clean Gutters, Downspouts and Roofs: The Contractor shall be responsible for cleaning all debris from
gutters, downspouts and roofs of Family Housing Quarters and supporting structure during a service call initiated by
occupants or Government personnel. Clean-up of debris includes the removal of pine needs, cones, limbs and leaves
from occupied family quarters. Payment shall be in accordance with the Contract Price Schedule (Service Call
Only). There shall be no additional line item in conjunction with the COM.

7.22 Occupant Self- Help: The Government has an established self-help program which enables occupants to
complete minor maintenance. The Contractor shall inform the occupants of items available to them for self-help at
Contractors site. However, the Contractor shall, upon receipt of a SO, perform the required service for occupants
who are unable to perform the work (physical limitations, lack of trade knowledge).

                                                END OF SECTION C7
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001




                                                   SECTION C-8

                      CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY MAINTENANCE (COM)

8.0 GENERAL: The Contracting Officer will conduct inspections of vacated family quarters. The Contractor is
encouraged to maintain liaison with the ordering office and to participate in such inspections for planning purposes.

8.1 SCOPE: The Government will schedule and perform all inspections to determine the need to perform COM.
The Government is not obligated to assign every vacated quarters for COM. If the work required is not of sufficient
magnitude to warrant COM, the Contracting Officer may direct the contractor to accomplish needed work by
separate service order in which case the contractor shall accomplish the work within the times outlined in this
specification applicable to the work ordered. Payment for COM shall be authorized only for those units for which a
task order is issued to the Contractor directing Change of Occupancy Maintenance.

8.1.1 RELATED WORK: The work covered in this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with
SECTION C-7, SERVICE CALLS.

8.2 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY MAINTENANCE (COM): The Contractor shall perform all COM tasks
outlined in this specification within the time frames outlined in this specification and performed to the minimum
standards by which the work must be accomplished to be accepted by the Government.

8.3 Interior:

8.3.1 Venetian Blinds and Traverse Rods: Inspect, repair, restore, or replace, as necessary, all venetian blinds and
traverse rods including hardware, complete, in quarters equipped with these items. Replacement items shall match
existing for quality, size and color. Bent, broken, or inoperable blinds shall be replaced.

8.3.2 Floor Coverings: Inspect floor tile/sheet vinyl and replace all damaged tile or sheet vinyl . The Ordering
Officer will make the determination if floor coverings need to be replaced.

8.3.3 Wood Stairs and Handrails: Inspect, and make all repairs or replacement required to restore to condition
comparable to original installation.

8.3.4.1.1 Doors and Windows: Inspect all doors and windows including all attendant hardware, and make all
repairs or replace as required to restore to condition comparable to original installation.

8.3.5 Bathroom Accessories: Inspect all accessories to include soap dishes, toothbrush holders, towel bars, toilet
paper holders, and similar items and refasten, repair, restore or replace these items and all attendant hardware to
condition comparable to original installation.

8.3.6 Bathroom Cabinets and Vanities: Inspect, repair, restore, or replace bathroom cabinets and vanities including
doors, drawers, hinges, latches, pulls, guides, catches, and all other components thereto as necessary to maintain
condition comparable to original installation.

8.3.7 Walls and Ceilings: Inspect, repair, restore, or replace all wall and ceiling surfaces to a structurally and
aesthetically acceptable state comparable to original installation, free from defects and imperfections.

8.3.8 Sub-floors, Baseboards, Shoe Mold, and Kick-plates: Inspect, repair, restore, and replace as necessary to
return to condition comparable to original installation.

8.3.9 Weatherstripping: Inspect and replace, as necessary to maintain a weather tight seal, all weatherstripping
surrounding all doors, windows, exhaust vents and other openings susceptible to the interchange of environmental
temperatures.
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001


8.3.10 Wall Studs, Ceiling Joists, Door Jambs, Thresholds, and Doors: These items shall be inspected and repair or
replacement shall be made to the extent necessary to restore these components to condition comparable to original
installation. Wall studs, ceiling joists and doors (includes interior doors, bi-fold doors and sliding closet doors).

8.3.11 Wood Work: Inspect, repair, or replace all wood work not specifically covered elsewhere in these
specifications, to a condition to match or exceed the original installation.

8.3.12 Ceramic Tile: Inspect, repair, and replace ceramic tile including wall, caps, base and floor tile to a state
comparable to the installation at construction. Repair or replace marble thresholds to a state comparable to the
installation at construction.

8.3.13 Kitchen and Vanity Counter Tops: Inspect, repair, or replace as necessary to a condition comparable to
original installation, all kitchen and vanity counter tops including all attendant hardware.

8.3.14 Bathtubs, Shower Units, Lavatories, and Related or Similar Items: Inspection, repair, and replacement of
these units to the extent necessary to restore or return them to a condition comparable to original installation.

8.3.15 Plumbing System: Complete inspection, repair, and replacement of all plumbing systems, components,
parts, hardware, fixtures and appliances as necessary to Provide intended service to the occupant. This includes all
valve handle and escheons replacement and any other component necessary for operation and aesthetics of the
plumbing system.

8.3.16 Casings and Window Sills: Inspect, repair, or replace as necessary to maintain condition comparable to
original installation.

8.3.17 Kitchen Cabinets: Inspect, restore, or repair, as necessary to maintain original condition, kitchen cabinets
including doors, drawers, hinges, latches, pulls, guides, catches, and all other components thereto as necessary to
maintain condition comparable to original installation. If cabinets are replaced, all damaged sheet rock behind the
cabinets will be repaired and inspected before the new cabinets are installed.

8.3.18 Vinyl Wall Covering: Completely remove all existing vinyl wall covering, and paint all surfaces from
which vinyl wall covering was removed.

8.3.19 Kitchen and Bathroom Exhaust Fans: Inspect, clean, service, and repair or replace as necessary, all
kitchen and bathroom fans. Un-repairable units shall be replaced with items comparable to capacity, capability and
functionability to the item replaced.

8.3.20 Thermostats: Inspect, test, repair, or replace as necessary to maintain the HVAC system operable and
controllable by the thermostat.

8.3.21 Heating and Air Conditioning Fans, Motors, Blower Wheels and Fan Blades: Inspect, clean, lubricate
bearings, and replace as necessary to maintain operation and balances as designed.

8.3.22 Heating and Air Conditioning System Filters: Replace all filters with appropriate size as designed for the
system.

8.3.22.1 Heating and air conditioning return air plenum and supply ductwork and grills. Remove all grills and
vacuum out ductwork and return air plenum cleaning as far inside as possible with vacuuming equipment. Grills will
be cleaned, serviced and painted with white spray enamel before installing.

8.3.23 Caulking: Inspect all areas where caulking exists, repair or replace as necessary to maintain environmental
seal. Caulk all areas as necessary to preserve atmospheric integrity and pest proofing such as windows, doors, sinks,
bathtubs, showers, counter tops, stove tops, base boards, and similar items.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


8.3.24 Appliances: Inspect, restore, or replace, as necessary, all installed appliances to a state comparable to the
new installation for function and operability, including dishwashers, stoves, ovens, refrigerators, freezers and other
appliances.

8.3.25 Faucets: Inspect, repair, or replace all faucets as necessary to maintain functionability, leak free and
aesthetically acceptable including diverters.

8.3.26 Plugs, Traps, and Strainer Baskets: Inspect, clean, repair, or replace as necessary to maintain serviceability
as designed. Replace tub diverter spouts, overflow cover plates and strainer baskets when plating wears off. Replace
trip lever stoppers in bath tubs designed to have them even if none exist.

8.3.27 Garbage Disposal: Inspect, service, and restore to operable condition, or replace, as necessary to provide
an operable garbage disposal.

8.3.28 Commodes: Inspect, repair, or replace commodes to maintain intended serviceability of the unit and all
components including flush valves, bolts, flush handle, toilet seats, wax rings and other hardware.

8.3.29 Washer Connections, Angle Stops, and Cut Off Valves: Inspect, repair, or replace as necessary to
maintain the intended function.

8.3.30   Waste Drains: Inspect, unstop, repair, or replace, as necessary, all waste drain lines to the main sewer.

8.3.31 Smoke And Carbon Monoxide Detectors: Inspect, test, repair, and replace as necessary, all installed
smoke and carbon monoxide detectors to maintain all units in an operable condition. When replacement is required
the contractor shall install a photo electric type direct wire smoke detector with battery back-up. Battery powered
smoke detector and carbon monoxide detectors will NOT be permitted.. Carbon monoxide detector sensors/batteries
shall be replaced as required.

8.3.32 Electric Switches, Panels, Breakers, Doorbells, Chimes and Transformers: Inspect, repair, or replace as
necessary to maintain capability to perform the intended function.

8.3.33 Receptacles and Light Fixtures: Inspect and replace all damaged, cracked, broken, or deformed
receptacles and light fixtures with items comparable in quality, function and color to the item replaced. Replace,
inspect, and clean fixtures and replace light bulbs in light fixtures as required.

8.3.34 Water Heaters: Inspect, drain off from drain valve located on the bottom of the water heater, water, until
water is clear, and repair all water heaters to a fully operational condition consistent with design and function of the
original installation. Un-repairable units shall be replaced; this includes cold water shut off valve and dielective
unions, complete.

8.3.35   Pest Control: Accomplish all pest control services for COM as outlined in Section C-11.

8.3.36.1 Interior Painting: Inspect, prepare and paint, all damaged, blighted, repaired, scaled or otherwise
defective surfaces within the interior of the unit. Spray painting will not be allowed. Walls and ceilings shall be
completely painted from floor to ceiling, corner to corner . All woodwork shall be re-painted.

8.4 Exterior:

8.4.1 Exterior Doors: Inspect or repair as necessary to maintain functionability and aesthetics of the original
installation, all entrance doors, screen doors, shed or storage room doors, storm doors, sliding glass doors and all
other exterior doors including all hardware jambs, casing, tracks, rollers, stops, and weatherstripping. The
contractor shall install a security door view finder on all new front entrance doors and all existing entrance doors
that do not presently have a view finder installed at no additional cost. Paint entrance doors and trim on both sides.

8.4.2 Window Screens: Replace all damaged or missing window or door screens to match the original installation
and function.
                                                                                                         W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                    P0001




8.4.3 Window glass and Sash: Inspect and replace all cracked or broken glass and accomplish all other glazing
tasks necessary for maintaining a weathertight and aesthetically acceptable seal on all windows.

8.4.4 Mail Boxes: Inspect, repair, or replace as necessary, all mail boxes to a state comparable to the original
installation.

8.4.5 Carport, Garbage Areas, and Garbage Can Enclosures: Inspect, repair, and replace all components of
carports or garbage areas and garbage can enclosure both interior and exterior as necessary to return to and maintain
the condition comparable to original installation and pre use of the structure.

8.4.6  Steps: Inspect, repair, or replace all steps regardless of construction type, to restore to             condition
comparable to original installation.

8.4.7 Entrance Walks: Inspect, restore, or replace as necessary to return or maintain all entrance walks in a
condition comparable to original installation.

8.4.8 Furnaces: Inspect, repair, or restore all furnaces and attendant items required for the operation of the system,
complete, as necessary to provide the intended function. Furnaces that are not repairable to safety code requirements
shall be replaced.

8.4.9 HVAC: Inspect, repair, or restore the HVAC systems, complete, including all parts, equipment and labor as
is necessary to restore the system to a safe and operable state; contractor use a recapture system for
chlorofluorocarbons.

8.4.10 Building Identification Numbers: Inspect and replace as necessary, all building identification numbers and
letters.

8.4.11 Sheathing, Railing, Posts: Inspect, repair, or restore to condition comparable to original condition, all
sheathing, railings and posts attached to or part of the original structure.

8.4.12 Exterior Walls, Veneer, Siding, and Woodwork: Inspect, repair, or replace as necessary to return to
condition comparable to original condition, all surfaces of exterior walls, including wood siding (T-111.) .

8.4.13 Exterior Lights and Ext. Electrical Components Appurtenances: Inspect, repair, or replace all exterior
lights, including the system, wiring, and fixtures to maintain operation of the system to original specifications.

8.4.14 Water Supply: Inspect and assure service for water supply from the main to each outlet. Repair or replace
all parts as required.

8.4.15 Gas Regulators and Piping: Inspect, replace and maintain all systems, and appliances within the unit up to
and including the regulator. Includes gas line from wall to stove.

8.4.16 Plumbing Clean-outs:        Inspect, clean, and maintain in working condition, all plumbing             clean-outs
contained in the quarters.

8.4.17 Gutters and Downspouts: Remove leaves, pine needles, limbs, bird nests and debris from roof and gutters,
and under the eves of houses. Replace gutters and downspouts as necessary.

8.4.18 Fences, Enclosures, and Privacy Fences: Inspect, repair, restore, or replace all fences to condition
comparable to original including all attachments, hardware and parts, regardless of the type or structure of the fence
or enclosure.

8.4.19   Concrete Patio: Inspect, repair, or restore to condition comparable to original installation.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


8.4.20 Clothes Line: Inspect, repair, restore, or replace to condition comparable to original all clothes lines and
attendant hardware necessary for the complete installation of the unit.

8.4.21 Storage Sheds and Appurtenances: Inspect, repair, restore, and replace all parts as necessary to maintain
the unit in condition comparable to original, including all locksets, hinges, attachments, fixtures, hardware as
needed. Includes siding and roofs.

8.4.22   Exterior Retaining Walls: Inspect, and repair as necessary, all retaining walls within 50 feet from the unit.

8.4.23.1 Window Frames: Inspect, repair, restore, replace as necessary to maintain a condition comparable to
original.

8.4.24   Splash Blocks: Inspect, restore, or replace deteriorated or missing splash blocks.

8.4.25   Balconies: Inspect, repair, or restore as necessary to maintain a condition comparable to the original.

8.4.26.1 Foyer Areas/Common Stair Wells: Inspect, repair, replace, restore and repaint as necessary to maintain a
condition comparable to the original, including all accessories, attachments, fixtures and hardware as required.

8.4.27 Caulking: Inspect and restore, as necessary, all areas where caulking exists. Caulk all areas where cracks
or other defects permit the loss of heat or cool air, and the entrance of water.

8.4.28   Filters: Replace all heat and air conditioning system filters with proper size designed for the system.

 8.4.29 Miscellaneous: Inspect, restore, repair, or replace to original condition, all systems, items, attachments,
surfaces, fixtures, and appliances as may affect the function, service-ability and appearance of the structure,
complete, not specifically addressed above.

8.5 HOURS OF OPERATION: 07:30 TO 20:00 HOURS, 5 DAYS A WEEK.

8.6 PERFORMANCE TIME: The Contractor shall accomplish Change of Occupancy Maintenance tasks within
two (2) working days, excluding Saturday and Sunday and holidays as average turn around time. Additional
working days shall be allowed as approved by the Contracting Officer for units where additional interior and
exterior work is directed. Coordinated Maximum Time Allowed with Technical Exhibit, TE-8, Rate of
Performance, for total number of days. See NOTES: for examples of determining longest time allowed for
accomplished of all work items. Time shall commence at the date and hour the contractor is provided a task order
and keys to the unit(s) and ends at final acceptance of the unit by the Government. The performance time for
exterior work shall run concurrently with the performance time for interior work. Exterior work shall be
accomplished within the performance time established for the work ordered.

8.7 CLEAN-UP: The Contractor shall clean units to be free of dirt, dust, marks, debris, and smudges. The
Contractor shall remove all debris, grime and dirt created by the Change of Occupancy Maintenance and associated
work. The QAE shall have the authority to accept or reject cleanliness of the work site.

8.8 SECURITY: The Contractor shall insure that all vacant units in his possession for COM or any other work
performance are secure at all times. Lights shall be turned off during daylight hours and at night when no work is
being performed in quarters. Air conditioning units shall be turned off when units are vacant, failure to comply will
result in the contractor being billed for the cost of utilities.

8.19 The Contractor shall replace item or items as identified by the Contracting Officer as needing replacement.

8.11 OCCUPIED QUARTERS WORK: If a family has to move into a set of quarters that is scheduled for a COM,
the contractor will perform the maintenance scheduled. The Contractor is responsible for moving household items
throughout the quarters to accomplish the work. The Contractor is responsible for covering and protecting the
occupants household items from damage. Any damage shall be paid for by the housing maintenance contractor to
the occupant. The housing maintenance contractor cannot file a claim against the Government.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001




8.12 The Contractor shall mow the grass at a 2" height, pick-up all debris in the yard, trim all bushes, sweep patios
and sidewalks. Rake yard of all leaves, pinestraw and debris (100 FT) out from quarters as part of the COM clean-
up.

8.13     The Contractor shall inspect, repair/replace facia boards on quarters that are damaged, blighted or rotted to
a condition comparable to original condition.

8.14 The Contractor shall clean all dryer vents from end to end.

8.15 No smoking is allowed in quarters while performing work of any kind. Smoke breaks, if taken, will be away
from the building with cigarette butts being placed in an appropriate receptacle.

8.16 SCHEDULING QUARTERS FOR RETURN TO GOVERNMENT: A written request for Inspection will be
forwarded to the QAE along with Contractor Quality Control Report at least 24 hours (1 work day) prior to
inspection of designated quarters

                                              END OF SECTION C-8
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001


                                                 SECTION C-9
                                  GENERAL STANDARDS/SPECIFICATIONS
                                       TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                        9A - REPLACE RANGE HOODS - INSTALL BACKSPLASHES

9A.1 GENERAL:

9A.l.l SCOPE: The work covered by this specification consists of furnishing all labor, supervision, equipment and
materials, and in performing all work in connection with the replacement of existing range hoods with stainless steel
range hoods (vertical discharge type) and the installation of stainless steel backsplashes; with duct connections and
electrical connections.

9A.2 MATERIALS: Materials and equipment shall conform to the respective publication and other requirements
specified and shall be the products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products.

9A.2.1 RANGE HOODS AND BACKSPLASHES shall be of the best quality normally used for the purpose in
good commercial Practice and shall be the products of reputable manufacturers. Each range hood shall have the
manufacturer's name, address, and catalog number on a nameplate securely affixed in a conspicuous place. The
nameplate of a distributing agent only, shall not be acceptable. Any extruding parts of the range hood backsplash
shall be fully enclosed or properly guarded for the protection of Persons who may come in close contact with the
range hood or backsplash.

9A.2.2 DUCTED KITCHEN RANGE HOODS: Range hoods complete with fan, aluminum washable filter and
back-draft damper shall be constructed of stainless steel and shall be finished on all exposed surfaces with mitered
sides and hemmed bottom edges. Size shall be 30 inches long by 17-1/2 inches wide by minimum 6 inches high,
with a minimum HVI certified rating of 160 CFM, 5.5 Sones vertical discharge and 6.5 Sones horizontal discharge.
A 75 watt light, switched separately from the fan, shall be located on inside of hood. Fans shall be two (2) speed
operated with a switch mounted on the hood. Hoods shall conform to and be installed in accordance with
requirements of the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hoods must fit existing space and Contractor shall verify
dimensions prior to purchase.

9A.2.3 Re-circulated Kitchen Range Hoods: Range hoods complete with fan, two charcoal filters (approximately
10 1/2" x 8 3/4") shall be constructed of stainless steel and shall be finished on all exposed surfaces with mitered
sides and hemmed bottom edges. Size shall be 30 inches long by 17 1/2 inches wide by minimum 6 inches high,
with a minimum HVI certified rating of 160 CFM. A 75 watt light, switched separately from the fan, shall be
located on inside of hood. Fan shall be two (2) speed operated with a switch mounted on the hood. Hood shall
conform to and be installed in accordance with requirements of the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Hood must fit
existing space and contractor shall verify dimensions prior to purchase.

9A.2.4 BACKSPLASH PLATES: The Contractor shall provide 30 inch wide by 24 inch high stainless steel splash
plates.

9A.2.5 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install all wood and metal mounting screws, sheetmetal adapters
(constructed of 26 gage galvanized steel) and light bulbs (75 watt).

9A.3 EXECUTION:

9A.3.1 RANGE HOOD: New range hoods shall be connected to existing exhaust ducts in strict accordance with
manufacturer's instructions. Range hoods shall be fastened to underside of cabinets with wood screws.

9A.3.2 BACKSPLASH: Contractor shall secure new backsplash to gypsum wall directly under range hood.
Anchors and shields shall be used in accordance with existing conditions.

9A.3.3 ELECTRICAL: Contractor shall make appropriate electrical
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


connections to new range hood for existing electrical source for complete operation.

9A.3.3.1 Electrical Work shall be in strict accordance NFPA No. 70-84.

9A.3.4 TEST: All work shall be subject to inspection and testing. The
electrical and exhaust systems shall be tested in the presence of the Contracting Officer to demonstrate that they are
in safe and serviceable operating condition.


                                             END OF SECTION C-9A
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001


                                         C-9B - REFINISHING BATHTUBS


9B.1 GENERAL: The work described in these specifications is located in family quarters, Fort Jackson.

9B.2 SCOPE: The work covered by this specification consists of furnishing labor, supervision, materials and
equipment and in performing all operations in connection with the refinishing of steel enameled bathtubs and
fiberglass tub/shower units in family quarters, complete, in strict accordance with the specifications and subject to
the terms and conditions of the contract. Fiberglass tub/shower units will be finished from top to bottom - including
three side walls.

9B.2.1 WORKMEN shall be knowledgeable in the trades of this project to insure complete compliance with these
specifications.

9B.3 REFINISHING PROCESS; The work shall be accomplished in accordance with the method listed below or by
approved Manufacturer's instructions. If a conflict exists between the method listed below and the Manufacturer's
instructions, the Manufacturer's instructions shall prevail.

9B.3.1 PREPARATION OF SURFACES: All surfaces shall be clean, and free of all dirt, grease, soap, paint and
silicone grouts. Apply the appropriate cleaner solution and wash all surfaces with a scrubber. Rinse all surfaces
thoroughly with clean hot water.

9B.3.2 REPAIRS TO FIXTURES: The refinishing of fixtures shall include the repairing of all holes, chips, cracks
and gouges on surfaces. Fill all holes, chips, cracks, and gouges on surface to be treated prior to beginning complete
refinishing process.

9B.3.3 DESCALE SURFACES TO BE TREATED: Mask the floor and tile walls with 2 inch masking tape. Mask
drains to Protect from descaler. Apply the appropriate descaler with roller or sponge to all surfaces to be refinished.
When the descaler dries (about 5 to 10 minutes), wash the entire area with clean water, checking carefully that
original glaze has been removed. Repeat descaling procedure as necessary.

9B.3.4 NEUTRALIZE SURFACE TO BE TREATED: Thoroughly wash all surfaces with neutralizer (bicarbonate
of soda). Thoroughly wash all surfaces with hot water. Dry completely.

9B.3.5 PROTECT SURFACES NOT TO BE TREATED: Mask all surfaces that are not to receive refinishing with
24" wide brown paper. Secure paper with masking tape. Floor, walls, sink tops, toilet seats, tops of towel bars,
heating and air conditioning ducts and other surfaces near the area being treated shall be masked or shielded for
complete protection.

9B.3.6 REFINISHING FIXTURES: Refinishing materials shall be applied to the entire exposed surfaces of the
designated fixture. The refinishing materials shall be products of the North American Polymer Company, or an
approved equal. Refinishing materials shall be applied in two (2) coats, undercoat (primer) and topcoat (finish).

9B.3.6.1 Primer Coat: The vinyl phenolic wash primer shall be a mixture of two components: a vinyl resin, and a
vinyl catalyst. After the materials have been thoroughly mixed and heated, the materials shall be applied by
compressed air spray gun. Spray in one direction only, never back and forth. Begin spraying at the bottom and
continue up, spraying the outside of tub last. Do not spray if room or surface temperature is below 60 degrees F.
Allow sufficient time for drying.

9B.3.6.2 Finish Coat: The finish coat shall be a mixture of two components; a combination of acrylic and
polyurethane (50% resin and 50% catalyst). Apply finish coat evenly, moving from the bottom to the top, from the
inside to the outside. Spray gun shall be held from 8" to 12" from surface. Spray in one direction only. Finish coat
materials shall be mixed in quantities to insure a consistent color. Refinished tub shall be free of runs, sags, peeling,
blistering, and orange peeling. All surfaces shall have a smooth, glossy finish. NOTE: Adjust mixture as necessary
for finish coat when refinishing fiberglass units.
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001


9B.3.6.2.1 Treatment for Runs and Sags: After 24 hours, use wet 600 grit emery paper with rubbing compound.
Sand out sag or run polish well.

9B.3.6.2.2 Treatment for Orange Peeling: Sand entire surface with 440 grit emery paper and re-spray with finish
coat.

9B.3.6.2.3 Treatment for Peeling and Blistering: Scrape off loose material and thoroughly clean the exposed
porcelain. Apply tub filler and feather edge the exposed area. Sand smooth with No. 400 grit paper. Re-spray the
area with primer and finish coat.

9B.3.7 CAULKING: This project shall include all caulking of bathtubs to complete the project. Caulking
compound shall be used for caulking around the perimeter surfaces of bathtubs and tub/shower units that are
adjacent to wall and floor surfaces. Surfaces of walls and floors will be of the following combinations: ceramic tile
wall with ceramic tile floor, vinyl wall covering with sheet vinyl flooring.

9B.3.7.1 Caulking Compound: Compound shall be a silicone caulk, conforming to Federal specification TT-S-
001543, Type Non-Sag, Class A, gun application type. Color of compound shall be "white" to blend with tub finish.

9B.3.7.2 Joint Preparation: Surfaces of joints to be sealed shall be clean, dry and free from dirt and dust. The
Contractor shall maintain a joint width of not less than 1/4 inch and a depth of from one to three times the joint
width. The Contractor shall use extreme care to prevent the smearing of compounds on finished surfaces adjacent to
the joint cavity. Smears shall be removed immediately.

9B.3.7.3 Workmanship: Apply compound with gun having nozzle of proper size and shape for the joint width.
Compound shall be forced into joints with sufficient pressure to provide a solid filling to completely fill joint cavity.

9B.3.8 INSTRUCTIONS TO OCCUPANT: The Contractor shall inform the quarters occupant of occupied quarters
on the use of refinished bathtub. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WRITTEN AND VERBAL
INSTRUCTIONS ON THE RECOMMENDED USE AND CARE (CLEANING) OF REFINISHED BATHTUB.

                                              END OF SECTION C-9B
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


                                                SECTION C-9C
                                                      PART 1

                              TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTION:

                         C-9C - WATERPROOPING BUILDINGS (BELOW GROUND)

9C.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor shall furnish all labor, supervision, materials, and equipment
and perform all work in connection with making all repairs to deteriorated waterproofed areas. Repairs shall
include but not limited to; excavation, back-filling, compaction; preparation of surfaces; application of membrane;
restoring concrete stoops, patios, and driveways; replacing foundation drains and seeding all disturbed areas, termite
treatment, installation of privacy fences, complete, in-strict accordance with these specifications. The Contractor
shall install wooden walkways with handrails as necessary for the regulation of foot traffic into and out of the work
area. Access for fire fighting and other emergency vehicles shall be maintained. See painting specification for
required painting. The Contractor shall maintain at least one access for occupants to egress and ingress from quarters
during construction.


9C.1 GENERAL:

9C.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specification consists of trenching, back-filling and
compaction related to the waterproofing system of the facilities designated by the Contracting Officer. Work shall
require the removal and replacement of privacy fences and earth backfill from around brick and block masonry walls
(including under storage room slabs and privacy walls) along the length of the building and along each side.
Coordinate work required by this section with ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING and
FOUNDATlON DRAIN sections.

9C.2 MATERIALS: (This Section Not Used):

9C.3 EXECUTION:

9C.3.1 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTION: The Contractor shall be responsible for all
trenching, shoring, backfilling, and compaction related to the waterproofing requirement.

9C.3.1.1 Trenching: The trenching shall extend across the front or back of the building as designated and along
each end of the building (inc1uding under the storage room slabs and concrete pads where applicable). Depth of
trenching shall be at the bottom of foundation, and shall extend a sufficient distance from walls and footings to
allow working space for applying waterproofing. All trenching below general machine trenching for footings and
foundations shall be hand worked. Bottoms of all trenches shall be on a level plane.

9C.3.1.2 Shoring: Shoring shall be furnished and installed to protect workmen, banks, adjacent paving, structures
and utilities in conformance with the manual on General Safety Requirements (EM-385-1-1) referred to herein.

C.3.1.2.1 Additional Shoring for Storage Sheds and Concrete Block Privacy Walls: Under-pinning shall be
necessary when angle of repose leaves less than 1/2 of ground support. Contractor shall provide pipe columns with
base plates to prevent any settling of storage buildings. Pipe shall have a minimum diameter of 3 inches and shall be
manufactured in accordance with ASTM A501-84, for standard steel pipe with minimum yield strength of 36,000
psi. Provide steel base plates welded to each column end. Column and base plates shall be coated with zinc
chromate.

9C.3.1.3 Excavated Materials: Excavated materials required for fill or backfill shall be separately stockpiled as
directed by the Contracting Officer. All excavated materials determined to be unsatisfactory by the Contracting
Officer such as soils previously treated with Bentonite Clay shall be hauled to the Sanitary Landfill off Semmes
Road and replaced with materials furnished by the Contractor and approved by the Contracting Officer.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


9C.3.2 BACK-FILLING: Back-filling shall not begin until waterproofing below finish grade has been inspected
and approved by the Contracting Officer. Materials used as backfill shall be free of all debris (bricks, wood and
concrete). Place satisfactory material in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches in loose depth and then compact.
No material shall be placed on surfaces that are muddy; frozen, or contain frost. No frozen materials shall be placed.
When back-filling is to be placed against waterproofing, care shall be taken not to damage the membrane. Backfill
shall be brought to finish grade to match the original and conform with the surrounding grades. NOTE: Finish grade
shall slope away from and around the ends of building.

9C.3.3 COMPACTION: Compaction shall be by rolling or tamping methods with equipment suited to the soil
being compacted. Moisten material as necessary to provide the moisture content that will readily facilitate obtaining
the specified compaction with equipment used. Compact each layer to not less than the percentage of maximum
density specified below, determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557-78, Method D.

Subgrade Preparation, Fills,                 Cohesiveless                        Cohesive
Embankments and Backfills:                   Soil                                Soil
Under grassed areas                          85                                  80
Under concrete slabs                         90                                  85

9C.3.3.1 Tests of Compaction: Laboratory tests for moisture content and density shall be made in accordance with
ASTM D 1557-78. Field tests for density and moisture content shall be made in accordance with ASTM D 1557-78.

9C.3.4 PROTECTION OF BURIED UTILITIES: During excavation of earth materials, Contractor will encounter
buried utilities shown on the "as built" drawings. Utility lines shall be protected from damage during trenching,
waterproofing operations and back-filling, and if damaged, shall be repaired at no additional cost to the
Government. Severance of buried utilities (gas line, telephone cable, water line, sanitary drain line and cable TV
line) as shown on the "as built" drawings shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to restore to service without
inconvenience to the occupant. The Contracting Officer shall be immediately notified of the severance of any utility
line.

9C.3.5 SOIL TREATMENT: Soil treatment for termite control shall be performed by the Contractor in strict accordance with
Section C11. Pest Control. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer prior to back-filling operations.

                                                        END PART 1 C-9C
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


                                                       C-9C
                                                      PART 2

                                              FOUNDATION DRAIN:

9C.4 GENERAL:

9C.4.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specification consists of stone fill and polyethylene pipe
for foundation drain. Foundation drain shall be placed along the length of the building and along each side.
Coordinate work required by this section with Trenching, Back-filling and Compaction, and Elastomeric Membrane
Waterproofing sections.

9C.5 MATERIALS:

9C.5.1 DRAIN PIPES: New drain pipe shall be 4-inch diameter, corrugated, perforated, polyethylene (PE) pipe
conforming to ASTM P405-85.

9C.5.1.1 Fittings: Fittings shall be the same material and corresponding weight, and conform to ASTM F405-85.

9C.5.2 FILTER FABRIC: Filter fabric shall be a pervious sheet of polyester, nylon or polypropylene filaments
formed into a uniform pattern with distinct and measurable openings. The filter fabric shall provide an Equivalent
Opening Size (EOS) no finer than the U.S. Standard Sieve No. 100 and no coarser than U.S. Standard Sieve No. 50.
EOS is defined as the number of the U.S. Standard Sieve having openings closest in size to the filter fabric openings.
The fabric shall have a minimum physical strength of 95 pounds per inch in any direction when tested in accordance
with ASTM Dl682 using the Grab Test Method with one square inch jaws and a constant rate of travel of 12 inches
per minute. Elongation at failure shall be between 30 and 70 percent. The fabric shall be constructed so that the
filaments will retain their relative position with respect to each other. The fabric edges shall be salvaged or
otherwise finished to prevent the outer material from pulling away from the fabric.

9C.5.3 VERTICAL WALL DRAIN: Vertical wall drain shall be a product capable of transmitting ground water to
the foundation drainage system. The product shall be provided with a filter fabric on one face to prevent intrusion of
fine grain soils into the drain. The product shall be capable of withstanding soil pressures induced and sustained by
back-filling operations without puncturing the elastomeric waterproofing membrane. Products available for the
wall drain are Miradrain, as manufactured by Mirafi, Inc. and Enkadrain, as manufactured by the American Enka,
Inc. Other products will be acceptable upon examination and evaluation by the Contracting Officer and approval
thereof.

9C.6 EXECUTION: Stone fill and drain pipe shall be placed at the foundation along the entire length of the
building structure and around the adjacent sides until pipe is exposed at ground level. Trench for drains shall be a
minimum of 18 inches wide. Install filter fabric in the trench as shown on the sketches prior to installing drainage
stone and pipe. Lay pipe on a 6-inch minimum compacted thickness bed of washed gravel or crushed rock. Drains
shall slope in an even fall of not less than 1 percent. Backfill around drains with washed gravel or crushed rock,
graded 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch in size to a depth of 12 inches above top of drains and full width of trench.

9C.6.1 TEST: Test drain lines with water to ensure free flow. Remove obstructions and retest the system to the
satisfaction of the Contracting Officer.

9C.6.2 FILTER FABRIC shall be installed as a part of the foundation drainage. Installation shall be in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations.

                                              END OF PART 2 C-9C
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


                                                       C- 9C
                                                      PART 3

                               ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING

9C.7 GENERAL:

9C.7.1 SCOPE: This section of the specifications covers the furnishing and installation of elastomeric membrane
waterproofing. The Contractor shall coordinate work with sections: FOUNDATION DRAINS; TOPSOILING,
FINISH GRADING AND SEEDING; CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE; and ROUGH CARPENTRY.

9C.7.1.1 General Requirements: Due to the different designs, methods and type of materials on construction of
quarters, it can be expected that various modifications or adjustments sha11 have to be made to each unit due to
type, year and method of construction, modifications or adjustments shall include, but are not limited to placing
brick in below ground masonry openings as required, removing sheetrock placed between brick and block as
leveling course, and replace with mortar mix as required.

9C.7.1.2 Repairs include restoring concrete stoops, patios and driveways; replacing foundation drains and seeding
all disturbed areas, termite treatment, complete, in strict accordance with these specifications. The Contractor shall
install wooden walkways with handrails as necessary for the regulation of foot traffic into and out of the work area.
See ROUGH CARPENTRY specifications. Access for fire fighting and other emergency vehicles shall be
maintained. See painting specification for required painting. The Contractor shall maintain at least one access for
occupants to egress and ingress from quarters during construction.

9C.7.2 SUBMITTALS:

9C.7.2.1 Certificates of Compliance: Certificates of compliance attesting that materials meet specification
requirements shall be submitted in accordance with section C12 SUBMITTALS.

9C.7.2.2 Instructions: Manufacturer's instruction for installation of the elastomeric membrane, including
procedures for preparing the membrane for use, flashing, and splicing, shall be submitted for approval. Instructions
shall stress precautions required in handling and use of joint cleaners and sealants.

9C.7.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Materials shall be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's
original, unopened packages, clearly marked with the manufacturer's name, brand name, and description of contents.
Membrane, flashing, and adhesives shall be stored in clean, dry areas. Storage temperature for adhesives shall be
between 60 and 80 degrees F.

9C.8 MATERIALS:

9C.8.1 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE shall be as follows:

9C.8.1.1 Composite Self-Adhering Membrane: Membrane shall be a polyethylene sheeting integrally bonded to
rubberized asphalt with a minimum thickness of 0.060 inch and shall meet the following requirements when tested
in accordance with the referenced ASTM standards:

Tensile Strength                    259 psi (min.)
(D 412, Die C)

Ultimate Elongation                 300z (min.)
(D 412, Die C)

Water Vapor Trans- 0.1 (max.) mission, 8O degrees F., Permeance (E 96,Procedure B)

Pliability degrees F., No cracks at -25 degrees F. (bend over 1-inch Mandrel)
D 146, 100 degrees
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001




Cycling effect over crack at100 cycles (min.) – none at -15degrees F.,
(Membrane is applied and rolled across two primed concrete blocks with no separation between blocks. Crack
opened and closed from 0- to 1/4-inch)

Puncture resistance (E-154)         40 lb. (min.)

Primer and mastic used with composite self-adhering membrane shall be as recommended by the membrane
manufacturer and shall be compatible with the materials to which they are to be bonded.

9C.8.2 ACCESSORIES: Flashing, counter flashing, expansion joint covers, and corner fillets shall be as
recommended by the Membrane Manufacturer.

9C.9 EXECUTION:

9C.9.1 SURFACE PREPARATION: Surfaces to which waterproofing is to be applied shall be clean, smooth, and
free from deleterious materials and projections. Holes, honeycomb, cracks, or cavities shall be pointed or filled and
finished flush with Portland cement mortar. Top surfaces of protecting masonry or concrete ledges below grade,
except footings, shall be beveled. Before waterproofing is applied, the surfaces to be covered shall be carefully
swept to remove all dust, and foreign matter, and previous waterproofing materials.

9C.9.2 APPLICATION: Waterproofing shall not be applied on wet surfaces. The ambient and surface temperature
shall be above 40 degrees F. during application. Manufacturer's printed directions relating to handling and use of
materials shall be followed. As soon as the mastic is fully set and dry, joints shall be checked. Where any openings
or fish mouths appear, joints shall be resealed and re-rolled. Wrinkles and buckles shall be avoided in applying
membrane and joint reinforcement. Membrane over horizontal surfaces shall be protected from traffic during and
after installation. Storage of material shall not be permitted on the membrane.

9C.9.2.1 Composite Self-Adhering Membrane: Composite self-adhering membrane shall be applied on surfaces
primed at a uniform coverage rate in accordance with the Membrane Manufacturer's printed instructions. Release
sheet shall be removed and membrane applied with tacky surface in contact with the dried primer. Each sheet shall
be lapped at edges and ends a minimum of 2-1/2 inches over the preceding sheets. The membrane shall be rolled to
adhere membrane to the substrate. Corners and joints shall be double covered by first applying a 12-inch width of
membrane centered along the corner or joint. Exposed termination edges of membrane on horizontal or vertical
surfaces shall be finished with a troweled bead of mastic. Mastic shall be applied around termination edges of
membrane and around drains and projections. Mastic shall be applied at termination of each day's work.

9C.9.2.2 Flashing:

9C.9.2.2.1 Projections: Projections such as gas lines, water lines, and electric passing through membrane shall be
flashed as recommended by the Manufacturer of the Waterproofing Membrane.

9C.9.2.2.2 Counter flashing: Waterproofing connecting with work exposed to the weather shall be counter flashed
to form a water-tight connection. Upper edge of membrane waterproofing and protective covering shall be counter
flashed.

9C.9.2.2.3 Warranty: Materials furnished by the Contractor and all workmanship associated with the waterproofing
of Section C-9C shall be warranted by the Contractor for a period of one (1) year. If waterproofing fails due to
material failure or workmanship associated with the waterproofing, the Contractor shall make the necessary repairs
at no additional cost to the Government.

                                              END OF PART 3 C-9C
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


                                                        C-9C
                                                       PART 4

                                           CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE

9C.10 GENERAL:

9C.10.1 SCOPE: The work cover by this section of the specification consists of concrete and reinforcement for
concrete stoops, thresholds, patios, driveways and footings for fence posts. The Contractor shall coordinate work
required by this section with Trenching, Back-filling and Compaction Section and Rough Carpentry Section for
privacy fences.

9C.11 MATERIALS:

9C.11.1 CEMEMT: Cement shall be Type 1, conforming to ASTM Cl50-84. All cement for exposed concrete
surface shall be of the same manufacturer.

9C.11.2 AGGREGATES shall conform to ASTM C33-85. Maximum coarse aggregate size shall not exceed 1-1/4
inches.

9C.11.3 WATER used in mixing concrete shall be clean, and free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, or
organic materials.

9C.11.4 REINFORCEMENT: Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A 185-79 Fabric shall be 6" X 6"-10/10
gage wire mesh laid 3 inches from top of finish grade of concrete.

9C.11.5 CONCRETE shall be designed in accordance with ACI 211.1.81 Concrete for driveway slabs shall have a
textural strength of 28 dags at 600 pounds per square inch; water cement ratio sha11 not be greater than 6.00
gallons per bag of cement. Concrete for stoops and patios shall have a compressive strength at 28 days of 3,000 psi;
water cement ratio shall not be greater than 6.75 gallons per bag of cement. Requirements for slump shall be as
follows:

9C.11.5.1 Concrete Driveways: Slump shall be 1 to 2 inches.

9C.11.5.2 Concrete Stoops and Patios: Slump shall be 3 to 4 inches

9C.11.6 FORMING shall comply with the requirements of the SCHD Standard Specifications for Highway
Construction as listed in the following:

9C.11.6.1 Forms for Driveways, patios, and stoops shall comply with SCHD Standard, paragraph 721.06.

9C.11.7 EXPANSION JOINTS shall be 1/2 inch thick preformed bituminous type conforming to ASTM D1751-83.

9C.11.8 READY-MIXED CONCRETE: Ready-mixed concrete shall conform to ASTM C94-84. Ready-mixed
concrete is defined in this specification as concrete produced regularly by a commercial establishment and delivered
to the purchaser in the plastic state. Read-mixed concrete may be used provided that, (a) the plant has sufficient
capacity and transportation equipment to deliver the concrete at the rate desired and, (b) the plant meets these
specifications for equipment, measurement of materials and mixing. The cement, aggregates, water and admixtures
shall conform to all applicable requirements of this specification.

9C.12 EXECUTION:

9C.l2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: All reinforcement, when placed. shall be free from rust, scale, oil. grease.
clay and other coatings, and foreign substances that would reduce or destroy the bond. Rusting of reinforcement
will not be a basis of rejection, provided that the rusting has not reduced the effective cross sectional area of the
reinforcement to the extent that the strength is reduced beyond specified values. Heavy thick rust or loose, flaky rust
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001


shall be removed by rubbing with burlap or other approved method, prior to placing. All reinforcement shall be
supported and wired together to prevent displacement by construction loads or the placing of concrete.

9C.12.2 WIRE MESH PLACING: Reinforcement shall be placed accurately and secured. It shall be supported by
suitable chairs or spacers or by metal hangers. On the ground, and where otherwise subject to corrosion, concrete or
other suitable non-corrodible material shall be used for supporting reinforcement.

9C.12.3 HANDLING AND PLACING CONCRETE shall comply with the requirements of the SCHD Standard
Specifications for Highway Construction listed in the following paragraphs except as modified herein.

9C.12.3.1 Concrete for Driveways, Patios and Stoops shall be placed in compliance with requirements of SCHD
Standard, paragraph 721.08

9C.12.3.2 Finishing of concrete shall comply with the requirements of the SCHD Standard Specifications for
Highway Construction listed in the following paragraphs.

9C.l2.3.2.1 Finishing of Driveways, Patios and Stoops shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 721.11.

9C.12.3.3 Edges of Driveways, Patios and Stoops shall be finished with an edger having a radius of 1/4 inch and l/8
inch respectively. Edges and corners of culvert headwalls shall be finished by placing of a 3/4 inch chamfer before
placing concrete. Corners and edges which have crumbled and areas which lack sufficient mortar for proper
finishing shall be cleaned and filled solidly with a properly proportioned mortar mixture and then finished.

9C.12.3.4 Curing of the concrete shall be accomplished by the following methods:

9C.12.3.4.1 Driveways, Patios, and Stoops shall have a curing compound complying with requirements of SCHD
Standard Specifications or Highway Construction, paragraph 501.10, applied. The curing compound shall be
applied in two coats in accordance with-paragraph 501.32(f) of the SCHD Specifications.

9C.12.3.5 Expansion and Contraction Joints shall be constructed in driveways, patios and stoops. Expansion joints
shall also be formed about structures and features that project through or unto the concrete.

9C.12.3.5.1 Expansion Joints shall be formed by means of preformed expansion joint filler material cut and sloped
to the cross section of the sidewalk, uniform separation and secured to prevent displacement during placing of
concrete. The filler material shall be placed with the top edge 1/4 inch below the concrete surface.

9C.12.3.5.2 Contraction Joints shall be formed in the driveway and patio by cutting a groove in the top portion of
the fresh concrete to a groove. Whenever sidewalk slabs are greater than ten(10) feet in width, they shall have a
contraction joint longitudinally in the center.

9C.12.4 TESTING of the concrete for compressive strength shall be performed by an independent commercial
testing laboratory. Copies of the test reports from the testing laboratory shall be furnished to the Contracting
Officer following each pour.

9C.12.5 WEATHER RESTRICTIONS: No concrete shall be placed when the atmospheric temperature is below 40
degrees Fahrenheit or when the temperature is forecast to drop below 30 degrees Fahrenheit within 48 hours. The
temperature of the air next to the concrete shall be maintained at not less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum
of seven (7) days after placing. Heating of the concrete in place shall be effected by vented heaters or steam coils
under canvas covers or by other suitable means furnished by the Contractor. The temperature within enclosures shall
not exceed 100 degrees F, and adequate moisture shall be applied to the concrete surface during the heating period
to prevent it from drying out. The rate of cooling after the protection period shall be approximately one degree F.,
per hour for the first 24 hours and 2 degrees F per hour thereafter.

                                              END OF PART 4 C-9C
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001


                                                       C-9C
                                                      PART 5

                              TOPSOILING, FINISHED GRADING AND SEEDING

9C.13 GENERAL:

9C.13.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specification consists of placing topsoil on rough
grading, finish grading, sowing grass seed and watering for complete establishment of lawn areas. The Contractor
shall coordinate work required by this section with the Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction Section. This
specification also consists of grading and finishing drainage swale ditch (see 9C.15.2)

9C.13.2 DELlVERY AND STORAGE: All seed used shall be labeled in accordance with U.S. Department of
Agriculture Rules and Regulations under the Federal Seed Act in effect on the date of Request for Proposal. All
seed shall be furnished in sealed standard containers, unless exception is granted in writing by the Contracting
Officer. Seed which have become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged in storage shall not be used. Fertilizer shall be
delivered to the site in the original, unopened containers, each bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. Any
fertilizer which becomes caked or otherwise damaged, making it unsuitable for use, shall not be used. Seed,
fertilizer and other grassing materials shall be stored under cover and protected from damage which would make
them unacceptable for use.

9C.14 MATERIALS:

9C.14.1 SEED: All seed shall be new crop seed labeled in accordance with U.S. Department of Agriculture Rules
and Regulations under the Federal Seed Act SRA 156. Percentages by weight shall be as follows:

Minimum Percent                    Minimum Percent                                Maximum Percent
Kind of Seed                       Pure Live Seed                                 Germination              Weed
Seed

             Bermuda (Hulled)      97        85        1.00
             Italian Rye Grass     98        95        0.50

Seed failing to meet the purity or germination requirements by no more than ten (10) percent may be used, but the
quantity shall be increased to yield the required rate of pure live seed and germination. Seed failing to meet the
weed seed requirements shall not be used.

9C.14.2 FERTILIZER: Fertilizer shall be fused type and in granular form. Fertilizer shall contain the following
minimum percentage of plant food by weight.

                      19% Available Nitrogen
                      10% Available Phosphoric Acid
                      10% Available Potash

9C.14.3 TOPSOIL: Topsoil shall have a "high" rating in each of the basic nutrients tested and a pH ranging from
0.5 to 6.0. Necessary additives shall be incorporated in a proper quantity as recommended by a soil analysis to bring
the topsoil supplied up to the standards specified. Topsoil shall be from naturally well drained areas. Topsoil shall
be free from foreign material and classified as a loam, silt loam, clay loam, or a combination thereof as determined
by USDA Triangular Soils Texture Chart. The Contractor shall furnish additional topsoil required, above the
amount obtained from the work area, from sources off the installation.

9C.15 EXECUTION:

9C.15.1 GENERAL: All areas to be grassed shall be protected from erosion at all times. Bermuda grass shall be
planted from 15th March to 15 September, Italian Rye Grass shall be planted from 16 September to 14 March. All
areas disturbed by the Contractor's operations shall be grassed.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001




9C.15.2 GRADING: Areas to be grassed shall be finished graded to remove depressions, undulations, and
irregularities in the surface before grassing. Finished grade shall be maintained in a true and even condition prior to
topsoiling. Finished grade shall slope away from and around the ends of the building. The re-establishment of
drainage swale ditches shall consist of the removal and stock piling of grass sod, the grading to a depth (minimum
3”) and the establishment of grass. Length of swale ditch shall be as directed by the Contracting Officer to provide
finished grade for a ditch slope away from and around the building. Grassing shall be from stock piled source of
new grass seed in accordance with specifications.

9C.15.3 TOPSOILING: The topsoil shall be uniformly distributed on the disturbed areas and evenly spread to a
minimum thickness of two inches. Any irregularities in the surface resulting from topsoiling or other operations
shall be corrected in order to prevent the formation of depressions where water will stand. Topsoil shall not be
placed when the sub-grade is frozen, excessively wet, extremely dry, or in a condition otherwise detrimental to the
proposed planting or to proper grading.

9C.15.4 APPLYING FERTILIZER: Fertilizer shall be applied at the rate of 522 pounds per acre and shall be
evenly incorporated into the top two inches of soil.

9C.15.5 PLANTING SEEDS: Immediately before seeds are sown after fertilizer is applied, the ground shall be
raked until the surface is smooth, friable, and of uniformly fine texture. Areas to be grassed shall be seeded evenly
with a mechanical spreader, raked and watered with a fine spray.

9C.15.5 Seeding Rate: Seed shall be applied at the following rate:

Rate of Application-Pounds
Seed                              Per 1,000 Square Feet

Bermuda                           4 Pounds

Italian Rye                       2 Pounds

9C.15.6 CLEANUP: All excess soil, excess grass materials, stones; and other waste shall be removed from the site
daily and not allowed to accumulate.

9C.15.7 MAINTENANCE: Maintenance shall begin immediately following the last operation of grassing and
continue until a uniform stand of grass is established. Maintenance shall include watering, replanting, and all other
work necessary to produce a uniform stand of grass. Grassing will be considered for final acceptance when the
permanent grass is healthy and growing on 97 percent of the area with no bare areas wider than 4 inches.

9C.15.8 TREES AND SHRUBS: The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and replacement of trees and
shrubs that might interfere with waterproofing procedures. The Contractor shall remove trees and shrubs with root
balls, store in a shady location and provide water while out of the Ground and after replanting. Bare root trees and
shrubs will be unsalvageable and shall be replaced by the Contractor with items of similar size and variety.
Contractor shall be responsible for a 12 month establishment period for new trees and shrubs. Dead trees and shrubs
shall be replaced at Contractor's expense during this period.

                                               END OF PART 5 C-9C
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


                                                       C-9D
                                            TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

C-9D - REPLACE KITCHEN COUNTER TOPS, VANITY COUNTER TOPS, KITCHEN CABINETS &
VANITY CABINETS.

9D.1 SCOPE. The work covered by this specification consists of furnishings labor, equipment, appliances and
materials and in performing all operations in connection with the replacement of kitchen counter tops, vanity counter
tops, vanity cabinets, and kitchen cabinets, complete, in strict accordance with the specifications and subject to the
terms and conditions of the contract.

9D.1.1 DEFINITIONS: The following definitions are intended to identify the various types of counter tops in
family quarters.

9D.1.1.1 Standard Type: Separate units with self edging and a metal cove mold installed at the junction of the
counter top and backsplash.

9D-1.1.2 Fully Formed Type: Single unit with shaped edges using wood nose molding at counter edge and covered
wood molding or shaped wood block at juncture of the counter top and backsplash. For conditions requiring single
and double shaped edge.

9D.1.1.3 Replacement includes kitchen counter tops and bathroom vanity counter tops.

9D.2 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: See Section C-3 for applicable publications.

9D.3 GENERAL: The work shall be performed in occupied and unoccupied family housing quarters.

9D.3.1 PROTECTION OF LIVES AND PROPERTY: The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to
protect the lives and property of building occupants, lives of workmen and property of the Government. Damaged
property will be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Government.

9D.3.2 WORKMAN shall be knowledgeable and skilled in the trades required by this project to insure complete
compliance with these specifications.

9D.3.3 SUBMITTALS: The Contractor shall provide submittals in accordance with Submittal Section C-12.

9D.4 MATERIALS used under this specification shall be as specified herein. Material not definitely specified shall
be of the best quality normally used for the purpose in good commercial practice. All materials shall be new and free
from defects and imperfections. Workmanship shall be of the highest grade throughout. Materials identified by
trade names in these specifications are not intended to restrict competitive products, but to indicate the type and
quality desired.

9D.4.1 LUMBER AND WOODWORK:
9D.4.1.1 Grade Marking: Each piece of lumber shall bear the official trademark
and grade mark of the manufacturers associations or the authorized inspection bureau under rules of which the
lumber is manufactured, graded, and purchased.

USE                                                                GRADE                             SPECIES
Counter top framing and joist                                      No. 1 Dimension                   Fir or SYP
Misc. Framing                                                      No. 1 Dimension                   Fir or SYP
Misc. Trim                                                         B & Better                        Fir
Plywood                                                            B-C                               SYP

9D.4.1.2 Sizes and Patterns: Lumber shall be surfaced four sides, and the dressed sizes of yard and structural
lumber shall conform to American Softwood Lumber Standard, PS20-70 of National Bureau of Standard (PS).
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


Lumber shall be worked to patterns indicated or specified. Worked materials, unless otherwise indicated, shall
conform to the standard Patterns shown in the current grading rules for the species.

9D.4.1.3 Moisture Content: Lumber to be incorporated in the structure shall conform Fed. Specifications MH-L-
736C and MM-L-751H. In cases where the moisture content requirements of the latest official grading rules of
nationally recognized associations representing the lumber industry are more stringent than those in the Federal
Specifications, the provisions of the association grading rules shall govern for the species, grade, and size specified.

9D.4.1.4 Interior Finishing Lumber shall be kiln-dried, and at time of delivery to the building site, the moisture
content shall not exceed 12 percent for material 1" or less in thickness, and shall not exceed 14 percent for material
over 1" in thickness.

9D.4.1.5 Delivery and Storage: Lumber delivered to the site shall be carefully piled off the ground in such a
manner as to insure proper drainage, ventilation and protection from the weather.

9D.4.2 MATERIALS OTHER THAN LUMBER:

9D.4.2.1 Nails and Staples for securing wood items, shall conform to Fed. Specification FF-N-105B, type and size
best suited for the purpose.

9D.4.2.2 Softwood Plywood shall be exterior type plywood, using exterior glue and conforming to PS1-83.
Veneers shall be as specified hereinafter. Each sheet of plywood shall bear the mark of a recognized association or
independent inspection agency that maintains continuing control over the quality of the plywood. The mark shall
identify type plywood as to species, glue type, grade, and compliance with the applicable commercial standard.
Plywood to be used in fabrication of standard type counter tops shall be exterior type, B-C grade, 3/4" minimum
thickness.

9D.4.2.3 Plastic Laminate to be used on counter shall conform to Fed. Specification L-P-508H. Style D, Type I or
III, Grade HP, Class 1. Normal thickness of Type I shall be 1/16". Nominal thickness of Type III. 051". Design,
color and finish shall be selected from the manufacturer's standards (see Paragraph 9D.5.2).

9D.4.2.3.1 Adhesive for bonding plastic laminates, edging and trim shall be a rubber-base contact cement
conforming to Fed. Specification MMM-A-130B, Type I. CAUTION: Every precaution shall be taken while
working with these materials as they are very flammable. All gas pilots will be turned off and no smoking will be
allowed. Use with adequate ventilation. Gas pilots shall be re-lit by authorized Contractor personnel only.

9D.5 REPLACE COUNTER TOP AND BACKSPLASH: The work shall be accomplished using the following
materials and methods or other methods as required to insure a complete and satisfactory replacement of kitchen and
vanity counter top and backsplash. The Contractor shall completely remove existing plastic laminate and remove
damaged and eteriorated plywood, particle board base. Width, length and type of counter top (standard or fully
formed) shall match the existing units. The Contractor shall construct new counter top and backsplash using 3/4"
plywood. Counter top and backsplash shall be one of the following types:

a. Standard Type: Separate units with self edging and a metal cover mold installed at the junction of the counter top
and backsplash. Backsplash shall not be less than 4" high.

b. Fully Formed Type: Single unit with shaped edges using wood nose molding at counter edge and covered wood
molding or shaped wood block at juncture of the counter top and backsplash. Size and shape of counter top shall
match the existing. Backsplash shall not be less than 4" high. Lip edge will have plastic laminate matching the
countertop installed to stop deterioration of the countertop.

9D.5.1 CORES: Counter top and Backsplash cores shall be one of the following:

9D.5.1.1. Standard Type Counter Top and Backsplash shall be constructed of Grade B-C, softwood plywood, 5-ply,
3/4" minimum.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


9D.5.2 PLASTIC LAMINATE: The Contractor shall install continuous sheets of longest length practicable. Joints
in surface sheeting shall be tight and flush and held to a practicable minimum. When the counter top and backsplash
are two separate units, Type I plastic laminate shall be used. When the counter top and backsplash are one unit,
Type II Plastic laminate shall be used. For fully formed and standard type counter tops, the post-forming plastic
laminate shall not be bent to a radius smaller than the limit recommended by the Plastic Manufacturer.

9D.5.2.1 Edge Trim: Standard type counter top and backsplash shall be edge with plastic laminate matching the
counter top plastic.

9D.5.2.1.1 Metal Cove Mold: A corrosion-resisting-steel cove molding shall be installed at the junction of counter
top and backsplash for the full length of the counter. The Contractor shall form a full bead of silicone caulking
under the metal cove mold for the full length.

9D.5.3 SINK REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION: The Contractor shall be responsible for removing and
reinstalling the kitchen sink as required to install counter top and backsplash. The contractor shall use care when
disconnecting and connecting water supply lines and drains so as not to damage plumbing fittings. Sink shall fit
securely into new counter top when replaced. The Contractor shall insure that water supply lines and drain pipe are
tight and secure to prevent leaks. The Contractor shall replace all defective supply pipes, drain pipes, unions,
coupling and clamps during the installation of counter tops. The contractor shall form a full bead of silicone
caulking around the perimeter of the sink openings.

9D.5.4 CARPENTRY AND PAINTING REPAIRS: The Contractor shall be responsible for removing, replacing,
securing and painting all framing, and casing that has to be removed to install counter top, (Example. Casing around
pass-through window.) The Contractor shall replace with new materials any framing or casing members that are
damaged during removal. The Contractor shall fill all nail holes with wood putty, sand and paint surfaces to match
existing. Paint for wood surfaces shall be semi-gloss enamel, TT-E-508C, in accordance with painting specification.

9D.5.5 DETERIORATED LUMBER shall be replaced with new lumber of the size and grade as required by the
specifications. Deteriorated lumber must be removed and new lumber installed before installation of counter tops
begins. New lumber shall be secured by nailing.

9D.5.6 DISHWASHER REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION: The Contractor shall be responsible for
disconnecting and reconnecting electrical, water supply and drain lines to dishwasher units. The contractor shall
repair, if necessary, the counter top to accommodate new dishwasher. The Contractor shall use care when
disconnecting and connecting water supply lines and drains so as not to damage plumbing fittings and electrical
connections. The Contractor shall securely fit dishwasher unit into the intended area below new counter top.
Dishwasher unit shall have clearance openings at top and two sides to match the original. The Contractor shall be
required to replace all defective rubber drain hoses, couplings and metal clamps, wiring, and piping during the
installation of counter tops. The Contractor shall insure that the dishwasher unit is fully operational, free of leaks,
water supply is operating, wiring and drains are properly connected.

9D.5.7 KITCHEN CABINETS AND VANITIES: The Contractor shall restore or repair wood cabinets to match
existing in wood material, thickness, color and finish. Particle board shall not be used. The Contractor shall match
existing hardware. Where complete unit has to be replaced, units shall be factory-fabricated wood. Units shall be
constructed and braced in a manner to provide rigid construction, fitted neatly, secured in place rigidly and scribed
to adjoining work. Framing, stiles, bases and aprons shall be of solid kiln-dried material. Exposed plywood edges
shall be edged with hardwood. Exposed wood to receive paint finish. Interior partitions and dividers shall be
plywood. Top and bottom corners shall be braced with wood blocks, glued with water-resistant adhesive and
substantially secured with screws or other suitable and approved fastenings. All fastenings shall be concealed where
practicable. Prior to final acceptance all doors, drawers and hardware shall be adjusted and finished surfaces
cleaned. Painting and varnishing shall be done in accordance with Painting Specification. Lumber shall be provided
and installed in accordance with Carpentry Sections C-9F AND C-9G as to grading, marking and moisture content.

9D.5.8 MEDICINE CABINET (MC). Medicine cabinet shall conform to Fed Spec WW-p-541, type to match
existing. Width, height and depth of cabinet shall match existing cabinets or as directed if a style change is
warranted. END OF SECTION C- 9D
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


                                                         C-9

                                            TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                                            C-9E - FLOOR COVERING

9E.1 GENERAL:

9E.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications
includes replacement of vinyl composition floor tile and sheet vinyl flooring, complete, in strict accordance with
these specifications and subject to the terms and conditions of the contract.

9E.1.2 RELATED WORK: The work covered in this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with
Carpentry, Section C-9F and Painting, Section C-9H.

9E.2 MATERIALS: All replacement flooring and floor covering adhesives shall be Asbestos free.

9E.2.1 SHEET VINYL: Sheet form vinyl flooring shall have an overall gauge of .070", with a 0.0l2" gauge wear
layer, a .030" gauge cushion layer and a .028" gauge supporting backing. Roll form materials shall be in twelve (12)
foot widths. Wear layer shall have a surface designed for pedestrian traffic and needs no waxing. Design elements
shall extend through the thickness of the wear layer. Vinyl flooring shall be sufficiently dense to withstand static
loads of 75 psi. Sheet form vinyl flooring shall strictly conform to Housing, Urban Development (HUD) materials
release number 897-8. Color and patterns shall be selected from the current color range for Sundial Solarian - Nos.
66090, 66100 66101; Solarian II - 82210; Standard Corlon - 86660; Solarian Bath Collection, 66260 66261; Sheet
vinyl shall meet Fed. Spec. L-F-475A, Type II, Grade A, with inorganic backing, Fed. Spec. L-F-1641, Class I.

9E.2.2 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE: Vinyl-composition tile shall conform to Fed. Spec. SS-T-312B, Type IV,
and shall be 12" square and 1/8" thick where over 100 square feet is installed. Where floor tile under 100 square
feet is installed, match existing thickness. Tile shall be of the color and pattern selected by the Contracting Officer
with the color and pattern uniformly distributed throughout the thickness of the tile. Flooring in any one continuous
area shall be from the same lot and shall have the same shade and pattern.

9E.2.2.1 Color and Pattern shall be selected from manufacturer's standard colors by the Contracting Officer.

9E.2.3 EDGE STRIPS: Edge strips shall be of aluminum butt type, beveled on exposed edge or beveled vinyl
plastic 1" wide and thickness to match flooring.

9E.2.4 REDUCER STRIPS shall be vinyl or rubber.

9E.2.5 ADHESIVE: ( ALL AHESIVE SHALL BE ABESTOS FREE) Adhesive for flooring and wall base shall be
as recommended by the flooring manufacturer and comply to Fed. Spec. MMM-A-110B, or MMM-A-115C.
Waterproof adhesives for use in the kitchens and family rooms shall have a minimum standard of complying with
Fed. Spec. MMM-A-137D. Adhesives shall be as recommended by the Manufacturer for the type and condition of
the surface to be covered.

9E.2.6 POLISH: Polish shall conform to Fed. Spec. P-F-430C or P-W-155C.

9E.2.7 CERTIFICATION AND SUBMITTALS: The Contractor shall submit a certificate certifying that sheet
vinyl floor covering materials comply with the designated performance requirements and Fed. Specifications.

9E.2.8 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Materials shall be delivered in the manufacturer's original unbroken
packages or containers that are labeled plainly with manufacturer's name and brand, color, pattern, thickness, and
quality designations.

9E.2.9 STORE AND PROTECT MATERIALS in compliance with
                                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                   P0001


manufacturer's instructions. Materials shall be stored in original containers at project site at not less than 70 degrees
F for no less than 24 hours immediately before installation, or as recommended by the manufacturer. Store
adhesives in a location where not exposed to open flame or direct heat.

9E.2.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS: Areas to receive resilient flooring shall be maintained at a
temperature above 70 degrees F for 2 days before, during and after applications. A minimum temperature of 55
degrees F shall be maintained thereafter.

9E.2.11 UNDERLAYMENT shall be 5/8" thick, 4'-0" wide A-C grade plywood conforming to Product Standard
PS1-83.

9E.3 EXECUTION:

9E.3.1 FURNISHINGS AND APPLIANCES: The Contractor shall remove and replace occupants furniture and
appliances to original location. Refrigerator or freezers shall be placed on a plastic cover to protect other floor
surfaces and shall be plugged in to electrical receptacle for continuous running. The Contractor shall request that the
occupant remove and replace delicate and fragile decorative and furniture items. The Contractor shall make all
appliance disconnections and connections. The Contractor shall reconnect gas ranges and light pilots. Plumbing
connections shall be free of leaks and thoroughly checked before leaving premises.

9E.3.2 SURFACES CONDITIONS: The Contractor shall remove floor tile and masonite underlayment on second
floor areas as directed by the Contracting Officer and install 5/8" A-C grade exterior grade plywood underlayment
over existing plywood; install 5/8" A-C grade exterior grade plywood underlayment over existing tile in other
second floor areas; remove existing floor tile on existing first floor areas. Repairs to existing underlayment,
subflooring and wood floor members as necessary to correct defects as necessary. See sections A-9F and A-9G for
carpentry repairs. Where thresholds are in place, remove same and reinstall after installation of tile; replace existing
thresholds, wood base and shoe mold as specified or as directed by the Contracting Officer. Level floor and fill
small cracks and holes in concrete with commercial latex or epoxy floor patching compound. All ridges shall be
ground smooth. Chalky or dusty surfaces shall be primed as recommended by manufacturer.

9E.3.2.1 Tile Samples shall be taken and tested by the Contractor before removal of suspected 9"x9" vinyl floor tile
under one or more layers of plywood underlayment. Tile tested and shown to contain excess of one percent (1%)
asbestos materials will be removed by an approved asbestos removal and disposal contractor to be furnished by the
Contractor. Tile quantity ordered will not be subject to the standard sq. ft. deduction.

9E.3.3 ADHESIVE application and time allowed for setting shall be in accordance with the tile manufacturer's
recommendations.

9E.3.4 SHEET VINYL: The Contractor shall install sheet vinyl in accordance with the Manufacturer's published
specifications and installation instructions.

9E.3.5 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE: Vinyl-composition tile flooring shall be installed accordance with the
approved installation instructions of the Manufacturer. Tile lines shall be kept square, symmetrical, tight, and even:
and each floor shall be true, level plane, except where in dictated as sloped. Edge width shall vary as necessary to
maintain full-size tiles in the field, but no edge tile shall be less than one-half the field tile size, except where
irregular shaped rooms make it impossible. Flooring shall be cut to, and fitted around, all permanent fixtures, built-
in furniture and cabinets, pipes, and outlets. Edging strips shall be provided and installed where flooring terminates
at points higher than the contiguous finish flooring, except at doorways where thresholds are provided. Plastic strips
shall be secured with adhesive.

9E.3.6 METAL AND WOOD DOORS: All metal and wood doors shall be cut off sufficiently to clear the
threshold or to provide a minimum of 3/8" over new resilient flooring. Metal doors cut shall have edges filed to
remove burrs and rough edges.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


9E.3.7 WOOD BASE AND SHOE MOLD shall be installed over new vinyl-composition tile. Replace vinyl base
with wood base and shoe mold in newly tiled areas. Install new shoe mold over new sheet vinyl where wood base
exists.

9E.3.8 EDGE STRIPS: Metal edging strips shall be installed at areas where difference in floor level exists using
proper shapes to bridge the differential. Secure strips with countersunk aluminum alloy or stainless steel screws
spaced near each end and approximately 8" on centers; use expansion shields or fiber plugs in drilled holes for
securing screws to concrete floors.

9E.3.9 REDUCER STRIPS: Use adhesive to install rubber reducer strips on top of tile.

9E.3.10 PARQUET FLOORS shall be repaired to match existing in type, color, thickness and material. Buildings
3600 and 3606 are the only buildings with parquet floors.

9E.3.11 PROTECTION: Upon completion, finished floors and base shall be clean, smooth, and free from smears of
adhesive, paint spots and other foreign materials. Where finished floors are subjected to traffic prior to completion
or acceptance, traffic lanes shall be covered with a heavy building paper. The Contractor shall replace all flooring or
base that becomes damaged.

                                              END OF SECTION C-9E
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


                                                         C-9

                                            TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                                           C-9F - ROUGH CARPENTRY

9F.1 GENERAL:

9F.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications includes replacement of wood wall, floor
framing, furring, blocking, concealed wood supports for floor joist, plywood subflooring and underlayment, privacy
fence framing and corner posts, lumber connectors, nails and staples. This specification also consists of the build-up
of pitch roof for flat storage shed roof.

9F.2 MATERIALS:

9F.2.1 ACCESSORIES AND NAILS:

9F.2.1.1 Anchor Bolts: Steel, size as indicated, complete with nuts and washers.

9F.2.1.2 Bolts: Lag, toggle, and miscellaneous bolts and screws: type, size, and finish best suited for intended use.

9F.2.1.3 Nails and Staples: Size and type best suited for purpose, in accordance with Fed. Spec. FF-N-105B, when
applicable to type used. For sheathing and subflooring, length of nails shall be sufficient to extend 1" into supports.
In general, 8-penny or larger nails shall be used for nailing through 1" thick lumber and for toe nailing 2" thick
lumber; 16-penny or larger nails shall be used for nailing through 2" thick lumber.

9F.2.2 FRAMING LUMBER used in exposed above ground situations shall be No. 2 grade, SYP, pressure treated
for above ground use. Framing lumber used in exposed below ground situations shall be No. 2 grade, SYP, pressure
treaded for below ground use.

9F.2.3 MISCELLANEOUS WOOD MEMBERS:

F.2.3.1 Non-stress Graded Members shall include plates, caps, bucks, studs, blocking, nailers. Members shall be
standard grade or No. 2 grade except studs may be stud grade SYP, 12% maximum moisture content. Non-stress
member grades shall conform to the National Grading Rule for Dimension Lumber established in conformance with
Section 10 of Prod. Std.PS20-70, and as applied in individual grading rules of applicable grading agencies. For
species graded under other grading rules, grade used shall be equivalent to grades outlined above. Sizes shall be as
follows unless otherwise shown.

9F.2.3.2 Grading and Marking: Lumber and plywood shall bear the grademark, stamp or other identifying marks
indicating grades of material and rules or standards under which produced. Such identifying marks on a material
shall be in accordance with the rule or standard under which the material is produced, including requirements for
qualifications and authority of the inspection organization, usage of authorized identification, and information
included in the identification. The inspection agency for lumber shall be certified by the Board of Review,
American Lumber Standards Committee, to grade species used. Each piece of Southern Yellow Pine for
miscellaneous lumber, plywood sheeting, corner posts, framing, and trim shall bear the grademark of the American
Wood Preservers' Bureau (AWPB). Grade and type of treatment for each shall be as follows:
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001




                                  PIERCE TERRACE AND HOWIE VILLAGE

USE               GRADE                           SPECIES                  TYPE TREATMENT
Misc. Lumber       No. 2                          Southern Pine            Waterborne (LP-2)
(1" X 6" thru 2" X 4")

Corner Post       No. 2 (4 x 4)                   Southern Pine            Waterborne (LP-22)

Plywood Sheeting Standard                         Southern Pine            Waterborne (LP-2)
w/exterior glue)

Misc. Trim        C or better                     Southern Pine            Waterborne (LP-2)


                                        PIERCE TERRACE EXTENSION

USE                   GRADE                       SPECIES                  TYPE TREATMENT

Fencing boards        No. 2                       Cedar                    Clear Sealer
1” x 4”

Top and Bottom        No. 2                       Treated
Rails

Corner and             No. 2                      Treated
Intermediate Post - 4" x 4".

9F.2.3.3. Preservative Treatment: Lumber and plywood shall be pressure preservative treated in accordance with
the American Wood Preservative Bureau Standards (AWPB) and so marked. It will include all wood members
exposed to weather or in contact with soil, water, masonry or concrete and all wood framing members directly above
soil when the bottom elevation is 24" or less above soil. It shall always include all wood members and plywood
used in restoration of termite damage in walls, floors and ceilings. Treatment of wood to be painted or to make
contact with painted Parts and wood to which finishing materials will be fastened shall be in accordance with
AWPB LP-2. Treated wood cut shall have ends brush coated with preservative used in original treatment.

9F.2.3.3.1 Pressure Treatment on all Above Ground Use softwood lumber and plywood shall be performed
according to AWPB Std LP-2 using waterborne preservatives in accordance with Fed. Spec. TT-W-550G, Type III.
All treated materials shall comply with AWPB Std SP-2 for treatment, marking and moisture content.

9F.2.3.3.2 Pressure Treatment on all Ground Contact Use on all softwood lumber and plywood shall be performed
according to AWPB Std LP-22, using waterborne preservatives in accordance with Fed. Spec.TT-W-550G, Type III.
All treated materials shall comply with AWPB Std LP-22 for treatment, marking and moisture content.

9F.2.3.4 Moisture Content: At the time lumber and other materials are delivered and when installed in the work,
their moisture content shall be as follows:

9F.2.3.4.1 Treated and Untreated Lumber 2 Inches or Less in Thickness: 19 percent maximum.

9F.2.3.4.2 Materials Other Than Lumber: In accordance with standard under which product is produced.

9F.2.3.5 Sizes: Lumber sizes shall conform to Prod. Std. PS20-70, and unless otherwise specified, lumber shall be
surfaced on 4 sides. Sizes for materials other than lumber shall conform to requirements of the rules or standards
under which produced. Size references unless otherwise specified are nominal sizes, and actual sizes shall be within
manufacturing tolerances allowed by the standard under which the product is produced.
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001


MEMBERS                SIZE (INCHES)

Blocking               2 X 4 or such larger size as required when applied between framing members: smaller sizes
                       when approved for a specific use.

Studs                  2X4

Framing                2 X 8, 2 X 10 and 2 X 12 to match the existing.

9F.2.3.6 Sheathing: Plywood sheathing, minimum 3/4" thick, B-C ext. APA.

9F.2.3.7 Subflooring/Underlayment: Plywood. In smaller areas where minor patching is required, wood
         subflooring may be used.

9F.2.3.8 Plywood: A-C grade with exterior glue, exterior grade for use as a combination subfloor underlayment
                   under carpet flooring; thickness as required to match existing subfloor.

9F.2.3.9 Lumber and Plywood: The Contractor shall submit certificates
certifying that lumber and plywood is pressure preservative treated in accordance with the American Wood
Preservative Bureau Standards.

9F.3 EXECUTION:

9F.3.1 INSTALLATION OF FRAMING AND MISCELLANEOUS WOOD MEMBERS: Members shall be
closely fitted, accurately set to required lines and levels, and rigidly secured in place. Nailing shall be in accordance
with the Recommended Nailing Schedule as contained in NFPA Publication, Manual for House Framing. Where
detailed nailing requirements are not specified, nail size and nail spacing shall be sufficient to develop an adequate
strength for the connection without splitting the members. Members shall be framed for passage of ducts and pipes
and shall be cut, notched, or bored in accordance with applicable requirements for the National Forest Products
Association, Latest Edition - Manual for House Framing.

9F.3.1.1 Sill Plates shall be set level and square and anchor bolted at not more than 6'on centers and not more than
12" from each end of each piece. A minimum of 2 anchors shall be used for each piece. Bolts shall match existing.

9F.3.1.2 Partition and Wall Framing: Unless otherwise shown, studs shall be spaced 16" on center. Studs shall be
doubled at openings. Unless otherwise indicated, headers for openings shall be made of 2 pieces of stud material set
on edge or solid lumber of equivalent size, and corners shall be constructed of not less than 3 full members. Walls
and bearing partitions shall be provided with double top plates with members lapped at least 2' and well spiked
together. Blocking for fire-stopping shall be provided so that maximum dimension of any concealed space is not
over 8'.

9F.3.1.3 Blocking shall be provided as necessary for application of subflooring, wallboard and other materials or
building items such as door hardware and toilet accessories, and to provide fire stopping. Blocking shall be cut to fit
between framing members and rigidly nailed thereto.

9F.3.1.4 Nailers and Nailing Strips shall be provided as necessary for the attachment of finish materials. Strips
shall be run in lengths as long as practicable, butt jointed, cut into wood framing members when necessary, and
rigidly secured in place.

9F.3.2 REPLACEMENT OF DETERIORATED MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER (for wood fascia, and soffet of
main structures, plywood sheeting, corner posts, framing, and trim for carports, privacy fencing, and exterior storage
structures)shall be made upon inspection by the Contractor and the Contracting Officer to determine the extent and
location of such deteriorated materials. All materials shall be new and free from such defects and imperfections that
might affect the serviceability and appearance of the finished project. Measurements of lumber to be replaced shall
be made of the materials accepted in place.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


9F.3.3 INSTALLATION OF SHEATHING: Plywood sheathing shall match existing sheathing thickness and shall
be applied with edges 1/8" apart at side joints and 1/16" apart at end joints and nailed at supported edges at 6" on
center and at intermediate supports 12 on center. Nailing of edges shall be 3/8" from the edge.

9F.3.4 INSTALLATION OF SUBFLOORING/UNDERLAYMENT:

9F.3.4.1 Plywood Subflooring/Underlayment shall match existing subfloor or underlayment thickness and shall be
applied with face grain at right angles to the supports, with edges 1/8" apart at side joints and 1/16" apart at end
joints, and nailed at supported edges 6" on center and at intermediate wall supports 10" in center. A clearance of
1/4" shall be provided at walls. Each panel shall have end joints made over supports and end joints staggered.
Where finish flooring of different thickness is used in adjoining areas, wood strips of the thickness required to bring
the finish flooring surfaces shall be placed at a minimum of 28 inches on center, into the same plane shall be used
under the plywood subfloor. Staples shall not be permitted to secure underlayment unless approved by the
Contracting Officer. Visible indication of nail heads shall not be allowed on the finished surface of tile.

9F.3.4.2 Wood Subflooring shall be applied with end joints made over supports. Each board shall bear on at least 3
supports and shall be nailed at each support using 2 nails for boards 8" and less in width and 3 nails for boards more
than 8" in width. A clearance of 1/4" shall be provided at walls.

9F 3.4.3 Pitched roof system over flat out storage shed roof shall consist of providing all labor and materials for
framing, sheathing and roofing for three (3) sloped roof system on attached storage sheds and four (4) sloped roof
system on stand alone storage shed buildings. Structural roof system shall comply with American Institute of
Timber Construction (Latest Edition). Framing members, sheathing and roofing shall be in accordance with the
Uniform Building Code. Roof shingles shall be White - color, 235# and laid in accordance with industry standards.
See Technical Exhibit for details of Pitched Roof System Over Flat Built-up Roofing System.

                                             END OF SECTION C-9F
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


                                                          C-9

                                            TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                      C-9G - FINISH CARPENTRY, GYPSUM BOARD AND INSULATION


9G.l GENERAL:

9G.l.l SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specification includes wood base and trim, interior and
exterior doors and door frames, hand rails to include any part of finish carpentry items, gypsum wallboard and
insulation to give a satisfactory finished appearance, complete, in strict accordance with the plans and specifications,
and subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. Match existing to greatest extent possible.

9G.2 MATERIALS:

9G.2.1 NAILS: Size and type best suited for purpose, hot dip galvanized or aluminum for exterior use, in
accordance with Fed. Spec. FF-N-105B when applicable to type used. Screws for use where nailing is impracticable
shall be size best suited for purpose. For underlayment use Fed. Spec. FF-N-105B, Type Style 25, 1-1/2" long.
Mechanically driven nails shall be altered rounded heads.

9G.2.2 SIDING: Plywood, Prod. Std. PS1-83, 303 siding, exterior type, Group 4, thickness 19/32". Metal siding to
match existing.

9G.2.3 UTILITY SHELVING: Suitable species equal to or exceeding requirements of No. 3 common white fir
under WWPA, Standard Grading Rules; 1" thick; or plywood, interior type, Grade A-B, 3/4" thick, any species
group.

9G.2.4 GRADING AND MARKING:

9G.2.4.1 Lumber: Each piece or each bundle (include millwork and wood-trim) shall be identified by the
grademark of a recognized association or independent inspection agency that specializes in the particular species
used. Such association or independent inspection agency shall be certified by the Board of Review, American
Lumber Standards Committee, to grade the species used.

9G.2.4.2 Plywood: Each sheet of plywood shall bear the mark of a recognized association or independent
inspection agency that maintains continuing control over the quality of the plywood. The mark of softwood plywood
shall identify the plywood by species group or identification index, and shall show glue type, grade, and compliance
with U.S. Department of Commerce PS1-83.

9G.2.5 SIZES AND PATTERNS: Lumber sizes and patterns shall conform to Prod. Std. PS20-70 and unless
otherwise specified, shall be surfaced on four sides. Sizes and patterns for materials other than lumber shall
conform to requirements of the rules or standards under which produced. Size references unless otherwise specified,
are nominal sizes and actual sizes shall be within manufacturing tolerances allowed by the standard under which the
product is produced.

9G.2.6 MOISTURE CONTENT: Moisture content at time of delivery and when installed in the work shall be as
follows:
Treated and Untreated Trim: 12 percent maximum;
Other Materials: In accordance with the standard under which the product is produced.

9G.2.7 GENERAL USE PLYWOOD: Interior Type B-C Grade thickness, to match existing.

9G.2.8 PREFABRICATED SHINGLE PANELS shall match existing, shall be 3-ply unit, U.L. Class C preservative
treatment consisting of under course shingles, plywood core and No. 1 Grade red cedar shingles. Exposure shall be
as recommended by the Manufacturer with Range 11-1/2 to 14 inches.
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001




9G.2.9 TG shall be 1 inch X 4 inches or 1 inch X 6 inches SYP air dried.

9G.2.10 TRIM: Miscellaneous interior trim shall include items such as baseboard and quarter round. Trim items
shall be pine or fir. Each piece of lumber shall bear the official trademark and grademark of the manufacturer's
association or the authorized inspection bureau under whose rules the lumber is manufactured, graded, and
purchased.

9G.2.11 CRACK FILL FOR WOOD SURFACES shall be an approved plastic wood.

9G.2.12 CRACK FILLER FOR CONCRETE FLOOR SURFACES shall be a non-shrinking cement mortar.

9G.2.13 GYPSUM WALLBOARD shall conform to Fed. Spec. SS-L-30D, Type1,Class I, Style 3. Taper-edged
and grade and form hereinafter specified. Wallboard shall be supplied in 48" widths as and in such lengths as will
result in a minimum of joints. All replacement gypsum board and joint compound shall be asbestos free.

9G.2.13.1 Regular Wallboard shall be Grade R, Form a, 1/2" thick for single-ply application, on all walls and
ceilings unless noted otherwise.

9G.2.13.2 Fire-Retardant Wallboard shall be Grade X, Form a, 5/8" for single-ply application on all ceilings and
walls between apartments.

9G.2.14 GYPSUM WALLBOARD FASTENERS:

9G.2.14.1 Nails shall conform to Fed. Spec. FF-N-105B. Wallboard nails shall by Type II, Style 19, with
mechanically deformed shank, 1-1/4" length for 1/2" wallboard and 1-3/8" for 5/8" wallboard.

9G.2.14.2 Screws for wallboard attachment shall be shouldered flat-head design for use with special power driven
tools.

9G.2.15 METAL TRIM: Features for wallboard shall be formed from zinc- coated steel not lighter than (26 gage)
and shall conform to Fed. Spec. QQ-S-775E, Type 1, Class D or E. Metal trim shall be of the following shapes and
sizes.

9G.2.15.1 Casing Beads shall be channel shaped with a concealed wing not less than 7/8" wide and an exposed
wing. Exposed wing may be covered with paper cemented to metal and shall be suitable for joint treatment.

9G.2.15.2 Corner Beads shall be angle shaped with wings not less than 7/8" wide and perforated for nailing joint
treatment or with combination metal and paper wings bonded together, not less than 1-1/4 inches wide and suitable
for joint treatment.

9G.2.15.3 Edge Beads for use at perimeter of ceilings shall be angle shaped with wings not less than 3/8" wide.
Concealed wing shall be perforated for nailing and exposed wing edge folded flat. Exposed wing shall be factory
finished in a white color.

9G.2.16 REINFORCING TAPE as recommended by the manufacturer of the wallboard.

9G.2.17 LUMBER AND PLYWOOD: The Contractor shall submit certificates certifying that lumber and plywood
is pressure preservative treated in accordance with American Wood Preservative Bureau Standards.

9G.2.18 CAULKING shall conform to Fed. Spec. TT-C-598, Type I, Latex type.

9G.3 EXECUTION:

9G.3.1.1 GENERAL FINISH WORK: Provide sizes, materials, and designs as specified herein. Where
practicable, shop assemble and finish items of built-up millwork. Joints shall be tight and constructed in a manner
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001


that will conceal shrinkage. Trim and moldings at exterior angles and shall be mitered interior angles and returns
shall be coped. Material shall show no excessive warp. The Contractor shall install millwork and trim in the
maximum practical lengths and fasten finish work with finish nails. The Contractor shall provide blind nailing
where practicable. The Contractor shall set face nails and fill holes with wood filler.

9G.3.1.2 Interior Finish Work: The Contractor shall run trim, except
window stools and aprons, with channeled backs. The Contractor shall machine sand exposed surfaces at the mill.
The Contractor shall provide window and door trim in single lengths. Prime surfaces prior to installation. See
Painting, Section 9H.

9G.3.1.3 Wood Trim: Provide C or better southern yellow pine, 1/2" or 4" of design to match existing base or show
in designs, and sizes to match existing in the building, unless otherwise directed. Provide bases in maximum
practicable lengths. The Contractor shall make joints tight and in a manner to conceal shrinkage. The Contractor
shall set wood base show straight, level, in proper alignment and closely fitted. New wood shall be primed and
painted and as specified in the Painting Section 9H.

9G.3.1.4 Shoe Mold: Wood shoe mold shall be 1/2" red oak, C or better furnished and installed adjacent to walls
that have a wood base. Shoe mold shall be refinished prior to installation. Shoe mold shall be painted parchment
#27780, except where painted black or natural finish is more appropriate. Painted shoe mold shall have a prime coat
and a finish coat of paint applied to match existing paint. Natural finish shoe mold shall be lightly sanded and
varnished to match existing natural wood grain surfaces. Use small finish nail to install shoe mold against wood
base.

9G.3.1.5 Oak Nosing Strip: At top of stairs where 3/8" underlayment ends, install 1/2" oak nosing strip.

9G.3.1.6 Prefabricated Shingle Panels shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

9G.3.2 GYPSUM WALLBOARD: Gypsum wallboard shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations. Joint treatment shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Wallboard shall be
applied with separate boards in moderate contact but not forced in place. At internal and external corners the cut
edges of the boards shall be concealed by the overlapping covered edges of the abutting boards. The boards shall be
so staggered that the corners of any four boards will not meet at a common point except in vertical corners. Install
horizontal and vertical application of wallboard, taping and finishing joints in accordance with gypsum construction
handbook by United States Gypsum.

9G.3.3.1 METAL AND WOOD SIDING: All damaged or deteriorated siding shall be removed and replaced with
new in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and/or printed instructions.

9G.3.3.2 BUILDING INSULATION: Where insulation has been removed due to repairs for termite, water and fire
damage, all perimeter walls and sound deadening walls between apartments, and all ceilings that had insulation
previously and/or require insulation at the time of repairs (ceilings with space accessible above) will have new
insulation installed as designated below. Installation of insulation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendation and instructions. Insulation Resistance (R) factors shall be in accordance with the following, as
specified in the Architectural Graphic Standards, Seventh Edition, by Ramsey/Sleeper: Fort Jackson is in Zone 3.

                                       BUILDING INSULATION
                         Recommended Minimum Thermal Resistances (R) of Insulation
                      ZONE                 CEILING               WALL                                 FLOOR
                       3                      26                   19                                   13

                                    RESISTANCE(R) PER INCH THICKNESS
NATURAL/DESCRIPTION                          CEILING           WALL                                   FLOOR
Fiberglass                                   6.75"             4.94"                                  3.38"

                                              END OF SECTION 9G
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


                                                    C-9
                                            TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                                                 C-9H - PAINTING

9H.l GENERAL:

9H.l.l SCOPE: The work consists of furnishing all labor, supervision, materials and equipment and performing all
work in connection with the exterior painting including re-caulking of all wood, metal panels, concrete block
surfaces (including outside storage rooms and privacy screen fences) and interior painting of walls and ceilings
including sash, doors, cabinets, trim, stairs, stair railings, exposed pipe and all appurtenances, complete, in strict
accordance with these specifications and Contract Price Schedule.

9H.1.2. STORAGE OF PAINTS: The Contractor shall store all paints in a separate building or room(s) and should
be well ventilated to relieve possible concentrations of solvent vapors. Allowable temperature range shall be as
recommended by the Manufacturer of the paint. Care should be taken to insure that all stored materials are properly
identified and that identifying marks will still be affixed and legible at the time the material is used. The use of
electric heaters in or around the paint storage area is prohibited.

9H.1.3 Small Quantity Substitution: The Contractor shall submit for approval the names of proprietary brands of
materials that are proposed to be substituted. When the required paint of a Particular type and color is 100 gallons
or less the proprietary brands proposed shall be equal in performance to the specified paint. All proprietary paints
shall appear on a manufacturer's list cross referencing it to the specification paint for approval to be granted.

9H.2 MATERIALS: Materials shall conform to the specifications shown in the painting schedule herein and to the
requirements hereinafter specified. Paints shall be sealed in containers that plainly show the designated name,
formula, or specification number, batch number, color, date of manufacture, manufacturer's directions and name of
manufacturer, all of which shall be plainly legible at the time of use. Pigmented paints shall be furnished in
containers not larger than 5 gallons.

9H.2.2.1 Paints shall conform to applicable Federal Specifications listed in APPENDIX A and in Section C-3,
Applicable Publications.

9H.2.2.2 Joint Compound for interior surfaces shall conform to SS-J-570B, Type 1, Style 3, pre-mixed paste; for
exterior surfaces conform to TT-C-598C; and shall be delivered to job site in manufacturer's original sealed
packages.

9H.2.3 QUALITY CONTROL PROVISIONS: Paint proposed for use shall be on the project site in sealed and
labeled containers, or segregated at the source of supply, sufficiently in advance of need to allow for testing. The
contractor shall submit for approval either one of the following for materials in excess of 100 gallons:

9H.2.3.1 A Test Report showing that the proposed batch meets all specification requirements.

9H.2.3.2 A Test Report showing that a previous batch manufactured using the same formulation met all
specification requirements and a certification that the proposed batch was mixed by the same formulation.

9H.2.3.3 Testing Procedures and Reports shall be as specified in Paragraph 5 of Method 1031.2 of Federal
Standards 141. The Government reserves the right to take samples randomly from paints used on this contract.
Samples shall be taken from sealed containers by the contractor in the presence and at the order of the Contracting
Officer. The contents of the sampled containers shall be so thoroughly mixed as to render the sample truly
representative. Samples shall be clearly identified by designated name, specification number, batch number, project
contract number, intended use, and quantity involved. At the discretion of the Contracting Officer, samples may be
tested by the Government before approval, or materials may be approved for use based on the test reports or
certificates furnished. If the materials are approved for use based on the reports or certificates furnished by the
Contractor, samples will be retained by the Government for Possible future testing should the materials appear to be
defective during or after application. If the sample is tested by the Government and it fails to meet specification
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001


requirements, the material represented by the sample shall be replaced, and the full cost of re-testing shall be
deducted from the payments due the Contractor.

9H.2.3.4 Testing: All Contractor-furnished paint shall be subject to testing by the Government.

9H.2.3.5 Toxic Chemicals Content: The Contractor shall furnish a certificate of compliance attesting that all paints
proposed for use shall not be used in exterior oil paints.

9H.3 EXECUTION:

9H.3.1 EXECUTION OF EXTERIOR PAINTING: The Contractor shall prepare, prime and paint exterior building
surfaces in the quantities indicated on Task Orders. The Contractor shall repair exterior building surfaces, and
perform surface preparation, seal, prime, and paint all previously painted exterior building surfaces as specified
herein. All surfaces indicated on the Painting Schedule shall be repaired and receive the surface preparation
specified, seal coat if specified, prime coat and finish coat in the number necessary to achieve complete hiding.

9H.3.1.1 REPLACEMENT OF DETERIORATED MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER (for facia and soffit) of main
structures, plywood sheeting, corner posts, framing and trim for carports, privacy fencing and exterior storage
structures shall be made prior to exterior painting. Change of occupancy repairs and other repairs shall be made
prior to interior painting. See Rough Carpentry Specifications, Section C-9F, for lumber replacement and repairs.

9H.3.1.2 RENAILING: All loose boards, sheeting and trim where nails are loose or missing, shall have nails
withdrawn and replaced with nails one size larger than the nail withdrawn. Nail spacing shall be sufficient to
develop an adequate strength for the connection without splitting the members. All fastening shall be with cement
coated finishing nails.

9H.3.1.3 TRIMMING OF PLANTINGS AND REMOVAL OF VINES: All types of plantings which interfere with
exterior painting surfaces shall be trimmed or tied back, Ground plantings which are in actual contact with areas to
be painted shall be trimmed in an approved fashion to permit accomplishment of contract work. Rose bushes, vines
and tree branches, shall be tied back from work surfaces and later returned to the original positions.

9H.3.1.4 INSPECTIONS: Surface preparation, application procedures, and material selection will be examined by
the Contracting Officer to determine compliance with the requirements of this specification. Each painting
operation shall be approved prior to initiation of subsequent operations. The contractor shall not proceed to a
subsequent operation until each previous operation is approved by the Contracting Officer. Each painting operation
includes: (1) preparation of surfaces, (2) prime or first coat, (3) second or finish coat, if necessary.

9H.3.1.5 WEATHER CONDITIONS FOR PAINTING: Exterior painting shall be done only in favorable weather.
Surfaces can be prepared in any weather in which men can work with reasonable comfort. Contractor's
representative on the job must be furnished daily with weather forecasts by the Contractor.

9H.3.1.6 NO PAINTING shall be done in temperatures of less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit (10 degrees Celsius).

9H.3.1.7 NO PAINTING shall be performed when surfaces are damp, covered with dew or frost, while rain is
falling, or weather forecasts indicate precipitation within several hours. Painting shall be deferred until surfaces feel
dry to the palm of the hand. Painting shall not be permitted when dew or frost is present, or when freezing or below
freezing temperatures are forecast for the coming night.

9H.3.1.8 WASHING OF SURFACES: The Contractor shall not be permitted to paint over mildew. Surfaces
infested with mildew shall be thoroughly scrubbed with a solution of trisodium phosphate and hypochlorite beach to
remove mildew and prevent further growth. The mildew surfaces shall then be spot primed with a coat of Fed. Spec.
TT-P-l02E prior to applying finish coat. The contractor shall remove cracked, peeled and deteriorated paint,
caulking, sealant, or other foreign substances by washing, scraping, and water or sand blasting. Remove paint from
previous paint jobs on door and window glass both inside and outside.
                                                                                                         W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                    P0001


9H.3.1.8.1 Pre-finished Metal Surfaces that have become chalked shall be cleaned with strong soap and warm
water, then rinsed with clean water and allowed to dry before painting with TT-P-l9D.

9H.3.1.8.2 Concrete Block and Concrete Surfaces required to be painted shall have any oil, efflorescence or other
contaminants removed. Surfaces shall be roughened as necessary for the proper application of the paints hereinafter
specified. The contractor shall remove efflorescence by washing with a 10% solution by weight, of muratic acid,
and then wash thoroughly with fresh water, removing all traces of the acid.

9H.3.1.9 REPLACEMENT OF CAULKING: In general, the work includes the removal of all loose and defective
caulking around existing work, e.g., where wood and metal frames are built into or adjoin masonry. Complete
caulking of such items of work shall be accomplished only when directed by the Contracting Officer.

9H.3.1.9.1 Caulking Compound shall be a suitable latex caulking as approved by the Contracting Officer.

9H.3.1.9.2 Preparation: Caulking in joints shall be a minimum of one-half (1/2)inch in depth and one-fourth (1/4)
inch in width, or as required to meet job conditions. Where adequate grooves for caulking have not been provided,
grooves shall be prepared by cutting and cleaning out the mortar to the minimum depth. All particles of mortar,
dust, and other foreign matter shall be brushed out. Where a suitable mortar backstop has not been provided, the
back of joint grooves shall be packed tightly with rope yarn.

9H.3.1.9.3 Application: Caulking compound shall be installed in joints around all work built into the masonry
walls, and in any other joints where wood or metal items are built into the masonry. Caulking compound shall be
applied by the gun method using nozzles of the proper sizes to fit the varying widths of the joints. The compound
shall be driven into the joint grooves with sufficient pressure to force out all air and to solidly fill the joint grooves.
Caulking, where exposed, shall be free of wrinkles and shall be uniformly smooth. Joints in sills and other wash
surfaces shall be slightly convex to obtain a flush joint then dry. Caulking around openings in masonry shall include
the entire perimeter of each opening. Upon completion of the caulking, any caulked joints not entirely filled shall be
roughened and filled as specified and the exposed surface tooled smooth.

9H.3.1.10 PREPARATION OF EXTERIOR SURFACES:

9H.3.1.10.1 Concrete, Stucco, and Masonry Surfaces: Glaze, efflorescence, Latinate, dirt, grease, oil, asphalt,
surface deposits of free iron and other foreign matter shall be removed prior to painting. Surfaces where paint is
peeling shall be laid bare and receive a coat of block filler or sealer. Separated mortar joints in concrete block walls
shall be rejoined with mortar conforming to ASTM C270-84. Separated expansion joints shall have all loose
material removed. The joint shall then be properly repacked with rope yarn conforming to F.S. T-R-650, Class I and
re-caulked. Concrete block and surfaces required to be painted shall have any oil, efflorescence or other
contaminants removed. Surfaces shall be roughened as necessary for the proper application of the paints hereinafter
specified.

9H.3.1.10.2 Metal Surfaces: Metal surfaces that have not been shop-coated shall be solvent cleaned. Surfaces that
contain loose rust, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances shall be mechanically cleaned by power wire
brushing. Minor amounts of residual rust that cannot be removed except by applying the edge of a sharp knife will
be allowed to remain. Cleaned metal surfaces shall be primed immediately to prevent deterioration. Previously
coated metal where the finish has been marred, shall be protected by touching up bare metal surfaces with primer.

9H.3.1.10.3 Exterior Wood Surfaces: All loose nails shall be withdrawn from boards and siding and shall be
replaced with nails one size larger than the nail withdrawn. Where the boards or siding have warped, sufficient
cement or resin coated nails shall be driven thru the boards or siding into the studding to level the boards or siding.
All loose, curled, scaled, blistered and chalked paint and rust spots shall be removed by wire brushing, scraping, and
sanding. Wire brushings and sanding shall be accomplished by power driven mechanical brushes and sanders
supplemented by such hand cleaning as required to thoroughly clean and prepare the surfaces to be painted. Rough
edges of paint left by the removal of existing loose paint shall be sanded and feather-edged with a power sander to
provide a smooth continuous surface to receive paint. The Contractor shall furnish an adequate number of power
driven brushes and sanders (machines) to accomplish the work in a satisfactory manner. All places where resin has
exuded from the wood and formed beads on the surface or has caused alligatoring of the paint shall be scraped until
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001


the resin is removed and wood laid bare. Paint shall not be applied if the moisture content in the wood is greater
than twelve (12) percent. Remove runs, sags, drips, or other surface imperfections from previous paint jobs.

9H.3.1.11 EXTERIOR PAINTING APPLICATION:

9H.3.1.11.1 SPRAY PAINTING: Spray painting is not permitted.

9H.3.1.12 PAINTING SCHEDULE: N/A

9H.3.1.13 COLOR SCHEDULE: N/A.

9H.3.1.14 SURFACES TO BE PAINTED AND PAINTS TO BE APPLIED: All wood, concrete block and metal
surfaces presently painted shall be repainted with appropriate paint. Exterior painting shall receive two (2) coats.
All doors and trim shall be semi-gloss enamel. Door edges shall be painted.

9H.3.1.15 EXTERIOR SURFACES presently painted shall be repainted as ordered. All base paint shall be
lusterless. Door and trim shall be gloss finish.

9H.3.1.15.1 Wood Surfaces and Metal Siding laid bare to cleaning operations shall receive a spot prime coat of
paint conforming to MIL SPEC MIL-P-28582 containing a fungicide incorporated into the paint by Paint
manufacturer; after spot prime paint has dried (at least 24 hours) one coat of paint conforming to Fed. Spec. TT-P-
19D shall be applied.

9H.3.1.15.2 Wood Exterior Doors and Frames: Existing Entry Doors to quarters living area shall be painted on the
exterior side and four edges for re-painting. Wood doors to exterior storage sheds and mechanical rooms shall be
painted on both sides and four edges. NEW ENTRY DOORS shall be painted both sides and four edges with prime
coat and finish coat. Coordinate with Section C-9L, Interior and Exterior Doors. Exterior doors shall receive paint
conforming to Fed. Spec. TT-E-489G.

9H.3.1.15.3 Visible Roof Joists, and Ceilings of recessed entrance ways, windows, window accent panels, and roof
soffits, shall receive one (1) coat of paint conforming to Fed. Spec. TT-P-19D.

9H.3.1.15.4 Outside Storage Room, Wood Fencing and Screen Walls at Air Conditioner and Patios shall be painted
to conform to Fed. Std. 595a, Color NO. 20059 (seal brown), F.S. TT-P-19D. CEDAR AND REDWOOD
FENCING IN PIERCE TERRACE EXTENSION SHALL NOT BE PAINTED.

9H.3.1.15.5 Metal Surfaces laid bare in cleaning operations shall receive a spot prime coat of paint conforming to
F.S. TT-P-645A; after spot prime coat has dried (at least 24 hours) one coat of paint conforming to F.S. TT-P-19D
shall be applied.

9H.3.1.15.6 Ferrous Surfaces that have become abraded or corroded shall be wire brushed and touched up with a
suitable metal primer conforming to F.S. TT-P-645A and shall receive one coat of F.S. TT-P-19D.

9H.3.1.15.7 Galvanized Surfaces to be painted shall be solvent-cleaned and treated with vinyl-type wash coat and
receive one coat of F.S. TT-P-19D. Galvanized surfaces not to be painted shall be solvent cleaned.

9H.3.1.15.8 Roof Vents shall be finish painted the same color as the roof on which they are located and shall
receive one coat of F.S.TT-P-19D.

9H.3.1.15.9 Building Numbers and Letters: Building designation numbers and apartment designation letters are to
be carefully removed until all painting is complete, and reinstalled in their former position after they have been
painted a coat of flat black paint conforming to F.S. TT-E-489G.

9H.3.1.15.10 Kitchen Exhaust Fans shall be painted the same color as existing in wood structure and aluminum
finish in masonry wall after properly cleaning. Paint gravel stops (storage rooms and utility rooms) aluminum
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


finish. Paint gas supply piping (color - black) but do not paint gas regulator. Metal support post and utility rooms
attached to structure shall be painted to match the base color of the building.

9H.3.1.15.11 Concrete Block Surfaces: After repairs have been accomplished as stated above, raw masonry shall
be given a prime coat of paint, followed by one complete coat overall, conforming to F.S. TT-P-95.

9H.3.1.15.12 Handrails and Railings: Metal and wood handrails and railings attached or immediately adjacent to
the buildings being painted shall be painted along with the building.

9H.3.1.16 SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED: Except where the materials have been previously painted, such as
vents in non-masonry walls, or specifically designated, the following items shall not be painted.

9H.3.1.16.1 Roof Ventilation Screen (built into soffit), electric switch and panel boxes, clothes dryer vent in brick
masonry wall and metal kickplate on doors.

9H.3.1.16.2 Building Occupant Name Signs and Holders shall be Properly masked and protected from painting. All
masking shall be removed when painting is complete.

9H.3.1.16.3 Window Glass, roofing materials, shrubbery and other surfaces not being painted shall be properly
protected.

9H.3.1.16.4 Stucco: Stucco surfaces shall not be painted.

9H.3.2 EXECUTION OF INTERIOR PAINTING: The contractor shall prepare, and paint interior building
surfaces in the quantities on Task Orders. The contractor shall repair interior wall and ceiling surfaces, and perform
surface preparation, seal, prime and paint all previously painted interior building surfaces as specified herein. All
surfaces indicated on the Painting Schedule shall be repaired and receive the surface preparation specified, seal coat
if specified, prime coat, and finish coats in the number necessary to achieve complete hiding. Apply a coat of KILZ
Sealer to smoke damaged wall and ceiling surfaces when indicated on the Task Order.

9H.3.2.1 REMOVAL OF APPLIANCES AND PERSONAL PROPERTY: The contractor shall disconnect and
move all items, both Government owned and privately owned, away from painting areas, protected and relocate
them after painting is completed. However, occupants are responsible for emptying closets and cabinets where these
areas are to be painted.

9H.3.2.2 PROTECTION: The contractor shall exercise necessary precaution to protect floors, plumbing fixtures,
furniture, rugs, and similar items from paint spillage, drops, and runs, and shall provide and place all necessary
tarpaulins and similar protective coverings required. He shall remove and carefully store all venetian blinds and
shall reinstall blinds after completion of his painting work. Venetian blind brackets and related hardware shall not
be painted. Range hoods shall not be painted. SMOKE DETECTORS shall not be painted. Contractor shall insure
that paint does not obstruct smoke exhaust vent. In case of occupied quarters, the occupant will remove all pictures,
paintings, plaques, mirrors and other articles from walls. Upon completion the occupant will replace these items.

9H.3.2.3 PREPARATION OF SURFACES: Hardware, accessories, device plates, lighting fixtures, nameplates and
similar items shall be removed or otherwise protected prior to and during painting operations, and shall be installed
in a neat, clean and workmanlike manner upon completion of painting operations. Prior to application of any paint,
all woodwork, wall and ceiling surfaces, doors, exposed metal work, concrete block shall be clean, dry and free of
runs, drips, scaled, blistered, curled and chalked paint. Surface preparation shall be by hand operation with wire
brushing, scraping and sanding, or power driven mechanical brushes or sanders.

9H.3.2.3.1 Plaster and Gypsum Board Surfaces: All surfaces shall be free of dirt, grease, and mildew. All loose,
chipped, cracked, curling, peeling, blistering, or scaled paint shall be removed. Edges shall be hand-sanded feather-
smooth. Paint shall not be applied if the plaster or sheet rock moisture content is above five (5) percent. All joints,
nail holes, gouges, and settlement separations shall be filled with spackling compound conforming to FS SS-P-
450A, Type II or FS A-A-1272, Type II and sanded to a smooth finish. Smoke Damage: Clean smoke damaged
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001


walls and ceilings with a solution of trisodium phosphate and hypochloritebleach. Apply a coat of KILZ Sealer to
smoke damaged walls and ceilings after surfaces have been thoroughly cleaned.

9H.3.2.3.2 Interior Wood Surfaces: Wood surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned of all foreign matter. All
previously painted wood surfaces shall have paint runs and drips removed by scraping and sanding. Bare wood
surfaces to receive water-thinned paints shall be primed with the specified prime paint. Prime paint shall be applied
to bare wood surfaces only. Small dry seasoned knots shall be scraped, cleaned, and given a thin coat of knot sealer,
MIL-S-12935D, before application of priming coat. Pitch on large, open, unseasoned knots and all other beads or
streaks of pitch shall be scraped off, or if still soft, removed with mineral spirits or turpentine and the resinous area
thinly coated with knot sealer. All nails will be set or removed and replaced. Nail heads shall be primed to prevent
rusting through finish coat. Fill all holes in wood molding, millwork, doors and windows.

9H.3.2.4 PAINTING APPLICATION: Paint shall be applied by brush, roller or spray method with the exception of
wood doors, stairs, and cabinets, which shall be brushed, and finish work shall be even in appearance, and free of
runs, sags, ridges, laps and brush marks. Paint shall be thoroughly mixed and kept at uniform consistency during
application. Paint containers shall not be opened until ready for use. No thinner shall be used. The contractor shall
be responsible for the removal and reinstallation of all equipment where such items must be moved to permit the
painting of wall surfaces. The number of coats to be applied shall be in accordance with Contract Price Schedule,
allowing sufficient drying time between coats. Protect all surfaces that are not to receive paint with masks, shields,
and cloths. Door edges shall be painted on cabinets and closets. The contractor shall leave painted doors open for a
sufficient time to dry and protect contents. Paint shall be premixed type as applicable. First coat shall have finish
lighter than second coat.

9H.3.2.5 PAINTING SCHEDULE: N/A

9H.3.2.5 COLOR SCHEDULE: N/A

9H.3.2.7 SURFACES TO BE PAINTED AND PAINTS TO BE APPLIED: All wood, gypsum board, concrete
block and metal surfaces presently painted shall be repainted with appropriate paint. Base paint for walls and
ceilings shall be latex base, eggshell finish, color white, number 37780. All doors and trim shall be semi-gloss
enamel. Door edges shall be painted. All previously painted black base board shall be repainted gloss black.

9H.3.2.7.1 Wainscots on stairways shall be established by measuring four (4) feet vertically from each floor surface
and a straight line drawn between the two (2) previously established points. Wainscots shall be painted with, F. S.
TT-E-508C, semi-gloss enamel paint.

9H.3.2.7.2 Storage Rooms that are in main units even though the room is entered from the outside of the building,
shall be painted the same as though entered from inside of unit. All interior finished wall and ceiling surfaces to
include door and door trim shall be painted. Open stud walls shall not be painted.

9H.3.2.7.3 Closet Doors shall be painted with two (2) coats of Fed. Spec. TT-E-508C semi-gloss enamel paint on
the front and rear sides and all edges. Closet door types are bi-fold, sliding and hinged, of either wood or metal
construction.

9H.3.2.7.4 Heating and A/C Vents: All HVAC vents and return air ducts shall be cleaned, sanded and finished with
"appliance enamel" paint, color shall be WHITE. Finished by spray can shall be acceptable, but must be
accomplished outdoors. Vents and ducts found to be inoperable due to build up of paint shall have all old and new
paint removed from around metal vanes to provide easy operation for opening and closing the vents.

9H.3.2.7.5 Painting Vents in Place: In some locations, the Contracting Officer may determine that the removal of
vents and ducts for cleaning and painting would damage the existing paint and gypsum board paper. When such
conditions occur, vents and ducts shall be painted in place using masks and/or shields to protect the surrounding wall
surface.
NOTE: When vents and ducts are painted in place, any overlap gypsum walls shall be
removed before applying latex flat paint to walls.
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001


9H.3.2.7.6 Paint Coverage: All paints used in this project shall be applied at rates not to exceed coverage of 350 sq.
ft./gallon for each coat. Upon request of the Contracting Officer, the contractor shall furnish invoices to show
quantity of paints or enamels utilized for accomplishment of work.

9H.3.3 EXECUTION OF REFINISHING STAIRS: The contractor shall repair, prepare and refinish wood stair
treads, risers and landing nosings as a part of the Contract Line Item for Interior Painting as applicable for units that
have a stair way. All stair surfaces indicated on the Finish Schedule shall be repaired, receive the surface
preparation specified, seal coat if specified, prime coat if specified, and finish coats in the number indicated and as
necessary to achieve complete hiding and elimination of dull spots in the finish. All natural wood finished hand
railings shall have complete surface preparation and finish in accordance with this specification.

9H.3.3.1 Refinishing of wood Stairs: Wood stairs of oak type shall be refinished under this contract. All power
cleaning equipment used shall be subject to approval by the Contracting Officer prior to use on the job. Power
cleaning equipment will be supplemented by hand cleaning in areas inaccessible to power equipment. All wood
stairs shall be cleaned by use of an edger and belt sander equipped with vacuum attachment. Use fine to medium
grit sandpaper.

9H.3.3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION: Preparation of stair tread surfaces to be refinished shall be accomplished in
accordance with floor finish manufacturer's written instructions, and the requirements herein. All surfaces to be
refinished shall have holes, dents and cracks filled, be sanded as specified, be vacuumed clean, and be free from
surface defects and deterioration prior to the application of floor finish material. Sanding and cleaning shall be so
programmed that dust and other contaminants from the sanding and cleaning processes will not drift and fall on wet,
newly refinished surfaces.

9H.3.3.2.1 Stair Tread Repair: The contractor shall remove and replace existing deteriorated wood stair treads in
the quantities indicated on the Task Order. The contractor shall inspect the existing sleepers for serviceability and
notify the Contracting Officer of the need for replacement. The replacement of wood strip tread shall be
accomplished in accordance with the flooring manufacturer's written installation instructions, the MFMA Design
and Installation Guide, or the NOFMA Certified Oak Floor Specification Manual. Floor and Stair surfaces to be
refinished shall be traversed with sanding machines not less than 3 times using progressively finer grades or
sandpaper. Sanding operations shall remove the old finish, minor dents, defects and stains, leaving the floor and
stair surfaces smooth and acceptable, while removing the absolute minimum amount of wood. Holes, deep dents
and cracks shall be filled with wood filler suitable for the purpose.

9H.3.3.3 Wood Stairs and Hand Rails shall be cleaned as herein before stated. Lightly sanded and dusted prior to
the application of necessary wood stains and polyurethane coatings (F.S. TT-C-542E), see paragraph and where
power sanding is required to remove dead finish. Two (2) coats of polyurethane shall be applied allowing
manufacturer's recommended drying time between coats.

9H.3.3.4 Application of Stain: Wood stairs and handrails that show excessive wear shall have a stain applied prior
to the application of Polyurethane coatings. Stain for work areas shall be "light oak" in color.

9H.3.3.5 Application of Polyurethane: Stairs must be completely clear and dust free prior to application of finish.
Polyurethane shall conform to Federal Specifications No. TT-C-542E and shall be applied to stairs in two (2) coats,
allowing sufficient drying time between coats. Polyurethane shall be applied by brush method and shall be free of
brush marks, runs, drops, ridges, laps, waves, variations in color. hiding, texture, and finish. All coats shall be
applied so as to produce a film of uniform thickness. Special attention shall be given to insure that edges, corners,
and crevices receive a film thickness equal to adjacent surface. Coating shall be applied only to surfaces that are
completely free from surface moisture as determined by sight or touch. NOTE: Care shall be taken not be apply
polyurethane over existing varnish coatings.

9H.3.4 EXECUTION OF REFINISHING CABINETS: The contractor shall refinish kitchen, bathroom and laundry
room cabinets in all family housing quarters to be painted under this contract as specified herein. The cost of
refinishing cabinets with a natural wood finish shall be included in the contractor's Unit Price for interior painting of
each quarters type. The additional cost for having to remove painted or varnished finish from cabinet exteriors,
staining, sealing, and a second coat of finish material will be paid by using the Lineal Foot of Cabinet (LFC) Price
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001


provided by the contractor on the Contract Price Schedule. All surfaces indicated on the Painting Schedule shall
receive the surface preparation specified seal coat if specified, prime coat, and finish coats in the number necessary
to achieve complete hiding.

9H.3.4.1 PREPARATION OF CABINETS: When cabinets have an existing natural wood finish, the contractor
shall prepare the cabinet surfaces as specified and refinish the exterior of the cabinets, including door backs, with
varnish or polyurethane. All door backs shall have a natural wood finish. All cabinet hardware shall be removed for
refinishing operations and be replaced when the job is complete. All cabinet surfaces to be refinished shall be clean,
have holes and cracks filled, be sanded, and be free from surface defects and deterioration prior to the application of
stain, sealer, primer, paint, or other finishes as specified. Cabinet surfaces to receive a new natural wood finish shall
be stripped down to the bare wood using any commonly accepted professional cabinet refinishing techniques. The
contractor shall exercise due caution when stripping old varnish from cabinet surfaces so as not to penetrate face
veneers. If face veneers are penetrated, the contractor will be required to replace the damaged component at no cost
of the Government.

9H.3.4.2 Refinishing of Wood Cabinets: Wood kitchen cabinet units shall be refinished under this contract.
Necessary repairs to existing shall be made prior to refinishing. Wood kitchen cabinets that have unfinished areas
shall have a stain applied prior to application of varnish. Stain for cabinets shall match the existing color as near as
possible as is practical in the field. Cabinet surfaces shall be cleaned by hand, using steel wood before application
of each varnish coat. All raw wood, such as deep scratches and gouges shall be filled with wood filler. Stain all raw
wood and new wood before refinishing. Sand out "old" runs, waves and drips before applying new varnish coats.
Cabinets with vinyl Print wood grain finish shall not have varnish applied, edges shall have applied as directed.
Lightly sand all varnished surfaces Prior to first varnish application.

9H.3.4.3 Application of Varnish: Cabinets shall be completely free of dirt and grease prior to the application of two
(2) coats of varnish, allowing a completely dried surface between coats. Varnish shall conform to Fed. Spec. TT-V-
121H. Varnish shall be applied by brush method and shall be free of brush marks, runs, drops, ridges, laps, waves,
variations in color, hiding, texture and finish. All coats shall be applied so as to produce a film of uniform thickness.
Special attention shall be given to insure that edges, corners, and crevices receive a film thickness equal to adjacent
surface. Varnish shall be applied only to surfaces that are completely free from surface moisture as determined by
sight or touch.

9H.3.5 CLEANUP AND ACCEPTANCE:

9H.3.5.1 CAUTION: All interior surfaces, window and door panes of glass shall, after completion of work, be left
clean and free of all old and new paint. Aluminum window frames shall not be painted.

9H.3.5.2 CLEAN UP: The contractor shall keep all work areas and paint storage areas free from accumulations of
rubbish and debris. Each work area shall be checked and cleaned if required prior to leaving site. Cloths and cotton
waste that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed metal containers or destroyed at the end of each
day. Upon completion of the work, containers shall be removed from the site or destroyed in an approved manner as
determined by the Contracting Officer. Paint stops, oil, or stains upon adjacent surfaces shall be removed and the
entire job left clean. A final damp mopping, sweeping of the floors shall be performed, as directed by the
Contracting Officer. All old and new paint shall be removed from glass and similar adjacent surfaces. Remove old
existing paint from venetian blind brackets, bi-fold for tracks, electrical plates and existing hardware.

9H.3.5.3 Acceptance of Work: Upon completion of the painting and clean up of a dwelling unit under this contract
and prior to request for payment, the contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer and a joint inspection shall be
made by representatives of the contractor and the Government. All work, notification of completion, inspection and
correction of deficiencies shall be accomplished within the timeframe for completion of the work. Completion of
Painting shall produce paint finishes in family quarters that will be durable enough to withstand normal occupant
abuse and cleaning (by washing) surfaces.
                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                              P0001


                                                  APPENDIX A
                                          PAINT SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR


SURFACE            SURFACE PREP                  SPOT PRIMER      1ST & 2ND COAT      FINISH COAT
Wood Doors         Wash w/Bleach Solution        MIL-P-28582       TT-E-489G          TT-E-489G

Entrance Ways      Scraping, Sand papering       MIL-P-28582          TT-E-489G       TT-E-489G

All Other Wood     Wash w/Bleach Solution,       MIL-P-28582          TT-P-19D        TT-P-19D
Surfaces (ex-      Scraping, Sand papering
cept doors and
entrance ways)

Ferrous Surfaces   Wire Brush and Sand-          TT-P-645A            TT-P-19D        TT-E-489G
                   paper

Galvanized         Wire Brush and                Vinyl-Type           TT-E-485F       TT-E-485F
Surfaces           Sandpaper Wash Coat

Aluminum           Wire Brush or                 TT-P-645A            TT-E-489G       TT-E-489G
Surfaces           Sandpaper

Concrete Block     Muriatic Acid                 TT-F-1098D           TT-P-19D        TT-P-19D
Surfaces           Solution, Wire
                   Brush, Scraping

Exterior Plywood   Wash w/Bleach Solution        TT-S-708A            TT-P-19D        TT-S-708A
Siding             Scraping, Sand papering

                                          PAINT SCHEDULE - INTERIOR

SURFACE            SURFACE PREP               SPOT PRIMER       1ST & 2ND COAT        FINISH COAT
Wood Surfaces      Lightly Sand               TT-S-711            TT-C-542E           TT-C-542E
Hand Rails and                                Type II,            Type II,
Stair Treads                                  Class A             Class A

Gypsum Board       As Previously              TT-P-002119        TT-P-002119          TT-P-002119
Surfaces (ex-      Specified
cept kitchen
bathrooms)

Interior Ceil-     As Previously              TT-P-002119        TT-P-002119          TT-P-002119
ings Foyers        Specified

Bathroom           All Holes, Mars            TT-E-545B          TT-E-508C            TT-E-508C
Kitchen Walls      Defects, Filled
Ceilings           Repaired Sanded
                   Smooth

Wood Trim          As Previously              TT-E-545B          TT-E-508C            TT-E-508C
                   Specified

Metal              As Previously              TT-P-645A          TT-E-508C            TT-E-508C
                   Specified
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001


SURFACE               SURFACE PREP                  SPOT PRIMER             1ST & 2ND COAT             FINISH
COAT
Wainscot on           As Previously                 TT-E-545B                 TT-E-508C                TT-E-508C
Stairways             Specified

Wood Cabinets         Lightly Sand                  TT-S-176E                 TT-E-508C                TT-V-l21H

Walls of Foyers       As Previously                 TT-E-543A                 TT-E-508C                TT-E-508C
                      Specified

Trim, Grilles,        As Previously                 TT-E-545B                 TT-E-508C                TT-E-508C
Doors, Shelving       Specified


                                                           APPENDIX B

                                                     COLOR SCHEDULE

COLORS: Colors listed are contained in Federal Standard 595.A.

EXTERIOR COLORS

Exterior painting shall match existing color scheme in conformance with Color Chart VIII, TM-5-807-7, and the
Installation Design Guide. Where color variations exist, painting shall match existing. The following color
numbers are applicable to exterior painting:
                       33526                               33727                                  36555
                       33531                               34159                                  36559
                       33594                               34504                                  36622
                       33695                               34554                                  37875
                       33711                               35526

INTERIOR COLORS
Primary interior color is white, color number 37780 with eggshell finish for ceilings and walls and color number
27780 for semi-gloss finish on painted surfaces of all wood trim, doors, door frames, window sash and frames ,
baseboards, closet, shelving, and kitchen, bathroom and breakfast areas.

Primary interior latex base - color: White, number 37780, finish: Eggshell for walls and ceilings other than the
surfaces identified to receive semi-gloss enamel.

Interior semi-gloss enamel color: White number 27780, finish: semi-gloss for all wood trim, doors, door frames,
window sash and frames, baseboards, closet shelving, wainscot for stairway, kitchen, bathroom, and breakfast areas.

Stains for bare wood stair treads shall be "light oak", and conform to manufacturer's standard color chip. Stain for
bare wood cabinet surfaces shall match the existing from manufacturer's standard color chip.

HVAC vents registers and air ducts shall be Appliance Enamel, Color: White, number 27875, semi-gloss.

Previously painted kitchen baseboards (toe space) painted black shall be color: Black, number 17038, gloss finish.

Varnish and Polyurethane shall be natural, clear finish.

Colors for foyers (common use areas and entrance areas) of multiple unit facilities shall be color: White, number
37886 for ceilings and color: Gray number 26222 for walls.
                                                                                                         W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                    P0001




"Quantitative Requirements"
TT-P-002119, Class 2 - Eggshell (Low Lustre)
HIGH TRAFFIC AREAS

                                             Salient Characteristics Class 2
                                                                                         Min.             Max.

Pigment, % by wt. of paint (Includes Titanium Dioxide)                                   20                    35
NV organic material, % by wt. of paint (includes Acrylic Resin)                          19                    25
Viscosity, Krebs Units                                                                   82                    100
Dry-hard, minutes      --                                                                                      30
45 Directional Reflectance, 0 (white only)                                                                     86
Opacity (contrast ratio at 630 sq. ft. per gallon)         Dry: 0.95                     Re-wetted      0.93
85 specular gloss (sheen)                                                                                      10
60 specular gloss      --                                                                                      35
Fineness of grind                                                                        6
Lead content, percent by weight of total NV                                              --                    .06

Scrubbability - Class 2, pass 400 cycles.

Washability - color difference between soiled and cleaned areas not be greater than 5.

Adhesion - no loss of adhesion as tested.

60 Gloss - not be under 80% or over 120% of original values for Class 2 paint.

Streaking - none.

Resistance properties - pass tests on water, alkali and fungus resistance.

Self-lifting - no lifting or softening or other film irregularities upon re-coating of previously painted surface.

                                                    END OF SECTION C-9H
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001




                                                          C-9

                                             TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                                             9I-GLASS AND GLAZING


9I.1 GENERAL:

9I.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specification consists of furnishing all labor, equipment,
supervision, and materials and performing all work in connection with the replacement of cracked, broken or
missing glass, and broken or missing mar-resistant plastic sheets. Replacement shall be for single glazed double
hung windows, aluminum storm windows, aluminum sliding doors, aluminum storm doors, stationary panels, metal
and wood doors, and insulating (double glazed) glass in double hung windows, aluminum sliding windows,
aluminum sliding doors; and mar-resistant plastic panels in stationary windows and bus stop shelter panels of the
quality and thickness required, and all appurtenances, complete, in strict accordance with these specifications and as
directed by the Contracting Officer. This specification also consists of replacing deteriorated flat mirrors and
medicine cabinets with mirrors.

9I.1.2 RELATED WORK: The work covered by this section of the
specifications shall be coordinated with Rough Carpentry, Section C-9F, Metal Windows
and Doors, Section C-9M, Change of Occupancy Maintenance Section C-8 and Service
Calls Maintenance, Section C-7.

9I.2 MATERIALS:

9I.2.1 GLASS: Glass shall conform to Fed. Spec. DD-G-451D, unless specified otherwise.

9I.2.2 Primary Glass: Primary glass shall conform to ASTM C1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality, and be the thickness
and strength which matches the glass being replaced. When glass thickness is not otherwise specified, Single
Strength or 3/32 inch thick glass shall be installed in openings up to and including 12 square feet; Double Strength
or 1/8 inch thick glass shall be installed in openings over 12 square feet, but not over 18 square feet; 3/16 inch thick
glass shall be installed in openings over 18 square feet, but not over 36 square feet; and 7/32 inch thick glass shall be
installed in openings over 36 square feet, but not over 45 square feet; 1/4 inch thick glass shall be installed in
openings over 45 square feet, but not over 54 square feet.

9I.2.3 Insulating Glass: Insulating glass units shall conform to ASTM E774. Primary glass used to fabricate
insulating glazing panels shall conform to ASTM C1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q3, and be the thickness and
strength which matches the glass being replaced. Inner and outer lights shall be the same thickness and separated by
a hermetically sealed, dehydrated 1/4 inch air space unless otherwise specified. When glass thickness is not
otherwise specified, Single Strength or 3/32 inch thick glass shall be installed in openings up to and including 18
square feet; Double Strength or 1/8 inch thick glass shall be installed in openings over 18 square feet, but not over
27 square feet; and 3/16 inch thick glass shall be installed in openings over 27 square feet, but not over 54 square
feet. Insulating glass installed in doors shall be tempered safety glass and conform to ASTM C1048, Kind FT,
Condition A, Type I, Class 1, Quality q3, and ANSI Z97.1. Each insulated unit shall be identified with the
manufacturer's permanent label.

9I.2.4 Tempered Safety Glass: Tempered safety glass shall conform to ASTM C1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type
I, Class 1, Quality q3, and be the thickness which matches the glass being replaced. When tempered safety glass
thickness is not otherwise specified, 1/8 inch thick glass shall be installed in openings up to and including 36 square
feet; and 3/16 inch thick glass shall be installed in openings over 36 square feet, but not over 72 square feet. Glass
installed in doors shall conform to the requirements set forth in ANSI Z97.1.

9I.2.5 Figured Glass: Type II, Class I, Form 2, Quality 8, Finish FL, Mesh ML to match existing, 1/4" thick and
patterned to match existing.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001




9I.2.6 SHEET GLASS shall be Type I, Class 1, Quality q.5, double strength, 1/8" thick, clear.Glazing for storm
windows and entrance doors.

9I.2.7 PLATE (FLOAT) GLASS shall be Type I, Class 1, Quality q.3, 1/4"thick.

9I.2.8 Plastic Glazing: Plastic glazing shall be cast methacrylate sheet which conforms to ASTM D702, Type II,
Grade 3 and ANSI Z97.1; or polycarbonate sheet which conforms to ANSI Z97.1. Plastic glazing shall be the type,
size, and thickness which matches the plastic glazing being replaced. MAR-RESISTANT PLASTIC.

9I.2.9 Mirrors: Mirrors shall conform to ASTM C1036, Type I, Class
1,Quality q1, and be 1/4 inch thick.

9I.2.10 Glazing Materials:

9I.2.10.1 Components and Glazing Sealants: Glazing compounds performed glazing sealants shall be the proper
product for the intended applications or and in accordance with applicable portions of the FGMA Glazing Manual.
Materials used with aluminum frames shall be aluminum colored, non-staining, and not require painting. Other
materials which will be exposed to view and unpainted shall be gray or neutral color.

9I.2.10.2 Glazing Accessories: As required to supplement the accessories provided with the items to be glazed and
to provide a complete installation, including glazing points, clips, shims, angles, beads, setting blocks, and spacer
strips. Ferrous metal accessories which will be exposed in the finished work shall have a finish that will not corrode
or stain while in service.

9I.2.11 MEDICINE CABINETS: Shall be recessed, hinged type, TYPE 461 of size indicated and to match the
existing with mirror. Glass for mirrors shall conform to Fed. Spec. DD-G-451, shall have silver surface protected by
a film of electrolytically deposited cooper. Cabinet shall have rust resistant steel body. Mirror shall have edges
clean cut and swiped, size 16” x 24”.

9I.3. EXECUTION:

9I.3.1 Replacing Glass and Glazing: The contractor shall repair cracked, broken or missing glass and glazing in
doors and windows as part of Service Call Maintenance and/or Change of Occupancy Maintenance. (COM). Task
orders will designate locations and items of work to be accomplished for all required replacement work. Glazing
shall be performed in accordance with the approved installation instructions of the glass manufacturer.

9I.3.1.1 MEDICINE CABINETS: Fasten cabinets in wood construction with wood screws to studs or blocking,
and to a rough frame or blocking in masonry construction. Exposed screw heads shall be oval.

9I.3.2 Glass surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned with labels, paint spots, putty, and other defacement removed, and
shall be clean at the time the work is accepted.

9I.3.3 GUARANTEE: Insulating glass units shall be guaranteed not to develop material obstruction to vision as a
result of dust or film formation on the inner surfaces caused by failure of the hermetic seal, other than through glass
breakage, within a 1-year period following installation. Contractor shall keep record of all glass replacement under
this section in the permanent quarters file for a period of (1) years.

                                              END OF SECTION C-9I
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001




                                                     C-9
                                           TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
                                     9J - CERAMIC TILE and SHOWER PAN

9J.1 GENERAL:

9J.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications includes minor repairs for deteriorated tiles
and/or complete replacement of ceramic tile walls and floors during Service Call Maintenance and/or Change of
Occupancy Maintenance, and in conjunction with Shower Pan replacement, of ceramic tile walls and floors,
complete, in strict accordance with these specifications and subject to the terms and conditions of the contract.
Specifications for Shower Pan Replacement are included in this section, see appropriate paragraphs.

9J.1.2 RELATED WORK: The work covered in this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with Rough
Carpentry Sections, C-9F AND C-9G, Section C-9B, Refinishing of Bathtubs; Change of Occupancy Maintenance,
Section C8 and Service Call, Section C7.

9J.2 Materials:

9J.2.1 Ceramic Tile: Ceramic tile shall be standard grade and conform to ANSI A137.1 Ceramic mosaic Floor Tile
shall be unglazed, (slip-resistant type), face size 2" x 2", porcelain, pattern and color to be approved for each
Housing area by the Contracting Officer. Glazed wall tile shall be bright glaze in face size of 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 inches,
color to be approved for each Housing area by the Contracting Officer. Trim shapes and bases shall be of same type
as wall tile.

9J.2.2 Grout Materials: Portland Cement shall conform to ASTM C 15O, Type I, color: white. Hydrated lime shall
conform to ASTM C 206 or C207, Type S. Sand for setting beds shall conform to ASTM C144. Sand for grout and
dry-set mortar shall conform to ASTM C144 except that 100 percent shall pass the No 16 sieve size. Water shall be
clean and potable. Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A185 and consist of either 2 x 2-inch mesh of 16/16
wire or 3 x 3-inch mesh of 13/13 wire. Metal lath shall conform to Federal Specification QQ-L-101, Class 3, 5 or 6.
Waterproof cleavage membrane shall be 4 mil polyethylene film.

9J.2.3 ORGANIC ADHESIVE: Organic adhesive shall be Type I water resistant conforming to ANSI A136.1.
Where silicone rubber grouting systems are used organic adhesive shall be Type II conforming to ANSI A136.1.
Each container shall bear Hallmark of the Adhesive and Sealant Council or Tile Contractors Association of America
showing compliance with ANSI A136.1.

9J.2.4 DRY-SET PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR: Mortar shall conform to ANSI A118.1 and be manufactured
under license by the Tile Council of America. Containers shall bear TCA Hallmark. Each container shall be
properly identified as "Wall Mix" or "Floor Mix," as applicable.

9J.2.5 PREPARED GROUT: Grout for glazed wall tile shall conform to Tile Council of America formula 768-4 or
770 Mastic Grout or silicone rubber grout conforming to Federal Specification TT-S-1543 with the added
requirement that the silicone grout be mildew resistant. Grout for floor tile shall be Commercial Portland Cement
Grout or Commercial Dry-Set Grout with additives providing water retentively.

9J.2.6 SEALING COMPOUND: Compound shall be one part silicone rubber base type conforming to Federal
Specification TT-S-1543-Class A or B, white in color and mildew resistant.

9J.2.7 TILE ACCESSORIES: Accessories shall be porcelain type to match adjoining wall tile unless otherwise
indicated.

9J.2.7.1 Paper Holders: Recessed, Semi-recessed or Surface mounted type to match original, complete with
hardwood or plastic roller.

9J.2.7.2 Soap Holders: Recessed, Semi-recessed, or Surface mounted type to match original, of sizes indicated.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001




9J.2.7.3 Soap Holders with grab Bar: Recessed, Semi-recessed or Surface mounted type to match original of size
indicated with integral projecting grab bar and extended lip drain.

9J.2.7.4 Tumblers and Toothbrush Holder: Surface mounted type, of size indicated.

9J.2.7.5 SHOWER PAN: Shower pan liner shall be waterproof sheeting membrane of non-plasticized chlorinated
polyethylene/polyvinyl material, nominal thickness 0.040 inches, Grade 40. Waterproof sheeting membrane joints
shall be welded using a PVC solvent cement. Adhesive shall be as recommended by Manufacturer of the shower
pan liner; heat source - hot air gun or heat lamp. Waterproofing membrane shall comply with ASTM D 4551, Grade
40.


                                          SALIENT CHARACTERISTICS

                                Thickness, inches                                            .040"
                                Tensile Strength, inch width                                 80 lbs.
                                Tensile Strength 100% elongation                             40 lbs.
                                Ultimate Elongation                                          300%
                                Tear Resistance, inch width                                  250lbs
                                Pinholes                                                     None
                                Micro-Organism Resistance                                    No Growth
                                Distilled H20, net change                                    1% MAX
                                Soapy H20, net change                                        2% MAX
                                Shrinkage, dimension change                                  5% MAX
                                Volatility, % loss                                           1.5 MAX
                                Hydrostatic Pressure:
                                Original Condition                                           Pass
                                After Folding Test                                           Pass
                                After Puncture Test                                          Pass
                                After Alkali Test                                            Pass

9J.3 EXECUTION:

9J.3.1 GENERAL: The contractor shall repair and replace ceramic tile and replace shower pan as part of Change of
Occupancy Maintenance, Service Call Maintenance and Specific Ordered Items for Replacement. Task orders will
designate locations and items of work to be accomplished for Specific Ordered Items for Replacement. Contract
Line Item Prices for ceramic tile repair shall be for making all required repairs to ceramic tile floors and walls
regardless of its condition.

9J.3.1.1 INSTALLATION OF WALL TILE: Setting methods for tile shall conform to ANSI A108.1 and A108.2
for Portland cement mortar; A108.5 for Dry-Set Portland cement mortar; and A108.4 for Organic Adhesive. Where
the organic adhesive method is used in bathtub and shower areas, set tile on water-resistant gypsum backboard.

9J.3.1.2 TILE OVER MORTAR SETTING BED: Application of metal lath scratch coats, mortar bed and setting
method shall be as follows:

9J.3.1.2.1 Metal Lath: Before scratch coat is installed, wood studs and wood furring shall be covered with 4 mil
polyethylene film and class 3, 5, or 6 metal lath. Lath shall be applied with the longer dimension horizontal. End
laps shall be not less than 2 inches and shall occur over supports only. Side laps shall be not less than 1 inch wide
and shall be tied with not lighter than 18 gauge annealed zinc-coated wire at intervals of not over 6 inches metal lath
shall be secured at 6 inches on centers along all supports.

9J.3.1.2.2 Scratch Coats: Shall be applied as foundation coats, shall be not less than 1/4 inch thick and shall be
composed by volume of one part Portland Cement to five parts damp sand to 1/5 part hydrated lime, and mixed with
the minimum amount of water necessary to produce a stiff mix. Mortar for scratch coats shall be used within one
                                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                   P0001


hour after mixing. Scratch coats shall be applied in sufficient quantity and with sufficient pressure to cover the
entire area and form good keys. Prior to final set, scratch coat shall be deeply scored or scratched and cross-
scratched. Scratch coats shall be damp cured at least 24 hours before application of subsequent coats.

9J.3.1.2.3 Mortar Bed: Shall be composed by volume of one part Portland cement to 1/2 part hydrated lime to five
parts damp sand, and mixed with the minimum amount of water necessary to produce a workable mass. Mortar bed
shall be applied with sufficient quantity and with sufficient pressure to cover well the entire area and form a good
key, shall be brought out flush with temporary screeds or guide strips so placed as to give a true even surface at the
proper distance from the finished face of tile, and shall have a finish suitable for reception of material used in setting
tile.

9J.3.1.2.4 Setting Tile: Joints shall be straight, level, perpendicular, and even width. Wainscots shall be built of full
courses that may extend to a greater height but in no case lower than the original height. Vertical joints shall be
maintained plumb for the entire height of the tile work. Damaged or defective tile shall be replaced. Tile directly
over masonry shall be installed by the dry-set method as described below. Tile over mortar bed shall be installed by
one of the following methods as selected by the contractor.

9J.3.1.2.4.1 Conventional Method: Before setting, tile shall be thoroughly soaked in clean water and drained so that
no free moisture remains on the back of tile. While the mortar bed is still plastic, tile shall be set by trowelling a
skim coat of neat Portland cement on the mortar bed or by applying a skim coat to the back of each tile unit and
immediately floating the tile into place.

9J.3.1.2.4.2 Dry-Set Method: Tile shall not be soaked. An even layer of Dry-Set Mortar shall be spread on the
surface not more than 30 minutes before covering with tile; and the Dry-Set Mortar shall be combed with a square
notched trowel not more than 10 minutes before the tile is set. Beat-in and level the tile with uniform joints as
specified above. The finished mortar bed level shall be a minimum of 3/32 inch thick after beating-in.

9J.3.1.3 TILE OVER GYPSUM BACKERBOARD - ORGANIC ADHESIVE: Tile set with organic adhesive shall
be in accordance with ANSI A108.4. The factory-finished paper-bound edge of water-resistant gypsum backer
board shall be placed parallel to tub rim or shower receptor. Leave 1/4" space between tub or shower receptor and
gypsum backer board. Seal all edges of gypsum backer board where cutouts are made for plumbing and accessories
with organic adhesive or other approved waterproof compound. Water-resistant gypsum backer board to receive tile
shall receive a coat of adhesive recommended by the adhesive manufacturer. Spread adhesive with a notched
trowel. Do not permit adhesive to dry or "film-over" before setting tile. Press tile or sheets of tile into the adhesive,
maintaining accurate joint alignment and spacing. Beat-in tile with a rubber-faced block to obtain maximum contact
between tile and adhesive.

9J.3.1.4 GROUTING: Tile set with organic adhesive shall be grouted with Mastic Grount conforming to Tile
council of America formula a 768-4 or 770 or silicone rubber grout conforming to Federal Specification TT-S-1543
installed at factory in pregrouted sheets and/or field grouted with same material around sheets of un-grouted tile.
Joints to be finished and excess grout removed from tile face as recommended by grout manufacturer.

9J.3.1.5 SEALED JOINTS: Joints between tile and bathtubs and between tile and shower receptors shall be sealed
with sealing compound conforming to Federal Specification TT-S 1543, white in color. Joint cavity shall be 1/4
inch wide by 3/8 inch deep. Joint cavity shall be dry, sound and wiped dirt free with denatured alcohol. Paper
masking tape shall be placed on the finish surfaces of both sides of the joint cavity to protect adjacent finish surfaces
from compound smears; excess compound shall be removed with denatured alcohol where recommended by
manufacturer's instructions. Joints shall be tooled slightly concave after sealant is applied.

9J.3.2 INSTALLATION OF FLOOR TILE:

9J.3.2.1 GENERAL: Ceramic floor tile shall be installed over concrete or on mortar setting bed over wood sub-
floors as indicated.

9J.3.2.2 TILE OVER CONCRETE SLABS: Tile shall not be soaked. A 3/16-inch thick layer of dry-set mortar
shall be spread on the surface not more than 30 minutes before covering with tile; and the dry-set mortar shall be
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001


combed with a 1/4 inch square notched trowel not more than 5 minutes before the tile is set. Beat-in and level the
tile with uniform joints specified above.

9J.3.2.3 TILE ON SETTING BED OVER WOOD SUBFLOORS: Install tile over wood sub-floor in accordance
with the following procedure:

9J.3.2.3.1 Waterproof Cleavage Membrane Polyethylene film shall be laid over the wood sub-floor and turned up at
least 2 inches at vertical intersections. Joints between sheets shall be lapped 2 inches and nailed as required to keep
the film flat.

9J.3.2.3.2 Reinforcement: The setting bed shall be reinforced with galvanized wire mesh. Reinforcement shall be
flattened and laid over the polyethylene film with uncut edges lapped the width of one mesh and cut ends and edges
lapped not less than two inches. The mesh shall be tied together at laps with galvanized 18 gage iron or soft steel
wire at intervals of not more than 10 inches along the finished edges and not more than 7 inches along the cut ends
and edges of mesh. The mesh shall be secured to the wood sub-floor with the minimum number of staples required
to hold the mesh flat, driven to within 1/4 inch of the polyethylene film.

9J.3.2.3.3 Setting Bed: Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland cement and 3 parts sand to which not more
than 5 percent of hydrated lime, by volume of the cement, may be added, mixed with as little water as will produce a
workable mass. Mortar shall be spread over the reinforcing mesh with a screed forcing out all air pockets and
providing a level and smooth bed. The average thickness of the setting bed shall be one inch but in no case less than
3/4 inch. The area of the bed to be spread in a single operation shall not be greater than can be covered with tile
during the same working period.

9J.3.2.4 SETTING TILE: The sheets of ceramic-mosaic floor tile shall be laid with joints the same as the joints
between the tiles on the sheets. As soon as the setting bed has set sufficiently to be worked upon, either a dust coat
of dry Portland cement not more than 1/16 inch thick shall be sprinkled over the surface and lightly worked with a
steel trowel, or a thin skim coat of neat gray Portland cement grout shall be trowelled or brushed onto the backs of
tiles immediately before each sheet is laid. Tile sheets shall be laid on the freshly prepared setting bed while the
surface is still plastic and then tamped into the mortar to insure solid bedding to the exact slope or level of finished-
floor surface. When installation has hardened sufficiently, the paper sheets and pasting glue shall be removed by
brushing as much water as necessary onto the paper. Misplaced tiles shall be repositioned and reset, and damaged or
defective tile shall be replaced.

9J.3.2.5 GROUTING: A thick slurry of gray Portland cement and fine-screened sand of equal parts mixed with a
minimum amount of water shall be brushed or squeegee over the floor until all joints are thoroughly filled and
excess slurry removed. Following beat-in and adjustment, the excess slurry shall be washed clean from the face of
tile. The tile floor shall be dusted with neat gray Portland cement and forced into the joints with the edge of a wood
block or trowel. Excess grout shall be removed by use of a sponge, squeegee, or burlap to finish the joints and clean
the surface without disturbing the floor surface.

9J.3.2.6 CURING: Floor shall be covered with waterproofed paper with joints lapped at least 4 inches and tape-
sealed or held down with planks or other weights. Floors shall be allowed to damp-cure for at least 72 hours before
foot traffic is permitted thereon.

9J.3.3 INSTALLATION OF TILE ACCESSORIES:

9J.3.3.1 TILE ACCESSORIES: Set accessories with cement mortar adhesive or dry-set Portland cement mortar
backing; support accessories until cement hardens. Cut wall tile and arrange joint pattern around accessories as
indicated.

9J.3.4 Repair and Replacement Standard: There shall be no missing grout or caulking. All grout and caulking shall
be smooth and stain free. Caulking at joint between tile and bathtubs and shower bases shall be in place and free
from gaps, cracks, and deterioration. Any tile replacement or repair shall be identical in color, size, texture, and
appearance. Tile shall be paint free. Upon completion, all tile surfaces shall be clean, smooth, and free from smears
of grout and other foreign materials. Replacement of complete walls and floor ceramic tile shall be as directed by
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


the Contracting Officer and as identified on the Task Order (maximum of 100 square feet of replacement per set of
quarters).

9J.3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION:

9J.3.5.1 Upon completion, tile floor and wall surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned. Acid shall not be used for
cleaning of glazed tile. Floor tile with prepared grout shall be cleaned in accordance with the instructions of the
grout manufacturer. After the grout has set, tile wall surfaces shall be given a protective coat of non-corrosive soap
or other approved method. All tile surfaces shall be given a protective coat of waterproof grout sealer. Floors shall
be covered with building paper before foot traffic is permitted over the finished tile floors. Board walkways shall be
laid on floors that are to be continuously used as passageways by workmen. Damaged or defective tiles and
defective grout shall be replaced.

9J.3.6 SHOWER PAN INSTALLATION: Slope waterproof membrane material to floor drain, and trim exactly to
size of floor drain opening. Make turn-up along all walls not less than 4 inches above curb line. Flap over the curb.
Fold corners outside liner and apply cement to both surfaces. Fasten no more than one (1) inch below top of liner
material. Use flat head roofing nails on wood studs. Use bolt down clamping-ring type floor drain with weep holes.
Set so lip is flush with sub-floor. Before installing tile, plug sub-drain and fill pan with not less than 3 inches of
water and let stand for 24 hours to insure clamping ring is tight and pan undamaged. Protect drain weep holes to
keep them open after setting bed is installed. Shower pan installation shall be in compliance with manufacturer's
printed instructions for the following phases:

         A.     Installation.
         B.     Solvent Welding.
         C.     Drain Installation.
         D.     Corner Installation.
         E.     Waterproofing Corner Installation.

                                              END OF SECTION C-9J
                                                                                                W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                           P0001


                                                      C-9
                                          TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                             9K - LOCKSETS; MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE

9K.1 GENERAL:

9K.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment,
supervision, and materials, and performing all work in connection with repair, restoration or replacement of
deteriorated, damaged, or unserviceable hardware components on windows and doors, in strict accordance with
these specifications and as directed by the Contracting Officer.

9K.1.1.1 RELATED WORK: The work covered in this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with
Carpentry Sections, C-9F and C-9G and Windows and Doors, C-9M; Change of Occupancy Maintenance, C-8; and
Service Order Maintenance, Section C-7.

9K.1.2 PROTECTION: The contractor shall protect adjacent areas when replacing hardware. Any damage to
adjacent areas shall be repaired by the contractor at no additional cost to the Government.

9K.1.3 SUBMITTALS: The contractor shall submit manufacturer's descriptive literature for each type of hardware
item proposed for use in work under this section. Materials to be submitted as per Submittal Section, C-12.

9K.2.1 MATERIALS: Hardware items furnished under this section shall be standard products of manufacturer's
regularly engaged in the production of hardware items, and that comply with the most current design which
conforms to the requirements specified. Hardware materials finishes shall match the hardware being replaced or be
those specified, and conform to ANSI A156.18.

9K.2.2 AUXILIARY HARDWARE: Auxiliary hardware shall conform to ANSI A156.16, and be the type and
finish which matches the items being replaced.

9K.2.2.1 Aluminum Storm Door Catches: Aluminum storm door catches shall be rim type, L97102.

9K.2.2.2 Door Security Chains: Door security chains shall be L03041.

9K.2.2.3 Storm Door Safety Chain Door Stops: Storm door safety chain door stops shall be L02222.

9K.2.2.4 Floor Mounted Door Stops: Floor mounted door stops shall be L02181.

9K.2.2.5 Wall Mounted Door Stops: Wall mounted door stops shall be L02041.

9K.2.2.6 Wall Mounted Door Bumpers: Wall mounted door bumpers shall be L02101.

9K.2.2.7 Door Viewers: Door viewers shall be L03171. See Section A-9L, Interior and Exterior Wood Doors,
paragraph 9L.2.18.

9K.2.2.8 Garment Rod and Shelf Support Brackets: Garment rod and shelf support brackets shall be B04051.

9K.2.2.9 Garment Rods: Garment rods iron pipe, sheet metal, or wood as necessary to match existing rods.

9K.2.2.10 Closet Shelving: Closet shelving shall be 12 inch wide No. 2 Pine. Shelving shall be primed and painted
with two finish coats of gloss enamel.

9K.2.2.11 Residential Mail Boxes: Residential mail boxes shall be L36051.

9K.2.2.12 Sliding Glass Door Pulls and Latches: Sliding glass door pulls and latches shall be cast metal with a
corrosion resisting finish and match the pull/latch being replaced.
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001




9K.2.2.13 Handrail Brackets: Handrail brackets shall be L13061.

9K.2.3 AUXILIARY LOCKS: Auxiliary locks and associated products shall conform to ANSI A156.5, and be the
type and finish which matches the items being replaced.

9K.2.3.1 Bored Auxiliary Dead Locks: Bored auxiliary dead locks shall be E0151.

9K.2.4 BUTTS AND HINGES: Butts and hinges shall conform to ANSI A156.1. Hinges for metal doors and
frames shall also conform to ANSI A156.7. Butts and hinges shall be type, size, and finish which matches the items
being replaced.

9K.2.4.1 Plain Bearing Hinges: Standard weight-plain bearing hinges shall be A8133.

9K.2.4.2 Ball Bearing Hinges: Standard weight-ball bearing hinges shall be A8112.

9K.2.5 DOOR CLOSERS: Door closing devices shall conform to ANSI A156.4, and be the type and finish which
matches the items being replaced. Door closers shall be listed in the current BHMA Directory of Certified Door
Closers.

9K.2.5.1 Storm Door Closers: Aluminum storm door closers shall be C09363 (pneumatic operating).

9K.2.5.2 Commercial Door Closers: Commercial type door closers shall be C0l011, C0l021, C0l031, C02011, or
C02021 as required to match the closers being replaced.

9K.2.6 DOOR TRIM: Door trim shall conform to ANSI 156.6, and be the category and finish which matches the
items being replaced.

9K.2.6.1 Door Sweeps: Door sweeps shall consist of 1/8 by 1 3/8 inch extruded aluminum retainers and neoprene
rubber sweeps.

9K.2.6.2 Modernization Kits: Modernization kits shall be the same material and finish as latches and locksets.
Modernization kits shall be the thickness and overall dimensions necessary to cover existing mortises.

9K.2.6.3 Door Weather stripping: Door weather stripping shall be 1/2 inch wide aluminum retainer with 1/2 inch
long nylon brush.

9K.2.6.4 Window Weather stripping: Window weather stripping shall be 1/2 inch wide aluminum retainer with 1/2
inch long nylon brush.

9K.2.7 LOCKS AND LATCHES: Bored and pre-assembled locks and latches shall conform to ANSI A156.2.
Mortise locks and latches shall conform to ANSI A156.13. All locks and latches shall be listed in the current
BHMA Directory of Certified Locks and Latches. Locks and latches shall be the series, grade, function, backset,
and finish which matches the items being replaced.

9K.2.7.1 Lock Cylinders: Lock cylinders shall be precision solid brass with seven (7) nickel/silver pin tumblers and
paracentric keyways. Cylinders shall have easily removable, interchangeable cores. Cylinders and the locks in
which they are used shall be the product of the same manufacturer.

9K.2.7.1.1 Interchangeable Cores shall be removable by a special control key. The control key shall have no cuts in
common with grandmaster keys which operate with shear line completely independent from the shear line of the
Grand-Master, Master, Sub-Master, and Operating Keys. All cores shall have a special limited byway. All cores
must be removable without removing the cylinder, knob, or core housing of any type lock or lockset. The
removable core shall be instantly interchangeable without modification for use in any lock throughout the system.
All parts of the interchangeable removable core shall be extruded brass with BHMA 626 finish for exposed to view
surfaces. All pin segments that come in contact with the inserted key must be of nickel silver metal. All cores must
                                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                   P0001


be recombinant by removing pin segments of one individual barrel without disturbing the seal or pins of the other
barrels of the same core. Cores shall be so designated that where the key is inserted into the core, spacing of the key
buts beneath the proper core barrels is by the location of the nose of the key against a key stop on the rear of the
core. All interchangeable cores are to be marked on the side so as to conceal marking until removed by special
control key. All cut keys are to be identified with corresponding markings. All keys, cut, and blank, are to be
stamped "U.S. GOVERNMENT, DO NOT DUPLICATE".

9K.2.7.1.2 Key Combination: The Contractor shall supply a key combination for the broaching of keys by code and
not from a pattern key. The key combinator shall be of rugged heavy duty construction, capable of cutting nickel
silver keys in continuous use to extremely accurate limits. The combinator shall cut the key with a punch and die
arrangement and shall provide for cutting seven individual cuts along the length of the key, plus one additional cut
for shaving the nose of the key. Each cutting position providing proper variations of cutting depth in equal
increments. The combinator shall provide a positive method of locating the key blank in the correct position for
cutting required combinations.

9K.2.7.2 Latchsets: Latchsets shall be Series 4000; Grade 2, Function F75 or F76. Latchsets shall be provided
complete with knobs, roses, rose liners, rose thimbles, latch units, strikes, and fasteners.

9K.2.7.3 Locksets: Locksets shall be Series 4000; Grade 1 and 2, Function F81. Locksets shall be provided
complete with knobs, roses, rose liners, rose thimbles, latch units with auxiliary latches, strikes, and fasteners.
Locksets shall have the lock cylinders specified above.

9K.2.7.4 Mortise Locks: Mortise locks shall be Series 1000, Grade 1, Function F01, F02 or F04. Mortise locks
shall be provided complete with knobs, turnpieces, escutcheons, armored fronts, latch bolts, dead bolts, strikes, and
fasteners. Mortise locks shall have the lock cylinders specified above.

9K.2.7.5 REINFORCER KIT: Install door reinforcer kits to wood doors as directed by Contracting Officer and
identified Task Orders and Contract Price Schedule, in accordance with Section C-9L, Interior and Exterior Wood
Doors, paragraph

9K.2.8 SLIDING AND FOLDING DOOR HARDWARE: Sliding and folding door hardware shall conform to
ANSI A156.14, and be the type and finish which matches the items being replaced.

9K.2.8.1 Bi-Folding Door Hardware: Bi-folding door hardware shall be D8622.

9K.2.8.2 Bi-Passing Door Hardware: Bi-passing door hardware shall be D8742.

9K.2.8.3 Pocket Door Hardware: Pocket Door hardware shall be D8092 for single door applications and D8722 for
double door applications.

9K.2.8.4 Door Pulls: Door pulls shall be surface mounting or mortise type and the size which matches the items
being replaced.

9K.2.9 STRAP AND TEE HINGES, AND HASPS: Strap and tee hinges, and hasps shall conform to ANSI
A156.20, and be the type, size and finish which matches the items being replace.

9K.2.9.1 "T" Hinges: "T" hinges shall be 4 1/2 by 1 3/4 inches and A82212.

9K.2.9.2 Hasps: Hasps shall be 4 1/2 inch and A83232.

9K.2.9.3 Chain Bolts: Chain bolts shall be 6 inch and D8522.

9K.2.10 THRESHOLDS: Thresholds shall conform to ANSI A156.21, and be the type, size and finish which
matches the items being replaced.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


9K.2.10.1 Metal Thresholds: Metal thresholds shall be one piece, .125 inch thick extruded aluminum, 4 inches
wide, and have a nonmetallic thermal break. Metal thresholds shall be of sufficient height or adjustable to make
contact with door sweeps. Type and size o match existing.

9K.2.10.2 Marble Thresholds: Marble thresholds shall be type, color and size which matches the item being
replaced. Marble thresholds shall be installed and coordinated with Ceramic Tile, Section C-9J.

9K.2.11 APARTMENT LETTERS, BUILDING NUMBERS AND OCCUPANT
NAME SIGNS: Apartment letters, building number and occupant names sign holders shall be the type and size
which matches the items being replaced.

9K.2.12 WINDOW HARDWARE: The Contractor shall replace all window hardware missing or determined by
the Contracting Officer to be unserviceable with new hardware to match existing being replaced.

9K.2.13 CABINET HARDWARE shall conform to ANSI A156.9. The Contractor shall replace all cabinet
hardware missing or determined by the Contracting Officer to be unserviceable, with new hardware to match
existing being replaced.

9K.3 EXECUTION:

9K.3.1 GENERAL: The contractor shall repair and replace builders' hardware as a part of Service Order
Maintenance and Change of Occupancy Maintenance. Replacement shall be by Task Order which will designate
locations and items of work to be accomplished for Specific Ordered Items for Replacement. Contract prices for
builder's hardware shall include removal and disposal of existing deteriorated, missing hardware for doors and
windows, including all trim. The contractor shall repair and replace builder’s hardware in the quantities indicated on
Task Orders.

9K.3.2 INSTALLATION: The installation of hardware shall be accomplished in accordance with the hardware
manufacturer's written installation instructions and DHI Publication: "Recommended Locations for Builders
Hardware"

9K.3.3 KEYING: Locks installed by the Contractor shall be keyed to be consistent with one of Fort Jackson's
previously established master key systems. Keying information will be provided to the contractor by the Director of
Logistics and Engineering (DLE) Locksmith, General Maintenance Support Section, Building 2601.

9K.3.4 KEYS: The contractor shall provide four (4) keys for each entrance locks installed and/or re-keyed. The
contractor shall provide three (3) keys for each storage shed/building/room lock installed and/or re-keyed. All 4
keys shall be turned in to the Contracting Officer. See Section C-9, paragraphs 9.3.13 thru 9.3.13.1.2 for key
distribution.

                                             END OF SECTION C-9-K
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001


                                                       C-9L

                                            TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                                 9L-INTERIOR AN EXTERIOR WOOD DOORS


9L. GENERAL:

9L.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment,
supervision, and materials, and performing all work in connection with repair, restoration or replacement of
deteriorated, damaged, warped or unserviceable interior and exterior wood doors in and on facility and
appurtenances, in strict accordance with these specifications and as directed by the Contracting Officer.

9L.1.1.1 RELATED WORK: The work covered in this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with
Carpentry Sections C-9F and C-9G, Locksets and Hardware C-9K; Section C-9H, Painting, Change of Occupancy
Maintenance Section, C-8 and Service Calls, Section C-7.

9L.1.2 PROTECTION: The Contractor shall protect adjacent areas when replacing doors. Any damage to adjacent
areas shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Government.

9L.1.3 SUBMITTALS: The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's descriptive literature for each type of door
proposed for use in work under this section. Materials to be submitted as per Submittal Section, C-12.

9L.2 MATERIALS:

9L.2.1 MATERIALS: Doors furnished under this section shall be products of manufacturer's regular by engaged in
the production of wood doors, and that comply with the most current design which conforms to the requirements
specified.

9L.2.2 GENERAL FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS:

9L.2.2.1 Adhesives: Adhesives shall conform to NWWDA I.S. 1 Series, Type I Bond for exterior doors and Type
II Bond for interior doors. All adhesives shall be non-staining.

9L.2.2.2 Edge Sealing: All wood end-grain exposed at edges of doors shall be sealed prior to shipment.

9L.2.2.3 Preservative Treatment: Doors for exterior applications (entrance and storage shed) shall have both sides,
all 4 edges, and penetrations for hardware water-proofed in accordance with NWWDA I.S. 4.

9L.2.3 GRADES OF DOORS:

9L.2.3.1 Doors to Receive a Natural Finish:

9L.2.3.1.1 Hardwood Veneer, Flush Doors: Grade 1, Book Matched.

9L.2.3.1.2 Hardwood or Softwood Paneled Doors: Premium or Select Grade.

9L.2.3.2 Doors to Receive a Paint Finish:

9L.2.3.2.1 Hardwood Veneer Flush Doors: Sound Grade.

9L.2.3.2.2 Lauan Veneer Flush Doors: Grade BB-SP.

9L.2.3.2.3 Hardwood or Softwood Louvered Bi-fold Doors: Standard Grade.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


9L.2.4 DOORS - GENERAL:

9L.2.4.1 INTERIOR WOOD DOORS: Size, thickness and type to match existing being replaced. The top and
bottom edges of doors shall be sealed with a clear water-resistent varnish (Fed. Spec. II-V-121H) or clear water-
resistant sealer prior to shipment. Doors shall be stored in fully covered well ventilated areas and protected from
changes of temperature and humidity. Doors shall be hollow core having a face veneer for paint or natural finish,
and shall be standard grade in accordance with NWMA I.S. 5 or sound grade hardboard faced in accordance with
NWMA I.S. 1. Doors shall have lock blocks. Each door shall bear a stamp, brand or other identifying marking
indicating quality and construction.

9L.2.4.2 EXTERIOR WOOD DOORS: Size, thickness and type to match existing being replaced. Doors shall be
water-repellant preservatives treated and so marked at plant in accordance with NWMA I.S. 4. Adhesives and
bonds shall be in accordance with NWMA I.S. 1, using requirements for Type 1 doors. Flush doors shall be solid
core conforming to NWMA I.S. 1 or I.S. 5. All paint finish doors shall be standard grade in accordance with
NWMA I.S. 5 or sound grade or hardboard face in accordance with I.S. 1. Solid core doors shall have block core
conforming to NWMA I.S. 1. Doors shall be prime painted before installation. Doors shall be stored in fully
covered areas and protected from changes of temperature and humidity.

9L.2.4.3 FULL LOUVERED WOOD BI-FOLD DOORS: Bi-fold louvered doors both metal and wood shall be
replaced with full louvered wood bi-fold doors, 1-1/8" thick. Doors shall be full louvered wood bi-fold, white pine,
2 door and 4 door (various widths), height 6'-8". Doors shall include all hardware (including tracks, hinges and
wood door knobs) and painting. Door installation shall be in an opening furred down to receive 6'-8" high doors.
Doors shall be adequately blocked to provide anchorage for louvers. Slats shall not be less than 3/16" thick for
louvers 18" and less in width, and shall not be less than 1/4" thick for louvers over 18" in width. Each complete set
of bi-fold doors shall be supplied with a factory pre-finished steel head track with adjustable upper door pivots and
steel tension springs.

9L.2.4.4 DOOR STANDARDS:

9L.2.4.4.1 Hollow Core Wood Flush Doors: Hollow core wood flush doors shall conform to FHDA 7, MWWDA
I.S. 1.1 and 1.3 thru 1.7. Doors shall be 7-ply construction, with solid wood rails, stiles, and lock blocks. Hollow
core doors shall be the thickness and size which match the doors being replaced. Doors shall be lauan, birch or oak
veneer as required to match the doors being replaced.

9L.2.4.4.2 Solid Core Wood Flush Doors: Solid core wood flush doors shall conform to FHDA 7, or NWWDA I.S.
1.1, 1.2 and 1.4 thru 1.7. Solid core doors shall be 7-ply construction with glued wood block or cores, solid wood
rails, stiles and lock blocks. Solid core doors shall be the thickness and size which match the doors being replaced.
Doors shall be lauau, birch or oak veneer as required to match the doors being replace.

9L.2.4.4.3 Louvered Wood Bi-fold Doors: Louvered wood doors shall conform to FHDA 7 or NWWDA I.S. 6.
Louvered doors shall be Douglas Fir or Western Hemlock, with solid wood stiles and rails, and have adequate
blocking to provide solid anchoring for wood louvers. Stiles and rails shall be free of finger joints. Wood louver
slats shall be not less than 3/16 inch for louvers 18 inches and less in width, and shall be not less than 1/4 inch for
louvers over 18 inches in width. Louvered doors shall be the thickness and size which match the doors being
replaced.

9L.2.4.4.4 Paneled Wood Doors: Paneled wood doors shall conform to FHDA 7 or NW-WDA I.S. 6. Paneled
doors shall be solid pine, with solid wood rails and stiles. Flat panels shall have a minimum finished panel thickness
of 5/8 inch, and raised panels shall have a minimum finished panel thickness of 3/4 inch. Paneled doors shall be the
thickness and size which match the doors being replaced.

9L.2.5 DOOR FRAMES: Wood door frames shall conform to WMMPA WM 1 and WM 3. When used for
exterior applications, wood door frames shall be waterproofed in accordance with NWWDA I.S. 4 or WMMPA
WM6, and have compression type weatherstripping. Door frames shall be the types and sizes required to match the
door frames being replaced.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


9L.2.6 DOOR SYSTEMS: When wood doors and frames are supplied as a system for exterior applications, the
door system shall meet or exceed the minimum performance standards set forth in NWWDA I.S. 610 and 620 when
tested in accordance with ASTM E283 and E331 or E547.

9L.2.7 FASTERNERS: Fasteners for door installation shall be cadmium or zinc plated steel, stainless steel, or
other non-corrosive metal.

9L.2.8 FIRE RATING: Wood doors and frames shall be fire rated as required to match the doors and frames being
replaced and bear an Underwriter's Laboratory, Inc. or Factory Mutual, Inc. label certifying conformance with the
applicable portions of NFPA 80 and 101.

9L.2.9 BI-PASSING DOORS: Each set of bi-passing doors shall be supplied with factory-pre-finished steel upper
and lower tracks, 4 steel door hangers, and 2 antique brass plated metal recessed door pulls.

9L.2.10 POCKET DOORS: Each pocket door or set of doors shall be
supplied with a factory-pre-finished steel head track, steel door hangers, nylon door guides, and antique brass plated
pocket door pull.

9L.2.11 WEATHER STRIPPING: Weather stripping for head and jamb protection shall be spring-tension type
with hemmed edges and shall be of bronze, aluminum, or corrosion resisting steel. Spring bronze or spring
aluminum alloy shall be not less than 0.008 inch thick; and corrosion resisting steel shall be not less than 0.005 inch
thick. Weather stripping for bottom of doors shall be of the surface mounted bulb type consisting of neoprene in an
extruded aluminum or bronze housing not less than 0.070 inch thick. Weather stripping for meeting stiles of double
doors shall be surface mounted neoprene-seal-type consisting of 1/8-inch thick neoprene in an extruded aluminum or
bronze housing not less than 0.065-inch thick. Installation as recommended by the manufacturer.

9L.2.12 GLASS for doors shall match existing being replaced. (See Glass and Glazing Specification, A-9I.)

9L.2.13 HARDWARE shall be installed in accordance with Section C-9K, Locksets , Miscellaneous Hardware.

9L.2.14 PAINTING shall be accomplished in accordance with Section C-9H, Painting.

9L.2.15 THRESHOLDS: Thresholds shall be the type, finish and size which matches the items being replaced.

9L.2.16 SWEEPS: Door sweeps shall be the type, finish and size which matches the items being replaced.

9L.2.17 REINFORCER KIT: Install door reinforcer kits to wood doors as directed by Contracting Officer and
identified on Task Orders and Contract Price Schedule, in accordance with Section C-9K, Locksets and
Miscellaneous Hardware, (Helps prevent forced entry.)

9L.2.18 VIEW FINDERS: Install view finders on solid wood doors that do not have glazed openings as directed by
Contracting Officer and identified on Task Orders and Contract Price Schedule, in accordance with Section C-9K,
Locksets and Miscellaneous Hardware, paragraph 9K.2.2.7.

9L.3 EXECUTION:

9L.3.1 GENERAL: The contractor shall repair and replace wood doors and components as a part of Service
Orders, and Change of Occupancy Maintenance. Replacement shall be by Task Order which will designate
locations and items of work to be accomplished for Specific Ordered Items for Replacement. Bid Prices for door
replacement shall include removal of builder's hardware from existing doors and frames; removal and disposal of
existing doors, frames, and trim; installation of new trim on both sides of the doors when frames are replaced;
priming and painting or staining and varnishing of new doors, frames, and trim; installation of existing builder's
hardware on new doors, unless new hardware is indicated on Task Orders; and installation of new doors.

9L.3.1.1 INSTALLATION: The replacement of wood doors shall be accomplished in accordance with the
manufacturer's written installation instructions and the following:
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001




9L.3.2 REPLACEMENT: During replacement of doors, remove existing builders hardware (including hinges,
lockset, weather stripping ,door pulls, door closers, kick plates, nameplate holders, striker plates, and miscellaneous
hardware), and reinstall existing builders hardware on new doors, unless new hardware is directed to be installed by
the Contracting Officer. Install new weather stripping on each new door installation.

9L.3.2.1 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR DOORS shall be fit, hung, and trimmed as required by the openings they
will close. Doors shall have a clearance of 1/8" at the sides and top and shall have a bottom clearance of 1/4" over
thresholds and 1/2" at other locations. The lock edge of doors shall be beveled at the rate of 1/8" in 2". Cuts made
on wood doors at the job shall be sealed immediately after cutting using a clear varnish or sealer. New weather
stripping shall be installed at exterior door openings to provide a weather tight installation. Doors and trim shall be
painted in accordance with painting specification. New trim shall match existing and shall be installed straight,
plumb, level and with closely fitted joints.

9L.3.2.2 FULL LOUVERED BI-FOLD DOORS: Doors shall be delivered wrapped individually in polyethylene
wrappers. Doors shall be stored in fully covered, well ventilated areas and protected from extreme changes in
temperature and humidity before installation. Relative humidity should be not less than 30 percent or more than 60
percent. Hardware shall conform to hardware section. The Contractor shall replace existing metal or wood bi-fold
doors, hardware and metal tracks and modify wood header with new 2" x 4" headers and 2" x 2" side supports with
1/4" plywood BC grade with 3/4" x 1" molding to change door height from existing 7'-0" to 6'-8". The Contractor
shall install new full louvered wood bi-fold doors, hardware and tracks in size of opening.

9L.3.2.3 Caulking: Materials shall comply with Federal Specifications A-A-272, Type II, acrylic latex for caulking
all cracks and crevices at the door opening (inside the closet).

9L.3.3 REPAIR: The contractor shall repair wood doors as a part of Service Orders and Change of Occupancy
Maintenance. Door repair shall include the items listed below.

9L.3.3.1 WOOD PRIME DOORS: Replace damaged or missing glass, hardware, and other components as
specified. Replace deteriorated sweeps thresholds and weather stripping as specified and directed. Tighten and
adjust components and hardware so doors function properly.

9L.3.4 Re-glazing: Re-glazing shall be accomplished in accordance with the FGMA Glazing Manual and
applicable manufacturer's written installation instructions.

9L.3.5 Hardware: Replacement of door and window hardware shall be accomplished in accordance with commonly
accepted professional glazier practices and applicable manufacturer's written installation instructions.

9L.3.6 Component and Complete Unit Replacement: Doors and windows which are non-repairable or missing shall
be replaced with new components or complete units which match the items being replaced. Replacement shall be
accomplished in accordance with applicable portions of the above references and any applicable manufacturer's
written installation instructions.

9L.3.7 Additional Damage: Additional damage to doors, windows, or building surfaces caused by the Contractor
during the course of the work shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Government.

9L.3.8 CLEANUP: Glass shall have labels removed and be spotlessly clean immediately upon completion of the
repair work.

                                              END OF SECTION C-9L
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


                                                        C-9M

                                            TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                                           9M - CLEANING SERVICES

9M.1 GENERAL:

9M.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this specification consists of furnishing labor, supervision, materials,
supplies, and equipment and in performing all operations in connection with the cleaning services for the family
housing units, complete, in strict accordance with the specifications and subject to the terms and conditions of the
contract.

9M.2 MATERIALS: The Contractor shall furnish all materials and supplies
as required to satisfactorily perform all tasks specified in this contract.

9M.2.1 EQUIPMENT: The Contractor shall provide the type and quantity of
equipment necessary to provide cleaning services for the family housing units according to the conditions set forth
in these specifications and to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer. All equipment shall be equipped with
bumpers and guards and properly maintained according to the manufacturer's recommendations.

9M.2.1.1 All Electrical Equipment used shall be operated in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations. All equipment must operate on existing building circuits. The Contractor shall
not operate or attempt to operate equipment or combinations of equipment which requires power exceeding the
capacity of existing circuits. No defective equipment shall be permitted in operation.

9M.2.1 VACUUM CLEANER: The Contractor shall furnish and use
commercial type vacuum cleaners equipped with 6 amp motors and beater bars for
carpeted floors.

9M.2.2 CARPET SHAMPOOER: The Contractor shall furnish and use a
commercial carpet shampooer/deep soil extractor, upright design, with agitator brush and motor, storage tank,
compressor, dispenser, and shall have positive action vacuum. Shampoo shall incorporate an EPA registered
sanitizer and a soil retardant. The ph of the wet shampoo shall be between 9.0 and 10.5 for use on synthetic fibers
and shall be no higher than 9.0 for use on natural fibers.

9M.3 AREAS AND SURFACES TO BE CLEANED:

9M.3.1 WALLS, CEILINGS, WOODWORK, AND DOORS shall have all
marks, spider weds, dirt, and stains removed prior to washing of walls. Remove all dust from above door facings
and clean all light switches and electrical outlet plates.

 9M.3.2 WINDOWS, WINDOWS SCREENS, GLASS DOORS, STORM WINDOWS AND FRAMES: All
windows, window screens, glass doors, storm windows and frames to include window sills shall be cleaned. After
cleaning all traces of film, dirt, smudges, water, and other foreign matter shall have been removed from frames,
casings, sills, screens, and glass.

9M.3.3 RESILIENT FLOOR TILE: The entire floor shall be swept to include underneath and behind ranges,
refrigerators, and under edge of cabinets. After the floor has been swept, the entire floor surface, including corners,
abutments, under ranges and refrigerator shall be free of litter, dust, and foreign debris, including spots, spills and
heel marks.

9M.3.3.1 Strip, Floors: After the floors have been cleaned all vinyl tile shall be stripped to original tile surface.
Upon completion, the entire surface of the floor shall have a uniform shine with no traces of swirl marks, streaks, or
uneven waxing. There shall be no wax, splash marks or mop streaks on furniture, walls, or baseboards. Loose mop
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


strands shall be removed. No wax shall be applied to ceramic tile, quarry tile, wood, or concrete floors or splashed
on carpeted areas.

9M.3.4 CARPETED FLOORS: Where required all carpeted floors shall be thoroughly vacuumed using a beater bar
type vacuum cleaner. After being vacuumed, the carpeted floor shall be free of all visible soil, litter, and gum. Any
spots shall be removed. All tears, burns, and reveling shall be brought to the attention of the Contracting Officer
before work starts.

9M.3.4.1 Shampoo Carpet: After the carpeted floors have been vacuumed all carpet shall be shampooed. After
being shampooed, all traces of dirt, grime, spots, soil shall have been removed from the carpet, leaving it free from
all residue and foreign matter. There shall be no objectionable odor, no ill effect on appearance, or no shrinkage.
Moisture utilized in the cleaning operation shall be removed as necessary to permit the carpet to dry within 12 hours
under normal conditions.

9M.3.5 CERAMIC TILE FLOORS shall be mopped. After being mopped, the floor shall have a uniform
appearance, with no streaks, swirl marks, detergent residue, or any evidence of oil, stains, film, debris, or standing
water. There shall be splash marks, streaks, or residue on walls, baseboards, or mop strands remaining in the areas.

9M.3.6 SHEET VINYL FLOORING shall be mopped. After being mopped, the floor shall have a uniform
appearance, with no streaks, swirl marks, detergent residue, or any evidence of oil, stains, film, debris, or standing
water. There shall be splash marks, streaks, or residue on walls, baseboards, or mop strands remaining in the areas.

9M.3.7 RANGES shall be thoroughly cleaned to include removal of food particles, grease, fingerprints, and rust.
Heating units shall be raised for cleaning on electric ranges. Crumb racks under burners shall be cleaned. Remove
burners to clean. Remove and clean thoroughly the broiler pan, top and bottom, and replace. All removable parts
shall be removed and cleaned thoroughly to include back, side, front wall behind stove and floor underneath. Clean
oven with commercial oven cleaner. Remove oven cleaner residue from oven. Do not use oven cleaner on burners.

 9M.3.8 REFRIGERATORS shall be defrosted and all racks and walls cleaned inside and outside. Clean ice trays,
racks, vegetable trays, rubber gaskets, drip pan, metal bars behind refrigerator, butter dish and egg trays.
Refrigerators shall be free of dirt, dust, grease, and food particles. Refrigerators shall be plugged in and set on one
(1). Areas underneath the refrigerator, behind the refrigerator, on the sides, back coil area and on the top shall be
cleaned.

9M.3.9 KITCHEN CABINETS: All shelving paper, nails, and hooks shall be removed from the cabinets and the
cabinets thoroughly cleaned of all stains, dust, and grease inside and out to include on top. Clean all handles and
hardware on cabinets. Drawers will be staggered open to facilitate inspection.

9M.3.10 BATHROOM VANITIES: All shelving paper, nails, and hooks shall be removed from the vanities and
the vanities thoroughly cleaned of all stains, dust, and grease inside and out to include on top. Clean all handles and
hardware on cabinets. Drawers will be staggered open to facilitate inspection.

9M.3.11 VENETIAN BLINDS shall be cleaned of all dust, dirt, and marks.

9M.3.12 EXHAUST FANS shall be removed and thoroughly cleaned of all grease. Vents shall be cleaned of
grease as far as you can reach in vent. Replace vent but leave cover off, clean vent screen.

9M.3.13 LIGHT FIXTURES: Remove, wash, and replace all light globes. After cleaning there shall be no signs of
dirt, lint, film, or streaks.

9M.3.14 SINKS: Clean and disinfect sinks using a germicidal detergent. After cleaning, all surfaces shall be free
from streaks, stains, soil, and cleaning residue. All chrome shall be polished streak free shine.

9M.3.15 GARBAGE DISPOSALS: Remove stopper and clean thoroughly.

9M.3.16 TRASH CANS shall be emptied and cleaned.
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001




9M.3.17 DISHWASHERS shall be cleaned of all stains and food particles. Clean gasket.

9M.3.18 CURTAINS shall be steam cleaned, pressed, and re-hung.

9M.3.19 VENTS: Clean all small vents in place. Remove, clean, and replace all large vents.

9M.3.20 CLOSETS: Clean all closet walls, shelves, ledge behind doors, tracks, base boards, corners, and strip
floors. After cleaning all surfaces shall be free from dirt, smudges, and other foreign matter.

9M.3.21 WATER HEATER AND FURNACE ROOMS shall be cleaned to include dusting and cleaning of pipes,
water heaters, floors, ledges behind doors, tracks, and doors. After cleaning, all surfaces shall be free from dust,
smudges, and other foreign matter.

9M.3.22 STAIRWAYS shall be straw broom swept and cleaned of all dust, stains, marks, and spider webs to
include cleaning of corners. Wash walls and clean rails. Do not wax stairs.

9M.3.23 TUBS: Clean and disinfect tubs using a germicidal detergent. After cleaning, all surfaces shall be free
from streaks, stains, soil, and cleaning residue. All chrome shall be polished.

9M.3.24 SHOWERS: Clean and disinfect showers using a germicidal detergent. After cleaning, all surfaces shall be
free from streaks, stains, soil, and cleaning residue. All chrome shall be polished.

9M.3.25 TOILET BOWLS: Clean and disinfect toilet bowls using a germicidal detergent. After cleaning, all
surfaces shall be free from streaks, scale, stains, soil, and cleaning residue.

9M.3.26 MEDICINE CABINETS shall be cleaned inside and outside to include removing cleaning, and replacing
shelves, cleaning cabinet door and mirror. Where applicable, clean vanity inside and on top to include doors, handles
and all hardware.

9M.3.27 MIRRORS: Clean mirrors to remove all streaks, film, deposits, and stains.

                                             END OF SECTION C-9M
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


                                                        C-9N

                                            TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                                                 9N - BALCONIES


9N.1 GENERAL

9N.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of specification consists of furnishings all labor, equipment,
supervision, and materials and performing all work in connection with repair to second story balcony decks on "M"
Type units of the FY 71 Housing. Repairs shall include removing all deteriorated materials, replacing with new
materials of like size, painting all new and old wood surfaces of balcony deck (color to match the existing) and
refinishing deck with polyurethane coating, complete, in strict accordance with these specifications.

9N.2 MATERIALS: All materials shall conform to the respective specifications and other requirements specified
herein and shall be the standard product of the manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of the product.
Materials that are not covered herein by a specification or other requirements specified shall be of the size and type
removed. No substitutions will be made without prior approval of the Contracting Officer.

9N.2.1 Lumber, Woodwork and Plywood shall be pressure preservative treated, in accordance with AWPB
Standard LP-2.

9N.2.1.1 Preservative Treatment and Grade Marking: Each piece of Southern Yellow Pine for miscellaneous
framing, miscellaneous trim and plywood sheeting shall bear the grade mark of the American Wood Preservers
Bureau (AWPB).

                      Use                                  Grade                     Species
                      Treatment

                      Misc Framing                         No. 2                     Southern Pine
                      Waterborne (LP-2)
                       Blocking

                      Misc Trim                            C or Better               Southern Pine
                      Waterborne (LP-2)


Use                   Grade                                Species                   Treatment

                      Plywood Sheeting                     Grade C-C,                Group 1,2,3
                      Waterborne (LP-2)
                                                           Plugged,                  or 4
                                                           Exterior

9N.2.1.2 Preservative Treatment: Lumber and plywood shall be pressure preservative treated in accordance with
the American Wood Preservative Bureau (AWPB) quality control standards and the American Wood Preservers'
Association (APWA), quantities and penetrations required.

9N.2.1.3 Pressure Treatment for Above Ground. Use on all softwood lumber and plywood shall be performed
according to AWPB Std LP-2 using waterborne preservatives in accordance with AWPA. All treated materials shall
comply with AWPB Std LP-2, for treatment, marking and moisture content.

9N.3 Paint: Prime paint shall conform to Mil Spec P-28582. Finish paint shall conform to Federal Specification
TT-P-19. Color shall be 33727, "Gold Tone", in accordance with Federal Standard 595A. All base paint shall be
"lusterless".
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001




9N.3.1 The Paint specified above is ready-mixed and normally requires no thinning but if thinning is necessary, a
thinner not to exceed 1/2 pint per gallon may be added, if approved by the Contracting Officer. Thinner shall only
be added in the presence of the Contracting Officer. Under no circumstances will varnish, linseed oil or drying oils
be added before application. The paint is applied must meet the requirements of the applicable federal specification
or military specification.

9N.3.2 Color: The paint color shall conform to the TM-5-807-7, Color Chart VIII for exterior surfaces of family
housing quarters, number refers to Federal Standard 595A and apply specifically to this contract.

9N.3.4 Balcony Deck System: The balcony deck coating shall be an elastomeric polyurethane water proofing
system designed for pedestrian traffic on balcony decks. Balcony decks presently have a traffic coating similar to
Peda-Gard II as supplied by the Neograd Corporation. The new deck coating system shall have the following salient
performance requirements:

9N.3.5 Nails shall conform to Federal Specification FF-N-105.

9N.4 Repair Second Story Balcony: The contractor shall be responsible for making all repairs to deteriorated areas
of balcony decks. Repairs shall include, but not be limited to removing deteriorated materials, replace with new
lumber, cover deck as directed and paint all wood members of the balcony, ceiling below and trim members.

9N.4.1. Framing and blocking lumber used for unexposed purposes such as joists, shall be treated, grade 2, SYP, air
diced with a moisture content of 19% or less, size as equal. Framing and blocking lumber used in exposed situations
such as handrails, guardrails, etc., shall be treated, Grade 2, SYP, air diced with a moisture content of 19% or less,
size as required. Each piece of lumber shall bear the official trademark and grade mark of the manufacturer's
association or the authorized inspection bureau under whose rules the lumber is manufactured, graded, treated and
purchased.

9N.4.1.1 Nails for unexposed framing shall be 16d, Type II, Style 4, flat head, diamond point, cement coated, in
accordance with Fed. Spec.

FF-N-105. Nails for exposed lumber shall be 16d, Type II, Style 4, flat head, diamond point, zinc coated in
accordance with Fed. Spec. FF-N-105.

9N.4.2 Miscellaneous Trim, Facia, and Vertical boards for use in repairing balcony decks shall be C and better,
SYP, kiln dried with a moisture content of 12% or less, treated, size as required. Each piece of lumber shall bear the
official trademark and grademark of the manufacturer's association or the authorized inspection bureau under whose
rules the lumber is manufactured, graded, treated and purchased. Install 1 5/8" x 3 5/8" hardwood nosing, cut
around steel tubes and extend over the edge for drip. See detail 2/52, included as part of these specifications.

9N.4.2.1 Nails used with miscellaneous boards shall be 8d and 10d, Type II, Style 4, flat head, diamond point,
cement coated in accordance with F.S. ff-N-105.

9N.4.3 Balcony Deck: Plywood used for balcony flooring shall be 3/4" thick and plywood used for ceiling below
shall be 3/8" thick, Grade C-C, plugged, exterior, air dried with a moisture content of 12% or less, treated, sized as
required. Each piece of plywood shall bear the official trademark and grademark of the manufactured, graded,
treated and purchased. A maximum of 1/16" spacing between new and existing plywood (deck).

9N.4.3.1 Nail used for installation of balcony flooring shall be 6d, Type II, Style 15, hardened steel, casing head,
                        diamond point, mechanically deformed shank, zinc coated in accordance with F.S. Drive
                        nails flush with surface. Do not countersink.

9N.4.4 Painting: Exposed new wood surfaces shall receive a prime coat of paint conforming to Mil Spec P-28582
and one (1) finish coat of paint conforming to Fed. Spec. TT-P-19. Prime paint shall contain a fungicide
incorporated into the paint by paint manufacturer, and shall dry twenty-four (24) hours before finish coat is applied.
Existing wood surfaces not requiring replacement shall receive one (1) finish coat of paint to match the new wood
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


surfaces, providing a uniformly painted balcony deck. The ceiling below, handrail, fascia board and trim members
shall be included. Existing plastic surfaced hardboard wall panels with battens shall not be painted.

9N.4.5 Balcony Deck Coating Film: Deck surfaces to receive polyurethane coating film shall be made uniform,
clean, dry, free of ridges, sharp projections and other defects. The polyurethane film shall be applied by squeege,
power roller, hand roller, or combination of all three. Coat all cracks, joints and other damaged areas with several
applications or polyurethane coating film prior to applying base coat. Extend coating a minimum of two (2) inches
on either side of joints, cracks and torn existing film. Fill 1/16 inch space between new and existing plywood with
caulking compound containing one (1) part polyurethane.

9N.4.5.1 Base Coat: Apply one (1) gal per 100 square feet of polyurethane coating materials to new wood surfaces
in two (2) coats to yield an average of 12 mils. Extend base coat over the new hardwood nosing and new plywood
deck surfaces.

9N.4.5.2 Wearing Surface Coat: Apply one (1) gallon per 100 square feet of coating materials to all surfaces in two
(2) coats to yield an average of 12 dry mils. Extend the wearing coat over the entire surface of the balcony decks.
Total film thickness over existing polyurethane coating system shall average 12 dry mils. Total film thickness over
new wood surfaced shall average 24 dry mils. Color shall be gray.

9N.4.5.3 Seal Surface Coat: Immediately after applying wearing coat, broadcast properly graded, evenly
distributed, hard (6.5 + Moh's scale) quartz aggregate at the rate of five (5) pounds per 100 square feet. When dry,
sweep off the excess aggregate and re-coat surface with 2/3rd gallon per 100 square feet of seal surface coat material
to yield an average of 8 dry mils. Total system coating thickness over new plywood surfaces shall average 32 dry
mils, exclusive of aggregate. Total system coating thickness over existing polyurethane coating shall average 20 dry
mils, exclusive of aggregate. Color shall be gray.

9N.4.5.3.1 Special Notes: Total polyurethane system over new plywood surfaces shall consist of 2 2/3 gals. per 100
square feet, providing a protective coating of 32 dry mils. Total system over existing coating shall consist of 1 2/3
gals. per 100 square feet, providing a protective coating of 20 dry mils. System shall be coated with specified
aggregate. Plywood shall be secured with coated nails as specified, plywood secured with 1/16 inch spaces. Joints
and cracks properly treated with polyurethane caulking and coatings. Clean all existing surfaces with solvent.
Polyurethane coating system shall be applied by licensed applicator.

                                              Quantitive Requirements
                                   Elastomeric Polyurethane Waterproofing System

PHYSICAL PROPERTY                               RESULTS                   ASTM TEST METHOD
Fire Resistance of System            UL 790 Class “A” over non-           E108
                                     combustible deck
Tensile Strength (Min. @ break)      2000 PSI (14040 kgf/m)               D412
Elongation of Break at 75 deg. F     400%                                 D412
(23.8 deg C), % Min.
Permanent Set at Break % Min.        10%                                  D412
Hardness                             80 to 87 Shore A                     D2240
Tear Resistance                      250 lbs per linear inch (446.3       D1004
                                     kgf/m)
Abrasion                             15 mg loss                           C501 Taber Abrasion; 1000 Rev.
                                                                          with 1000 gm/wheel psig; CS-17
                                                                          wheels
Adhesion to Substrate (lbs/in        30 lbs/inc. (53.6 kgf/m)             D903
min).
Weather Stability (heat/cold)        Maintains Flexibility; -40° F to
                                     +180° F
Thermal Shock                        No loss of Adhesion; Alternate
                                     heat/cold cycle
                                                                           W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                      P0001


Weathering Resistance            Slight Caulking;            D822
                                 weather-ometer 350 hours
Moisture Vapor Transmission at   1.97 Perms                  Procedure E
30 Mil (1.3 Metric Perms)




                                        END OF SECTIONC9-N
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001


                                                        C-9

                                               Technical Provisions

                                                9P - ELECTRICAL

9P.1 GENERAL

9P.1.1 Scope: The work covered by this specification consists of furnishings all labor, supervision, equipment and
materials, and in performing all work in connection with the repair and replacement of defective, deteriorated,
damaged and missing interior and exterior electrical components required in this project, with all mounting and
electrical connections.

9P.1.1.1 RELATED WORK: The work covered in this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with
Section C-9W, Residential Appliances; Section C-9A, Range Hoods; Section C-10, Recurring Equipment and
Facility Maintenance; Change of Occupancy Maintenance Section C-8; and Service Calls, Section C-7.

9P.1.2 PROTECTION: The Contractor shall protect adjacent areas when performing electrical work. Any damage
to adjacent areas shall be repaired by the contractor at no additional cost to the Government.

9P.1.3 SUBMITTALS: The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's descriptive literature for each type of electrical
item proposed for use in work under this section. Materials to be submitted as per Submittal Section, C-12.

9P.2 Materials: Materials and equipment shall conform to the respective publication and other requirements
specified in these specifications and shall be the products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of
such products and the most current design which conforms to the requirements specified.

9P.2.1 CABLE AND WIRING: Cable and wiring shall conform to UL 44, UL 62, UL 83, UL 493, UL 719, or UL
854 as appropriate for the application, and be the type and size which matches the cable and wiring being replaced.

9P.2.2 CIRCUIT BREAKERS: Circuit breakers shall be molded case type, and conform to UL 489 and NEMA AB
1, and be the size which matches the breakers being replaced.

9P.2.3 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS: Conduit and fittings shall conform to UL 1, UL 3, UL 6, UL 360, UL 514B,
UL 651, UL 651A, or UL 797 as appropriate for the application, and be the type and size which matches the conduit
and fittings being replaced.

9P.2.4 CONNECTOR AND LUGS: Connectors and lugs shall conform to UL 486A or UL 486B as appropriate for
the application, and be the type and size which matches the connectors and lugs being replaced.

9P.2.5 COVERS: Covers for outdoor ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) receptacles shall be horizontal
mounting, single-gang, weatherproof, corrosion resistant die cast aluminum, with self-closing lid, neoprene gaskets,
baked-on gray enamel finish, and stainless steel mounting screws. Cover shall be the type and size which matches
the covers being replaced.

9P.2.6 DOORBELLS: Doorbells shall consist of a wall mounted two-tone chime, transformer, and lighted
outdoor wall push-button. Doorbells shall be 120 Volts, 60 Hertz, AC.

9P.2.7 FLOURESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES: Fluorescent lighting fixtures shall conform to UL 1570, and
be the type, style, and size indicated on the drawings at the end of this section, or which match the fixtures being
replaced. Fixtures shall be supplied with the lamps indicated. Fixtures shall have energy conserving ballast and
lamps.

9P.2.8 GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS: Ground-fault interrupter circuit breakers shall conform
to UL 943. Ground-fault interrupter receptacles shall conform to NEMA Wd 1, UL 498 and UL 943. Ground-fault
interrupter receptacles shall be duplex, 15 or 20 amp, 125 volt, 2 pole, 3 wire, ivory, Class A, Group I, and premium
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


Specification Grade. Ground-fault interrupter receptacles shall be Leviton Catalog No. 6199-XI, Hubbell Catalog
No. GF-52621, or an approved equal. They will be installed in properly sized conduit mounting boxes.

9P.2.9 INCANDESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES: Incandescent lighting fixtures shall conform to UL 1571,
and be the type, style and size indicated on the drawings at the end of this section, or which match the fixtures being
replaced. Fixtures shall be supplied with the lamp indicated.

9P.2.10 METALLIC OUTLET BOXES AND FITTINGS: Metallic outlet boxes and fittings shall conform to UL
514A and UL 514B as appropriate for the application, and be the type and size which matches the boxes and fittings
being replaced.

9P.2.11 NONMENTALLIC OUTLET BOXES: Non-metallic outlet boxes, flush-device boxes, and covers shall
conform to UL 514C, and be the type and size which matches the boxes being replaced.

9P.2.12 PHOTOELECTRIC SWITCHES: Photoelectric switches for outdoor lighting control shall conform to UL
773A, and be the type and size which matches the switches being replaced.

9P.2.13 RECEPTACLES: Receptacles shall conform to UL 498 and NEMA WD 1, and be the type, size and color
which matches the receptacles being replaced. Power receptacles shall conform to UL 231 and NEMA WD 1, and
be the type, size, and color which matches the receptacles being replaced. Convenience receptacles shall be
Premium Specification grade. Receptacles shall be the following Leviton catalog numbers or approved equals:

Description                                   Rating                              Leviton Cat No.
Single Receptacles                            15A/125V                            5015
Single Receptacles                            15A/250V                            5029
Single Receptacles                            20A/125V                            5801
Single Receptacles                            20A/250V                            5821

Duplex Receptacles                            15A/125V                            5014
Duplex Receptacles                            20A/125V                            5800

Flush Mount Power Receptacles                 20A/125-250V                        5821
Flush Mount Power Receptacles                 30A/125-250V                        5055 or 278
Flush Mount Power Receptacles                 50A/125-250V                        5051 or 279

Surface Mount Power Receptacles               30A/125-250V                        5054-2 or 55054
Surface Mount Power Receptacles               50A/125-250V                        5050 or 55050

9P.2.14 Smoke Detector: Shall conform to CID A-A-588, Model A, (1 Nov 1979), A-A-589 (1 Nov 1979) or A-A-
590 (1 Nov 1979) or A-A-591 (1 Nov 1979) and comply with UL Standard 217, "Smoke Detector, Single and
Multiple Station". Smoke alarm photoelectric type smoke detector, Model A Built-in type with pigtail power
connection, direct wired AC powered with battery back-up; sounds alarm, 85 DBA continuously, when air
particulate density exceeds critical levels delete ((or when the ambient air temperatures rises above 135 degrees F));
Power 120 vac; with automatic reset, and power-on indicator light.

9P.2.15 SURFACE METAL RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS: Surface metal raceways and fittings shall conform to
UL 5, and be the type and size which matches the metal raceways and fittings being replaced.

9P.2.16 SWITCHES: Switches and dimmers shall conform to UL 20 and NEMA WD 1, and be the type, size, and
color which matches the switches and dimmers being replaced. Switches shall be quiet type and Premium
Specification Grade. Dimmers shall be rotary type, push-on and push-off, and Specification Grade. Switches and
dimmers shall be the following Leviton catalog numbers or approved equals.

Description                                   Rating                   Levitron Cat No.
Single Pole Switch                            15A/120/277V                   54501
Double Pole Switch                            15A/120/277V                   54502
                                                                                                 W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                            P0001


3-Way Switch                               15A/120-277V                   54503
4-Way Switch                               15A/120-277V                   54504
Single Pole Incandescent Dimmer            600W/120V                      6681
Single Pole Incandescent Dimmer            1000W/120V                     61000
3-Way Incandescent Dimmer                  600W/120V                      6683
3-Way Incandescent Dimmer                  1000W/120V                     61000-3W
Single Pole Fluorescent Dimmer             1000W/120V                     6677

9P.2.17 WALL PLATES: Wall Plates for receptacles and switches shall be single, double, triple, or quadruple
gang; ivory or brown plastic or brushed stainless steel as necessary to match the wall plates being replaced.

9P.3 EXECUTION:

9P.3.1 GENERAL: The Contractor shall repair and replace electrical fixtures and components as a part of Service
Orders, and Change of Occupancy Maintenance. Replacement of fixture and components listed on the Contract
Price Schedule shall be by Task Order which will designate locations and items of work to be accomplished for
Specific Ordered Items of Replacement. Contract Prices for fixture and component replacement shall include
removal, disconnection and re-connections of wiring; removal, disposal of existing electrical fixtures and
components; and installation of all new and existing electrical hardware. Replacement of minor electrical
components not identified on the Contract Price Schedule shall be included in the Service Order cost and Change of
Occupancy Maintenance cost as applicable. Contract Prices for replacement of electrical fixtures and components
shall include modification as necessary if replacement component or fixture is different from the original
component, and repairing, priming and painting wall surfaces effected by the work.

9P.3.2 INSTALLATION: All electrical work shall be accomplished in accordance with the NFPA 70 and any
applicable manufacturer's written installation instructions. All wiring shall be copper. Replacement of electrical
components includes replacement of incidental electrical wiring and devices necessary to make complete, fully
functional installations free from defects and code violations.

9P.3.3 INTERIOR CATV (COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION) SYSTEMS REPAIRS: Interior CATV
system repairs shall consist of making all necessary repairs to existing interior CATV system, to assure cable TV
service reception (when occupant has applied for and paid necessary fees to local cable TV vendor) is available,
including replacing missing male end connector (treaded), and wall plate. New male end connector and wall plate
shall match existing equipment. CATV instruments and service are occupant responsibility.

9P.3.4 Carbon Monoxide Detects shall be equipped with a Sensorpak (Trade Mark) Module - First Alert, Model
FACO. Sensor-Pack sensor and a long life battery together in one replacement unit. CMD shall have a two (2) year
warranty on replacement sensor pack module.


                                            END OF SECTION C-9P
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


                                                         C-9

                                            TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                                        9Q - EXTERIOR STUCCO FINISH


9Q.1 GENERAL

9Q.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all plant, labor,
supervision, materials, and equipment and performing all work in connection with the repair or restoration of
existing stucco walls to include all appendences, complete, in strict accordance with these specifications and subject
to the terms and conditions of the contract.

9Q.1.2 SUBMITTALS: The contractor shall provide submittals in accordance with Section C-12, Submittals.

9Q.1.3 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Materials shall be delivered to the project site in the manufacturer's original
unopened containers with seals unbroken and labels, bearing brand name, name of manufacturer and manufacturer's
instructions. Materials shall be kept dry and protected from the weather and stored under covered.

9Q.2 MATERIALS:

9Q.2.1 EXTERIOR PLASTER shall be a factory prepared concentrated mixture coating of type I or II Portland
cement complying with UBC standard No. 26-1, Type E, glass fibers; Powerwall Glass Reinforced Stucco as
manufactured by Powerwall, Inc. or Powerwall of Arizona Inc. installed in accordance to their ICBO Report No.
3804, or other equivalent products installed in accordance to their respective ICBO Reports, or equal, premixed or in
concentrate form requiring only the addition of a measured amount of plaster sand and clean potable water.

9Q.2.2   BUILDING PAPER shall be asphalt saturated 15 pound rag felt conforming to ASTM D 226, Type 1.

9Q.2.3 WIRE LATH shall be 1 inch x 20 gauge galvanized steel woven wire fabric (stucco netting) complying
with UBC Table 47-B.

9Q.2.4 ACCESSORIES: Galvanized metal casing beads, drip/weep screeds, expansion joints, etc. Provide nails
and staples in compliance with Federal specification FF-N-105B.

9Q.2.5 POLYSTYRENE BOARD shall be 1 inch thick insulation board, manufactured from expanded polystyrene
beads meeting the physical properties listed under ASTM C578 and Federal Specification HH-I-524C with
minimum density of 2 pcf.

9Q.2.6 SAND shall be approved by the stucco applicator, free of salts, organic matter and other deterious
materials.

9Q.2.7 WATER shall be clean and supplied from a source intended for domestic consumption.

9Q.2.8 BONDING AGENT shall provide a permanent bond not affected by freezing, heat, acid, alkali, or
dampness, producing no discoloration to finish plaster surfaces, and complying with ASTM C631.

9Q.3 EXECUTION:

9Q.3.1 BUILDING PAPER: The contractor shall apply building paper at exterior walls, over studs, sheathing and
under polystyrene foam substrate. Install straight without sags in accordance with the Uniform Building Code,
lapping joints weatherboard fashion, not less than 2 inches horizontal and not less than 6 inches vertical.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


9Q.3.2 POLYSTYRENE BOARD: The contractor shall install polystyrene board over building with tight butt
joints staggered and supported on studs. Temporarily attach boards with galvanized staples or roofing nails,
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

9Q.3.3 LATH OR NETTING: The contractor shall install self-furred, furred lath or netting, when applied over all
substrates except un-backed polystyrene board, straight without sags or buckles. A slight overlapping of the edges is
permissible.

9Q.3.3.1 Lath or Netting shall be fastened securely to the framing members with nails, staples or screws at six (6)
inch intervals. The fasteners on wood studs with a minimum penetration of one (1) inch.

9Q.3.3.2 Provide necessary items straight and plumb. Secure to the framing members or tie to latch or netting with
galvanized tie wire.

9Q.3.3.3 Expansion or Control Joints shall be spaced 10 ft. apart, preferably to form a square of less than 150 sq. ft.
enclosed within the control joint perimeter.

9Q.3.3.4 Interior and Exterior Corners shall be spaced 10 ft. apart, preferably to form a square of less than 150 sq.
ft. enclosed within the control joint perimeter.

9Q.3.3.5 Openings: Fit all openings (doors, windows, etc.) with flashings prior to the application of any exterior
finish to prevent possible moisture penetration.

9Q.3.4 STUCCO: Stucco shall be mixed and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions or
recommendations. Colors shall match existing.

9Q.3.4.1 Base Coat: Trowel or Spray a base coat of stucco on to the metal lath. Trowel or rod smooth the base coat
and level in preparation for the texture finish coat.

9Q.3.4.2 Finish Coat: Apply the finish coat "Spanish Lace" texture, with integral color, over the base coat as soon
as the base coat has set up enough so that it will not be disturbed or damaged by the second application. The base
and texture finish coat must be brought up to a minimum three-eights (3/8) inch application.

9Q.3.4.3 Curing: After the stucco has taken its initial set, water cure by lightly fogging or misting the walls for a
minimum of forty-eight (48) hours. Remove droppings or splashings from concrete, masonry, or other finished
surfaces.

                                              END OF SECTION C-9Q
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001


                                                        C-9

                                           TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                   9R - AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS (RANGE HOODS)


9R.1 GENERAL:

9R.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all plant, labor,
supervision, materials, and equipment and performing all work in connection with the complete replacement; or
installation of new automatic fire extinguishing systems in range hoods and servicing of all automatic fire
extinguishing systems in range hoods, complete, in strict accordance with these specifications and subject to the
terms and conditions of the contract. Contractor personnel who remove/re-install or maintain fire extinguishing
systems will be certified by all governing agencies.

9R.1.2 SUBMITTALS: The contractor shall provide submittals in accordance with Section C-12, Submittals.

9R.2 MATERIALS:

9R.2.1 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS shall be Underwriters' Laboratories
(UL) listed or Factory Mutual System (FM) approved for their intended use in accordance with all applicable
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) National Fire Codes.

9R.3 EXECUTION:

9R.3.1 DESIGN, FABRICATION, AND INSTALLATION of fire protection systems shall be in accordance with
all applicable NFPA National Fire Codes and their respective appendices.

9R.3.2 SERVICING:

9R.3.2.1 Discharged Units: The Contractor shall be responsible for the re-servicing of all discharged canisters with
proper agent and pressure. Contractor personnel shall certified and be responsible for removing discharged canisters
and replacing them with new fully recharged canisters.

9R.3.2.2 Re-activating System: The contractor shall be responsible for re-activating the fire extinguishing system
due to the following:
1.) Change of Occupancy Maintenance (COM)
2.) Electrical Outage
3.) When requested by the Occupant
4.) When directed by the Contracting Officer
5.) When directed by the Fire Department

9R.3.2.3 Re-Setting Gas Valve: The Contractor shall be responsible for re-setting gas valve (at gas range) after loss
of electrical power has been restored to an individual unit or to all one hundred twenty-one (121) units and re-
lighting ALL gas pilots affected by the interruption for the units identified, in accordance with Section A-5,
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED ITEMS AND RESPONSIBILITIES, PARAGRAPH 5.9, UTILITY OUTAGES
("when gas service is interrupted") and this specification.

9R.3.2.4 Re-activating Red Button: The contractor shall be responsible for re-activating (re-setting RED Button
located in Kitchen Cabinet) extinguishing system as a result of electrical outage, during each Change of Occupancy
Maintenance (COM), and at the request of the occupant and/or the Contracting Officer.

9R.3.2.5 Scheduled Maintenance Operations: Each system will have it’s 6 year maintenance check performed and
12 year hydrostatic test IAW NFPA 10. Documentation of these services will be provided the Contracting Officer
and Fire Department.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001




9R.3.3 SCHEDULING INTERRUPTIONS AND COORDINATION: The Contractor shall notify the Contracting
Officer of all interruptions a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours, before starting work on any specific system. The
contractor shall also inform the Contracting Officer of the estimated period of time the system will be out of service
during each interruption. Interruptions shall be made only at the time or times approved by the Contracting Officer.
Equipment and standby systems shall be provided for building protection during interruption to the existing system.

9R.3.4 TESTS: All tests required by the applicable codes shall be performed in the presence of the Inspector,
Contracting Officer and a representative of the Fort Jackson Fire Prevention and Protection Department. Install and
test in accordance with NFPA No. 17 (dry chemical systems) or 17A (wet chemical systems). Maintenance of
existing units shall be in accordance with NFPA No. 10.

                                             END OF SECTION C-9R
                                                                                                 W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                            P0001


                                                       C-9

                                          TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
                                          9S - PATIO ENCLOSURES

9S.1 GENERAL:

9S.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all plant, labor,
supervision, materials, and equipment and performing all operations necessary for the repair and replacement of
patio enclosure parts and components required in this project.

9S.1.2 SUBMITTALS: Provide submittals in accordance with Section C-12, Submittals.

9S.2 MATERIALS:

9S.2.1 FRAMING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS shall be extruded aluminum with flat spline grooves for screening.
Extrusions shall comply with ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5.

9S.2.2 ROOF PANELS shall have non-siphoning, standing rib, interlocking risers with box end at one end. Panels
shall be insulated with minimum 2-1/2 inches thick expanded polystyrene insulation.

9S.2.3 GUTTERS AND FASCIAS: Formed aluminum, matching gutter and fascia with profile shaped for
stiffness. Gutter shall be concealed box formed type.

9S.2.4 DOWNSPOUTS shall be 3"x 4" aluminum.

9S.2.5 WALLS shall be .030 embossed finish, aluminum panel coil interior and exterior with 2 inch double foil
faced expanded polystyrene insulated in cavity.

9S.2.6 HORIZONTAL SLIDERS: Extruded aluminum two track frame and extruded aluminum removable sliding
sash with spline grooves and 10 mil thick vinyl glazing.

9S.2.7 SCREEN shall be 13 mil vinyl coated fiberglass screen, gray color, 20 x 30 mesh weather fabric balanced to
reduce solar heat and allowing outward vision and insect protection.

9S2.8 FASTENERS shall be aluminum or corrosion resisting steel. Fasteners for accessories shall be the
manufacturer's standard. Exposed roof fasteners shall be gasket or have gasket washers on the exterior side of the
covering to waterproof the fastener penetration. Washer material shall be compatible with the covering; have a
minimum diameter of 3/8 inch for structural connections; and gasket portion of fasteners or washers shall be
neoprene or other equally durable elastromeric material.

9S.3 EXECUTION:

9S.3.1 GENERAL: Installation shall be in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations or instructions.

                                            END OF SECTION C-9S
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001


                                                       C-9T

                                           TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
                                                9T - Plumbing

9T.1 GENERAL:

9T.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this specification consists of furnishing all labor, supervision, equipment and
materials, and in performing all work in connection with the repair and replacement of defective, deteriorated,
damaged and missing interior and exterior plumbing components required in this project, with all soldered and
screwed connections. This specification also consists of the replacement of existing deteriorated sanitary sewer pipe
(lateral/branch lines).

9T.1.1.1 RELATED WORK: The work covered in this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with
Service Call, Section C7, and Change of Occupancy Maintenance, Section C8, Refinishing Bathtubs, Section C-9B,
Vanity Countertop, Section C-9D, and Ceramic Tile and Shower Pan, Section C-9J.

9T.1.2 PROTECTION: The Contractor shall protect adjacent areas when replacing doors. Any damage to adjacent
areas shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Government.

9T.1.3 SUBMITTALS: The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's descriptive literature for each type of plumbing
item door proposed for use in work under this section. Materials to be submitted as per Submittal Section, C-12.

9T.2 MATERIALS:

9T.2.1 Materials: Materials and components required for this project shall conform to the respective publication
and other requirements specified in these specifications and shall be the products of manufacturer's regularly
engaged in the manufacture of such products and the most current design which conforms to the requirements
specified.

9T.2.2 ABS DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT (DWV) PIPE AND FITTINGS: ABS DWV pipe and fittings shall
conform to ASTM D2661.

9T.2.3 ANTISEIZING TAPE: Anti-seizing tape shall conform to Military Specification MIL-T-27730.

9T.2.4 BATHTUBS:

9T.2.4.1 Enameled Cast Iron Bathtubs: Enameled cast iron bathtubs shall conform to Federal Specifications WW-
P-541 and WW-P-541/3, SPN: CI109 (Right Hand) or CI110 (Left Hand) as required to match existing. Bathtubs
shall be white, recess type, 60 by 32 by 16 inches or 54 by 30 by 14 inches with straight front. Bathtubs shall be
furnished complete with brass trip-lever tub drain and overflow. Exposed parts of the tub drain and overflow shall
be chrome plated.

9T.2.4.2 Fiberglass Bathtubs: Fiberglass bathtubs shall conform to Federal Specifications WW-P-541 and WW-P-
541/3, SPN: NM304 (Right Hand) or NM305 (Left Hand) as required to match existing, and ANSI Z124.1.
Bathtubs shall be white, recess type, one-piece tub and wall surround, 60 by 32 by 16 inches with straight front,
built-in soap dish, and nailing flange. Bathtubs shall be furnished complete with brass trip-lever tub drain and
overflow. Exposed parts of the tub drain and overflow shall be chrome plated.

9T.2.5 CAST IRON DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT (DWV) PIPE AND FITTINGS: Cast iron DWV pipe shall
conform to ASTM A74. Cast iron DWV fittings shall conform to ANSI B16.12.

9T.2.6 COPPER WATER TUBE AND FITTINGS: Copper water tube shall conform to ASTM B88, Type M, L, or
K; or ASTM B641, Type D. Copper water tube fittings shall conform to ANSI B16.18 or ANSI B16.22.
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001


9T.2.7 FAUCETS: Faucets shall conform to Federal Specification WW-F-1910. Residential single control faucets
shall have an all-brass body and a single control to turn the water on and off and to regulate the volume and
temperature of the flow. The faucet shall be designed so the valve body has no wearing parts and all operating parts
shall be easily renewed without disconnecting the water supply lines. It shall have a water conservation device to
control the volume flow to no more than 2.50 gpm regardless of water pressure. The faucet should be of a cartridge
type design constructed so that all operating parts subject to wear are within the cartridge and are replaced as a
single unit. The cartridge shall be interchangeable with any other single-control faucets used from the same
manufacturer. The cartridge should be so designed to take advantage of any back-to-back installations and allow a
change in the polarity of the water without having to remove the cartridge or disconnect any water supply lines.
Double handle faucets shall have non-rotating rubber seals and renewable seats.

9T.2.7.1 Residentail Kitchen Faucets: Residential kitchen faucets shall be Moen Legend Model No. 7300, 8-inch
center set without spray, or Model No. 7310 with spray, or an approved equal. Replacement cartridges shall be
brass, Moen Model No. 1200, or an approved equal.

9T.2.7.2 Residential Lavatory Faucets: Residential lavatory faucets shall be Moen Legen Model No. 4420, 4-inch
center set with lift rod and waste assembly, or an approved equal. Replacement cartridges shall be brass, Moen
Model No. 1200, or an approved equal.

9T.2.8 FIBERGLASS SHOWER STALLS: Fiberglass shower stalls shall conform to Federal Specifications WW-
P-541 and WW-P-541/7, Part B, and ANSI A124.2. Shower stalls shall be white, recess type, one-piece receptor and
wall surround, 32 by 32 or 36 by 36 inches as required to match existing, with slip-resistant bottom, built-in soap
dish, and nailing flanges. Shower stalls shall be installed with 2-inch drains and removable strainers.

9T.2.9 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: Pipe hangers and supports shall conform to MSS SP 5, SP 69 and SP 89,
and be of such materials and design as to rigidly secure piping without causing damage to the piping, fittings, or
insulation.

9T.2.10 KITCHEN SINKS: Kitchen sinks shall conform to Federal Specifications WW-P-541 and WW-P-541/5.
Double compartment sinks shall be SPN: 427, and 32 by 21 by 7 inches deep. Sinks shall be ledge back type and
self-rimming. Sinks shall be 20-gauge stainless steel with type 302 satin finish, have spray-on sound deadening, and
be predrilled for 8-inch faucet centers and sprayer. Sprayer holes shall be plugged when faucets without sprayers
are installed. Sinks shall be furnished complete with crumb-cup type basket strainers with neoprene stoppers.
Faucets without sprayers will not be used unless approved by the Contracting Officer.

9T.2.11 LAUNDRY SINKS: Laundry sinks shall conform to Federal Specification WW-P-541 and WW-P-541/5,
SPN: 107, except that sinks shall be ABS or PVC plastic instead of enameled cast iron. Laundry sinks shall be not
less than 20 gallon, flat rim, single compartment, 23 by 25 by 35 (WxDxH), and have molded-in drain and steel
single stand.

9T.2.12 LAVATORIES:

9T.2.12.1 Drop-In Lavatories: Residential or commercial drop-in lavatories shall conform to Federal
Specifications WW-P-541 and WW-P-541/4, SPN: 219. Lavatories shall be white vitreous china, straight-front
apron, ledge back, 20 by 18 inches, with overflow, and 4-inch faucet centers.

9T.2.13 P-TRAPS: Exposed P-traps shall be chrome-plated brass. Unexposed P-traps may be approved material
compatible with DWV piping.

9T.2.14 PIPE NIPPLES: Pipe nipples shall conform to ASTM A733.

9T.2.15 PIPE THREADS: Pipe threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1.

9T.2.16 PVC DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT (DWV) PIPE AND FITTINGS: PVC DWV pipe and fittings shall
conform to ASTM D2665.
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001


9T.2.17 SHOWER HEADS: Shower heads shall conform to Federal Specification WW-S-1913, be adjustable and
have corrosion-resisting chrome plated brass bodies. Shower heads shall bel Moen Easy Clean Deluxe Model NO.
12320, vandal-proof, with arm, escutcheon and 2.75 gpm flow restrictor, or an approved equal.

9T.2.18 SHOWER RECEPTORS: Shower receptors shall conform to Federal Specifications WW-P-541 and WW-
P-541/7, Part B. Shower receptors shall be white cultured marble, pre-cast terrazzo concrete, or enameled steel, and
30 by 30 inches 32 by 32 inches, 36 by 36, or as required to match the shower receptor being replaced. Shower
receptors shall be installed with 2-inch drains and removable strainers.

9T.2.19 SHOWER AND TUB VALVES: Shower and tub valves shall conform to Federal Specifications WW-P-
541 and WW-P-541/7. Residential single control shower and tub valves shall have an all-brass body and a single
control to turn the water on and off and to regulate the volume and temperature of the flow. The shower and tub
valves shall be designed so that the valve body has no wearing parts and all operating parts shall be easily renewed
without disconnecting the shower and tub valve from the fixture on which it is mounted or disconnecting the water
supply lines. It shall have a water conservation device to control the volume flow to no more than 2.50 gpm
regardless of water pressure. The shower and tub valves should be of a cartridge type design constructed so that all
operating parts subject to wear are within the cartridge and are replaced as a single unit. The cartridge shall be
interchangeable with any other single-control shower and tub valves used from the same manufacturer. The
cartridge should be so designed to take advantage of any back-to-back installations and allow a change in the
polarity one of the water without having to remove the cartridge of disconnect any water supply lines. Shower and
tub valves shall be Moen Legen Model No. 72244 for showers and shower and tub combinations, or an approved
equal. Replacement cartridges shall be brass, Moen Model No. 1200,or an approved equal. Remodel cover plates
shall be chrome-plated, Moen Model No. 1920,or an approved equal.

9T.2.20 SILL COCKS: Sill cocks shall conform to Federal Specification A-A-232 and ASSE 1019. Sill cocks
shall be chrome plated brass or malleable iron, freeze proof, automatic draining, anti-back-flow type, and have 3/4-
inch MIP threaded hose connection.

9T.2.21 SOLDER: Solder shall conform to ASTM B32. Solder shall be used for above ground solder joint fittings
only. No lead containing solder may be used.

9T.2.22 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS: Black and galvanized steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A53, Schedule
40. Black and galvanized steel pipe fittings shall conform to Federal Specification Ww-P-521, ANSI B16.1, or
ANSI B15.3 as appropriate for the application.

9T.2.23 STOPS AND SUPPLY CONNECTIONS: Stops and supply connections shall be chrome plated brass,
threaded or sweat type.

9T.2.24 SUPPORTS: Supports for off-the-floor plumbing fixtures shall conform to ANSI A112.6.1.

9T.2.25 TRIM: Trim for water closet bowls, tanks, and urinals shall conform to Federal Specification A-A-238,
Military Specification MIL-V-29192, and ANSI A112.19.5.

9T.2.26 TUB DIVERTER SPOUTS: Residential tub diverter spouts shall conform to Federal Specifications WW-
P-541 and WW-P-541/7, and have corrosion-resisting chrome plated brass bodies. Tub diverter spouts shall be
Moen Model No. 1145 with 1/2-inch iron pipe threads, or an approved equal.

9T.2.27 TUB WASTES: Trip lever tub wastes shall be solid brass. Exposed parts of tub wastes shall be chrome
plated. Tub wastes shall be Moen Model No. 90410, or an approved equal.

9T.2.28 TUB DOORS: Tub and shower doors shall have anodized aluminum frames and tempered safety glass
panels which conform to ANSI Z97.1. Tub doors shall be 2-panel sliding type with integral towel bars/door
handles and adjustable ball bearing rollers. Tub doors shall be 56 inches high and fit tubs up to 60 inches wide.

9T.2.29 UNIONS: Unions shall conform to Federal Specifications WW-U-516, WW-U-531, or ANSI B16.39 as
appropriate for the application.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001




9T.2.30 VALVES: Valves shall conform to MSS SP 78 or SP 80 as appropriate for the application.

9T.2.31 Residential Water Closets: Residential water closets shall conform to Federal Specifications WW-P-541
and WW-P-541/1, SPN: SJRB101: Water closets shall be white vitreous china, siphon-jet, elongated bowl,
standard height, with floor outlet and close-coupled tank. Water closets shall be installed complete with the trim
specified and include all hardware.

9T.3 EXECUTION:

9T.3.1 GENERAL: The Contractor shall repair and replace plumbing components as a part of Service Orders, and
Change of Occupancy Maintenance. Replacement of plumbing components listed on the Contract Price Schedule
shall be by Task Order which will designate locations and items of work to be accomplished for Specific Ordered
Items of Replacement. Contract Prices for major plumbing component replacement shall include removal,
disconnections, and re-connections of supply piping and drains; removal and disposal of existing plumbing
components; and installation of all new and existing plumbing hardware. Replacement of minor plumbing
components not identified on the Contract Price Schedule shall be included in the Service Order Cost and Change of
Occupancy Maintenance Cost as applicable. Contract Prices for replacement of plumbing components shall include
modification of water supply and DWV piping because the replacement component is different from the original
component, and repairing, priming and painting wall surfaces effected by the work.

9T.3.1.1 INSTALLATION: All plumbing work shall be accomplished in accordance with the Uniform Plumbing
Code and any applicable manufacturer's written installation instructions. Electrical supply connections shall conform
to NFPA 70. Replacement of plumbing components includes replacement of incidental plumbing fittings and piping
and electrical devices and wiring necessary to make complete, fully functional installations free from defects and
code violations. When drumtraps are encountered during bathtub replacement, they shall be removed and replaced
with P-traps. The Contractor is responsible for shutting off and turning on building water supplies as necessary to
accomplish the work regardless of supply valve locations. Replacement of deteriorated branch or service sewer lines
between the building structure and the sewer main shall include excavation, removal and disposal of deteriorated
sewer pipe, replacement of sewer pipe with Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe in accordance with the Uniform
Plumbing Code. Ditch shall be back-filled and compacted in accordance with C-9C, Part 1, “Trenching, Back-filling
and Compaction”. Finish grade shall be smooth and grassed in accordance with C-9C, Part 5, Topsoiling, Finished
Grading and Seeding”. PVC pipe joint connections shall be made with elastomeric gasket joint in accordance with
the requirements of ATM D 3212. Branch connections shall be made using regular fittings for the conditions as
approved by the Contracting Officer.

9T.3.1.2 MISCELLANEOUS PLUMBING REPAIRS: Miscellaneous plumbing repairs shall include repair of all
types of leaky or inoperable faucets, stops, shower and tub valves, sill cocks, building water supply shut off valves,
water closet ballcocks, and water closet valves; replacement of leaky water closet floor flange seals and tank to base
seals; and water closet flush handles. Includes repairing and/or replacing sanitary drain lines from quarters to main.

9T.3.2 TESTING: All plumbing systems shall be tested in accordance with the Uniform Plumbing Code. As
supply piping shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 54.


                                             END OF SECTION C-9T
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001


                                                    C-9
                                            TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                             9U Playground and Recreational Equipment Maintenance

9U.1 GENERAL

9U.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment,
supervision and materials and performing all operations necessary for the repair and replacement of playground and
recreational equipment required in this project.

9U.1.2 GENERAL: The Contractor shall perform playground and recreational equipment maintenance listed in
Technical Exhibit -3 in accordance with this Technical Provision and the requirements specified in Section C-1
through C-8 and Technical Provisions C-9C, Part 4: Cast in Place Concrete; C-9F, Rough Carpentry; and C-9H,
Painting; and Section C-10 Recurring Equipment and facility Maintenance.

9U.1.3 PLAYGROUND AND RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE TASKS AND STANDARDS:
Playground and recreational
equipment maintenance includes the maintenance tasks and standards below. Playground and recreational
equipment maintenance shall be performed by the Contractor so that the results of his work meet or exceed the
performance standards indicated. When the minimum standards are not met, the Contractor shall be required to
perform the work until the standards are met, at no additional cost to the Government.

9U.1.3.1 Playground Equipment:

9U.1.3.1.1 Task: Maintain all playground equipment and component systems. The following maintenance and
repairs shall be performed on all playground equipment:

9U.1.3.1.1.1 Replace damaged, misaligned, frost heaved concrete equipment bases.

9U.1.3.1.1.2 Replace all bent, broken, deteriorated, rusted, worn, or missing metal structural members, components,
fasteners, and hardware.

9U.1.3.1.1.3 Replace all broken, splintered, or missing wood structural members and components.

9U.1.3.1.1.4 Replace all broken, splintered, or missing fiberglass and plastic components.

9U.1.3.1.1.5 Replace all broken, splintered, or missing miscellaneous components such as chains, rope, and steel
cable.

9U.1.3.1.1.6 Tighten all loose fasteners and hardware. Replace stripped-out fasteners.

9U.1.3.1.1.7 Lubricate all center hub bearings, races, and other turning type mechanisms.

9U.1.3.1.1.8 Clean rust from all painted surfaces, prime, and repaint.

9U.1.3.1.1.9 Re-weld all broken welded joints.

9U.1.3.1.1.10 Haul and spread sand on playgrounds to a depth of 6 inches above the surrounding grade. Contractor
will have access to the Government sand pit. Contractor will notify the DLE grounds section when they want to
sand.

9U.1.3.1.2 Standards:

9U.1.3.1.2.1 All damaged, misaligned, frost heaved concrete equipment bases replaced.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


9U.1.3.1.2.2 All bent, broken, deteriorated, rusted, worn, or missing metal structural members, components,
fasteners, and hardware replaced.

9U.1.3.1.2.3 All broken, splintered, or missing wood structural members and components replaced.

9U.1.3.1.2.4 All broken, splintered, or missing fiberglass and plastic components replaced.

9U.1.3.1.2.5 All broken, splintered, or missing miscellaneous components such as chains, rope, steel cable, and tires
replaced.

9U.1.3.1.2.6 All loose fasteners and hardware tightened. Stripped-out fasteners replaced.

9U.1.3.1.2.7 All center hub bearings, races, and other turning type mechanisms properly lubricated.

9U.1.3.1.2.8 All rust removed and painted surfaces primed and repainted.

9U.1.3.1.2.9 All broken welded joints re-welded.

9U.1.3.1.2.10 Haul and spread sand on playgrounds to a depth of 6 inches above the surrounding finish grade.
Contractor will have access to the Government sand pit. Contractor will notify the DLE grounds section when they
want to get sand.

9U.1.3.1.3 Task: Maintain basketball standards. The following maintenance and repairs shall be performed on all
basketball standards:

9U.1.3.1.3.1 Replace damaged, misaligned, frost heaved concrete basketball standard bases.

9U.1.3.1.3.2 Replace all bent, broken, deteriorated, rusted, worn, or missing structural members, components,
fasteners, and hardware.

9U.1.3.1.3.3 Tighten all loose fasteners and hardware. Replace stripped-out fasteners.

9U.1.3.1.3.4 Clean rust from all painted surfaces, prime, and repaint.

9U.1.3.1.3.5 Re-weld all broken welded joints.

9U.1.3.1.4. Standards:

9U.1.3.1.4.1 All damaged, misaligned, frost heaved concrete basketball standard bases replaced.

9U.1.3.1.4.2 All bent, broken, deteriorated, rusted, worn, or missing structural members, components, fasteners, and
hardware replaced.

9U.1.3.1.4.3 All loose fasteners and hardware tightened. All stripped-out fasteners replaced.

9U.1.3.1.4.4 All rust removed and painted surfaces primed and repainted.

9U.1.3.1.4.5 All broken welded joints re-welded.

9U.2 MATERIALS

9U.2.1 MATERIALS: Materials furnished under this section shall be standard products of manufacturers regularly
engaged in the production of the items, and the most current design which conforms to the requirements specified.

9U.2.2 PLAYGROUND AND RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT.
                                                                                                  W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                             P0001


9U.2.2.1 ADHESIVES AND FASTENERS: Adhesives and fasteners shall be the proper product for the intended
application. Adhesives shall be waterproof, and fasteners aluminum alloy, cadmium, zinc-plated steel, or other
non-corrosive metal. Fasteners shall be the Sizes required to match the items being replaced.

9U.2.2.2 CHAIN: Chain shall conform to ASTM A413. Chain shall be hot-dipped galvanized or zinc-plated steel
and the type and size required to match the items being replaced.

9U.2.2.3 EYEBOLTS: Eyebolts shall conform to ANSI B18.15. Eyebolts shall be cadmium or zinc plated steel,
shoulder type, weld on or threaded with flat washers and hex head nuts, and the sizes required to match the items
being replaced.

9U.2.2.4 HEX HEAD BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS: Hex head bolts, nuts and washers shall conform to ANSI
B18.2.1, B18.2.2, and B18.22.1. Hex head bolts, nuts, and washers shall be cadmium or zinc plated steel and the
sizes required to match the items being replaced.

9U.2.2.5 LUMBER: All lumber shall be pressure treated southern pine, conform to PS 20, be surfaced on all four
sides (S4S), and the size and type which matches the items to be replaced. Pressure treated lumber shall conform to
AWPA C2 and bear the AWPB Quality Mark LP 2. Each piece of visually graded lumber shall bear the stamp of a
nationally recognized lumber grading agency indicating the grading rules under which it was produced, species and
grade. Each piece of machine stress-rated lumber shall bear the stamp of a nationally recognized lumber grading
agency indicating the grading rules under which it was produced, species, correlated fiber stress in bending, and
modulus of elasticity. Lumber shall be the grades listed below and in the CRA Standard Specifications for SPIB
Grading Rules.

Minimum                                 Minimum                         Minimum
Fiber Stress                            Fiber Stress                    Fiber Stress
In Bending "Fb"      In Bending "Fb"    Elasticity
Lumber Use Category Single              Repetitive                      "E"
Light General Framing                    675                              775                             900,000

Beams and Stringers 1,150                1,300                           1,100,000
Minimum             Minimum             Minimum
                    Fiber Stress        Fiber Stress                    Fiber Stress
                    In Bending "Fb"     In Bending "Fb"                 Elasticity
Lumber Use Category Single              Repetitive                      "E"

Posts and Timbers      950               N/A                             1,300,000

Miscellaneous Boards No. 2 Common or Better                             N/A

9U.2.2.6 PAINT: Paint shall be ready-mixed aluminum type suitable for application over rusty steel surfaces and
conform to Federal Specification TT-P-38.

9U.2.2.7 READY-MIXED CONCRETE: Ready-mixed concrete shall conform to ASTM C94, and have a
compressive strength of 2,500 psi at 28 days.

9U.2.2.8 ROPE: Rope shall conform to Federal Specification T-R-650. Rope shall be manila or sisal and the sizes
required to match the items-being replaced.

9U.2.2.9 STEEL PIPE: Steel pipe for repair of playground equipment shall conform to ASTM A53. Steel pipe
shall be galvanized steel, and size and weight to match the items being replaced.

9U.2.2.10 STEEL PIPE CAPS AND TEES: Tees and caps shall conform to ANSI B16.3. Tees and pipe caps shall
be galvanized steel, threaded type, and the sizes required to match the items being replaced. Pipe caps shall be
installed on all open ends of pipe above ground.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


9U.2.2.11 STEEL WIRE: Steel wire shall conform to ASTM A460 or A641. Steel wire shall be copper or
galvanized steel with a minimum tensile strength of 900 pounds and the gauge required to match the items being
replaced.

9U.2.2.12 TURNBUCKLES: Turnbuckles shall conform to Federal Specification FF-T-791. Turnbuckles shall be
cadmium or zinc planted steel and the sizes required to match the items being replaced.

9U.2.3 BASKETBALL STANDARDS: Basketball Standards shall conform to the requirements of the NCAA.
Bolt plates shall be fabricated from steel plate which conforms to ASTM A36/A36M. Backboards shall be
fabricated from steel sheet which conforms to ASTM A525, A570/A570M or A611. Posts and braces shall be
fabricated from galvanized steel pipe which conforms to ASTM A53.

All hardware and fasteners shall be galvanized or zinc-plated steel. Welding of standards shall conform to AWS
D1.1. Non-galvanized components of standards shall be factory-primed and painted, or field-primed and painted by
the Contractor. Primer shall conform to Federal Specification TT-P-645 and paint shall conform to Federal
Specification TT-E-489. Colors used for standards shall be those recommended by the NCAA. Standards shall
have NCAA regulation steel hoops and steel nets.

9U.2.3.1 READY-MIXED CONCRETE: Ready-mixed concrete shall conform to ASTM C94, and have a
compressive strength of 2,500 psi at 28 days.

9U.3 EXECUTION:

9U.3.1.1 PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT REPAIRS: Playground equipment repairs includes the maintenance and
repair tasks and standards contained in this Technical Provision. Maintenance and repair work shall be performed by
the Contractor so that the results of the work meet or exceed the standards contained in this Technical Provision.
When the minimum maintenance and repair standards are not met the Contractor shall be required to return to the
playground and re-perform the work until the minimum standards are met, at no additional cost to the Government.

9.U.3.1.2 BASKETBALL STANDARD REPAIRS: The repair and replacement of basketball standards shall be
accomplished in accordance with the manufacturer's written installation instructions. Basketball standard repairs
includes the maintenance and repair tasks and standards contained in this Technical Provision. Maintenance and
repair work shall be performed by the Contractor so that the results of the work meet or exceed the standards
contained in this Technical Provision. When the minimum maintenance and repair standards are not met the
Contractor shall be required to return to the basketball court and re-perform the work until the minimum standards
are met at no additional cost to the Government.

9U.3.1.3 PAINTING: Surface preparation and painting shall be accomplished in accordance with the paint
manufacturer's written instructions and TM 5-618.

9U.3.1.4 WELDING: Welding shall be accomplished in accordance with AWS D10.12.

9U.3.2 List of Materials: The Contractor shall submit a certified list of materials or manufacturer's descriptive
literature for all major materials proposed for use in work under this Technical Provision.

9U.3.3 Installation Instructions: The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's written installation instructions for all
replacement materials.

9U.3.4 CLEANUP: Cleanup each individual playground and recreational equipment site upon completion of the
required work.

                                              END OF SECTION C- 9U
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001


                                                        C-9V

                                                Technical Provisions

                                         9V Bus Stop Shelter Maintenance

9V.1 GENERAL:

9V.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment,
supervision and materials and performing all operations necessary for the repair and replacement of bus stop shelter
parts and components required in this project.

9V.1.2 GENERAL: The contractor shall perform bus stop shelter maintenance listed in Technical Exhibit TE-4 in
accordance with this Technical Provision and the requirements specified in Sections C-1 through C-8 and Technical
Provision C-9C, Part 4: Cast In Place Concrete; C-9F, Rough Carpentry; and C-9H; Painting; and Section C-10,
Recurring Equipment and facility Maintenance.

9V.1.3 BUS STOP SHELTER MAINTENANCE TASKS AND STANDARDS:                                 Bus      stop      shelter
maintenance includes the maintenance tasks and standards below. Bus stop shelter maintenance shall be performed
by the Contractor so that the results of his work meet or exceed the performance standards indicated. When the
minimum standards are not met, the Contractor shall be required to re-perform the work until the standards are met,
at no additional cost to the Government. Liquidated damages will be assessed if applicable.

9V.1.3.1 Task: Maintain bus stop shelters. The following maintenance and repairs shall be performed on all bus
stop shelters:

9V.1.3.1.1 Replace damaged, misaligned, frost heaved concrete bus stop shelter slabs.

9V.1.3.1.2 Replace all bent, broken, deteriorated, rusted, worn, or missing metal structural members, components,
fasteners, and hardware.

9V.1.3.1.3 Replace all broken, splintered, or missing wood structural members and components.

9V.1.3.1.4 Replace all broken, splintered, or missing fiberglass and plastic components.

9V.1.3.1.5 Tighten all loose fasteners and hardware. Replace stripped-out fasteners.

9V.1.3.1.6 Clean rust from all painted surfaces, prime, and repaint.

9V.1.3.1.7 Re-weld all broken welded joints.

9V.1.3.1.8 Remove vegetation and debris from inside and immediately around all shelters.

9V.1.3.2 Standards:

9V.1.3.2.1 All damaged, misaligned, frost heaved concrete bus stop shelter slabs replaced.

9V.1.3.2.2 All bent, broken, deteriorated, rusted, worn, or missing metal members, components, fasteners, and
hardware replaced.

9V.1.3.2.3 All broken, splintered, or missing wood structural members and components replaced.

9V.1.3.2.4 All broken, splintered, or missing fiberglass and plastic components replaced.

9V.1.3.2.5 All loose fasteners and hardware tightened. Stripped-out fasteners replaced.
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001


9V.1.3.2.6 All rust removed and painted surfaces primed and repainted.

9V.1.3.2.7 All broken welded joints re-welded.

9V.1.3.2.8 Vegetation and debris removed from inside and immediately around all shelters.

9V.2 MATERIALS:

9V.2.1 Materials: Materials furnished under this section shall be standard products of manufacturers regularly
engaged in the production of the items, and the most current design which conforms to the requirements specified.

9V.2.1.1 ADHESIVES AND FASTENERS: Adhesives and fasteners shall be the proper product for the intended
application. Adhesives shall be waterproof, and fasteners shall be aluminum alloy, cadmium, zinc-plated steel, or
other non-corrosive metal. Fasteners shall be the Sizes required to match the items being replaced.

9V.2.1.2 HEX HEAD BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS: Hex head bolts, nuts and washers shall conform to ANSI
B18.2.1,and B18.22.1. Hex head bolts, nuts, and washers shall be cadmium or zinc plated steel and the sizes
required to match the items being replaced.

9V.2.1.3 LUMBER: All lumber shall be pressure treated southern pine, conform to PS 20, be surfaced on all four
sides (S4S), and the size and type which matches the items to be replaced. Pressure treated lumber shall conform to
AWPA C2 and bear the AWPB Quality Mark LP 2. Each piece of visually graded lumber shall bear the stamp of a
nationally recognized lumber grading agency indicating the grading rules under which it was produced, species and
grade. Each piece of machine stress-rated lumber shall bear the stamp of a nationally recognized lumber grading
agency indicating the grading rules under which it was produced, species, correlated fiber stress in bending, and
modulus of elasticity. Lumber shall be the grades listed below and in the CRA Standards Specifications for SPIB
Grading Rules.

Minimum                                  Minimum                         Minimum
Fiber Stress                             Fiber Stress                    Fiber Stress
                                         In Bending "Fb"                 In Bending "Fb"
                                         Elasticity
Lumber Use                               Single                          Repetitive                      "E"
Category

Light General Framing                     675                              775                             900,000

Beams and Stringers                      1,150                            1,300                           1,100,000

Posts and Timbers                         950                             N/A                             1,300,000

Miscellaneous Boards                     No. 2 Common or Better          N/A

9V.2.1.4 PAINT: Paint shall be ready-mixed aluminum type suitable for application over rusty steel surfaces and
conform to Federal Specification TT-P-38.

9V.2.1.5 READY-MIXED CONCRETE: Ready-mixed concrete shall conform to ASTM C94, and have a
compressive strength of 2,500 psi at 28 days.

9V.2.1.6 ROPE: Rope shall conform to Federal Specification T-R-650. Rope shall be manila or sisal and the sizes
required to match the items being replaced.

9V.2.1.7 STEEL PIPE: Steel pipe for repair of playground equipment shall conform to ASTM A53. Steel pipe
shall be galvanized steel, and size and weight to match the items being replaced.
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001


9V.2.1.8 STEEL PIPE CAPS AND TEES: Tees and caps shall conform to ANSI B16.3. Tees and pipe caps shall
be galvanized steel, threaded type, and the sizes required to match the items being replaced. Pipe caps shall be
installed on all open ends of pipe above ground.

9V.2.1.9 STEEL WIRE: Steel wire shall conform to ASTM A460 or A461. Steel wire shall be copper or
galvanized steel with a minimum tensile strength of 900 pounds and the gauge required to match the items being
replaced.

9V.3 EXECUTION:

9V.3.1 GENERAL: The contractor shall repair and replace bus stop shelter components as a part of Scheduled
Maintenance, Service Orders and Specific Ordered Items for Replacement. Task Order will designate locations and
items of work to be accomplished for Specific Ordered Items for Replacement. Contract Prices for bus stop shelter
repair shall be for making all required repairs to single piece of bus stop shelter component regardless of its
condition.

9V.3.1.1 BUS STOP SHELTER REPAIRS: Bus stop shelter repairs includes the maintenance and repair tasks and
standards contained in this Technical Provision. Maintenance and repair work shall be performed by the contractor
so that the results of the work meet or exceed the standards contained in this Technical Provision. When the
minimum maintenance and repair standards are not met the Contractor shall be required to return to the bus stop
shelter and re-perform the work until the minimum standards are met, at no additional cost to the Government.

9V.3.1.3 PAINTING: Surface preparation and painting shall be accomplished in accordance with the paint
manufacturer's written instructions and TM 5-618.

9V.3.1.4 WELDING: Welding shall be accomplished in accordance with AWS D10.12.

9V.3.2 List of Materials: The Contractor shall submit a certified list of materials or manufacturer's descriptive
literature for all major materials proposed for use in work under this Technical Provision.

9V.3.3 Installation Instructions: The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's written installation
 instructions for all replacement materials.

9V.3.4 CLEANUP: Clean up each individual playground and recreational equipment site upon completion of the
required work.

                                             END OF SECTION C- 9V
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001




                                                        C-9W

                                            TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                                            9W - Residential Appliances

9W.1 GENERAL:

9W.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment,
supervision, and materials, and performing all work in connection with repair, restoration or replacement of
deteriorated, damaged, or unserviceable residential appliances and appurtenances during Service Call Maintenance
and/or Change of Occupancy Maintenance, complete, in strict accordance with these specifications and as directed
by the Contracting Officer.

9W.1.1.1 RELATED WORK: The work covered in this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with
Plumbing, Technical Provision C-9T; Government Furnished Property and Services, Section C-4; Change of
Occupancy Maintenance, Section C-8; and Service Calls, Section C-7.

9W.1.2 PROTECTION: The Contractor shall protect adjacent areas when replacing doors. Any damage to
adjacent areas shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Government.

9W.1.3 SUBMITTALS: The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's descriptive literature for each type of
residential appliance proposed for use in work under this section. Materials to be submitted as per Submittal Section
C-12.

9W.2 MATERIALS:

9W.2.1 Materials: Materials and components required for this project shall conform to the respective publication
and other requirements specified in these specifications and shall be the products of manufacturer's regularly
engaged in the manufacturer of such products and the most current design which conforms to the requirements
specified. Types and sizes of residential appliances shall be the types and sizes required to match the appliances
being replaced.

9W.2.2 STANDARDS FOR CONTRACTOR FURNISHED RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES:

9W.2.2.1 GAS RANGES: Gas ranges shall conform to AGA z21.l. Gas ranges shall be 30-inch single oven or 40-
inch double oven free-standing type and have the following features: porcelain-enameled cooktop and burner box,
pilot-free ignition, four 8-inch surface burners, 2 oven racks, glass windowed oven door, automatic self-cleaning
oven, full width storage drawer below, dial-clock with 1-hour timer, interior oven light, "Oven Ready" light, and
white baked enamel finish. Gas ranges shall be 120 volts, 60 hertz AC.

9W.2.2.2 ELECTRIC RANGES: Electric ranges shall conform to UL 858. Electric ranges shall be 30-inch single
oven or 40-inch double oven free-standing type and have the following features: porcelain-enameled worktop and
sub-top, two 8-inch and two 6-inch removable surface burner element with one-piece chromeplated steel burner
bowls, 2 oven racks, glass windowed oven door, automatic self-cleaning oven, full width storage drawer below, dial-
clock with 1-hour timer, interior oven light, burner and oven "ON" indicator lights, and white baked enamel finish.
Electric ranges shall be 120/240 volts, 60 hertz AC.

9W.2.2.3 REFRIGERATORS: Refrigerators shall conform to ASHRAE CH 38-83 and UL 250. Refrigerators shall
be 16 or 16.5 cubic foot minimum double door with icemaker, 18 or 18.5 cubic foot minimum with or with
icemaker, or 20 cubic foot minimum with icemaker. Refrigerators shall have the following features: adjustable
shelves and 2 crispers in lighted refrigerator section, 3 fixed shelves and butter and egg bins in refrigerator section
door, 1 fixed shelf lighted freezer section, 2 fixed shelves in freezer section door, automatic self-defrosting, and
white baked enamel finish. Refrigerators shall be 120 volts, 60 hertz AC.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


9W.2.2.4 DISHWASHERS: Dishwashers shall conform to ASSE 1006 and UL 749. Dishwashers shall be full-size
built-in type and have the following features: normal wash cycle, light wash cycle, pots and pans cycle, rinse and
hold cycle, 3-level wash, water miser, power miser, automatic rinse injector, push-button controls, "ON" indicator
light, and white baked enamel finish. Dishwashers shall be 120 volts, 60 hertz AC.

9W.2.2.5 GARBAGE DISPOSALS: Garbage disposals shall conform to Federal specification 00-G-1513, Type I,
Size 1; ASSE 1008; and UL 430. Garbage disposals shall be continuous feed type, 1/2 horsepower, and 120 volts,
60 hertz AC.

9W.2.2.6 WATER HEATERS: Gas-fired water heaters with an input of 75,000 BTU or less shall conform to
Federal Specification W-H-196, Group B, Type IV, Glass-lined, with tinned copper dip tubes and ANSI Z21.10.1.
Energy efficiency of gas-fired water heaters shall have a recovery efficiency (RE) not less than 75 percent and a
stand-by loss not exceeding S=2.3+67/V, where S is expressed in percent per hour of the stored thermal energy and
where V=rated volume in gallons when tested in accordance with section 430.22e of the D.O.E. water heater test
procedure published in the October 4, 1977 Federal Register, in strict accordance with ASHRAE STANDARD 90A-
1980, Energy Conservation in new Building Design, Section 7, Service Water Heating, paragraph 7.3.1,
Performance Efficiency, subparagraph 7.3.1.2, Gas and Oil Fired Water Heaters. Manufacturer's literature shall
clearly identify recovery efficiency and stand-by loss not exceeding. Gas-fired water heaters shall be supplied with
draft hoods, flues and roof caps as necessary to make complete installations. All water heaters shall be supplied
with pressure temperature relief-valves conforming to ANSI Z21.22. All water heater lines of the water heater

9W.2.2.3.1 Gas-Fired Water Heaters Recovery Capacity: Gas-Fired water heaters shall be 30-gallon capacity with
a 34.0 gph recovery rate at 90 degrees F. rise, 40-gallon capacity with a 41.0 gph recovery rate at 90 degrees F. rise,
or 50 gallon capacity with a gph recovery rate at 90 degrees R. rise.

9W.3 EXECUTION:

9W.3.1 GENERAL: The contractor shall repair, restore and replace residential appliances as a part of Service
Orders, and Change of Occupancy Maintenance. Replacement of ranges, refrigerators, freezers, dishwashers,
garbage disposals and hot water heaters shall be by Task Order which will designate locations and items of work to
be accomplished for Specific Ordered Items for Replacement. Contract Line Items for ranges, refrigerators,
freezers, dishwashers, garbage disposals and hot water heaters replacement shall include disconnecting and re-
connecting water supply, drains and gas and electrical connection. Contract Prices for replacement of ranges,
refrigerators, freezers, dishwashers, garbage disposals and hot water heaters shall include modification of water
supply and drain, gas and electrical source because the replacement component is different from the original
component, and repairing primary and painting wall surfaces effected by the work. New material will be used when
making re-connections.

9W.3.1.1 INSTALLATION: Replacement of residential appliances includes replacement of incidental plumbing,
gas and electrical fittings and piping and electrical devices and wiring necessary to make complete, fully functional
installations free from defects and code violations. The contractor is responsible for shutting off and turning on
building water supplies as necessary to accomplish the work regardless of supply valve locations. Repair and
replacement of residential appliances shall be accomplished in accordance with the manufacturer's written
installation, operation, and maintenance instructions; and the requirements herein. Flexible gas line connectors used
on gas stoves will be replaced when defective or to short to allow the stove to be moved to be cleaned behind.

9W.3.1.2 Gas Supply Connections: Gas supply connections shall be accomplished in accordance with NFPA 54.

9W.3.1.3 Plumbing Connections: Plumbing connections shall be accomplished in accordance with the Uniform
Plumbing Code.

9W.3.1.4 Electrical Supply Connections: Electrical supply connections shall be accomplished in accordance with
NFPA 70.

9W.3.2 Appliance Maintenance Tasks and Standards: Appliances include gas and electric ranges, and built-in
ovens, refrigerators (including icemakers), freezers, dishwashers, garbage disposals and gas hot water heaters.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


When the minimum maintenance and repair standards are not met the Contractor shall be required to return to
quarters and re-perform the work until the minimum standards are met at no additional cost to the
Government.

9W.3.2.1 Task: The contractor shall inspect all appliances and determine their condition. Non-operational
appliances shall be repaired or replaced. Damaged or missing components shall be repaired or replaced.

9W.3.2.2 Standards:

9W.3.2.2.1 Ranges and Built-in Ovens: Ranges, and Built-in ovens shall be fully operational. Ranges and built-in
ovens shall be fully assembled and hooked up to gas and/or electricity. All burners and ovens shall operate correctly.
Oven doors shall seal properly with no leaks. Clocks and timers shall operate correctly. All knobs shall match.
There shall be no cracks. All light bulbs shall be working. All racks and drip pans shall be installed and be free of
rust and holes.

9W.3.2.2.2 Refrigerators and Freezers: Refrigerators and freezers shall be fully operational including icemakers, if
applicable. All racks, egg racks, knobs, ice cube trays, and crisper tops shall be in place and without cracks. Both
the refrigerator and freezer compartments shall operate properly. All doors shall seal properly and not let air escape.

9W.3.2.2.3 Dishwashers: Racks, knobs, and floats shall be in place and without cracks. The dishwasher shall be
properly secured to the countertop and shall be fully operational.

9W.3.2.2.4 Garbage Disposals: Disposals shall be fully operational and shall not leak.

9W.3.2.2.5 Gas Hot Water Heaters: Check pilot on gas burner. Adjust pilot flame so that the gas burns with
optimum efficiency. Clean the burner. Remove carbon build-up on burners and clear any clogged orifices. Adjust
burners so that the gas burns with optimum efficiency. Check gas pressure regulator for proper operation.

9W.3.3 Exchange Government Owned/Contractor Furnished Appliances: The contractor shall provide
transportation, labor and attendant for replacement of Government owned appliances as directed by the Contracting
Officer. Contractor furnished appliances include dishwashers, garbage disposals, refrigerators (including
icemakers), gas and electric ranges/ovens, built-in ranges/ovens, chest freezers and water heaters. Coordinate with
Section C-5, Contractor furnished Property and Services, para. 5.1.

9W.3.4 Maintenance of Government Furnished Appliances: See paragraph 3.2, Appliance Maintenance Task and
Standards above for Maintenance.

9W.3.5     TESTING: All plumbing systems shall be tested in accordance with the Uniform Plumbing Code. Gas
supply piping shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 54.

9W.3.6      Vehicles used to transport Government furnished appliances shall be of proper size for the job, clean,
free of tools, cargo or any object that could possibly dent, scratch, or otherwise damage the appliance.

                                             END OF SECTION C-9W
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


                                                        C-9X

                                            TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                                     9X - VACANT QUARTERS CLEANING


9X.1 SCOPE: This technical provision sets forth the required tasks and standards for cleaning vacant quarters;
major maintenance requirements, and extended vacancy for key and essential personnel.

9X.2 GENERAL: The Contractor shall perform quarters cleaning in accordance with this Technical Exhibit, and
the requirements specified in Sections C-1 thru C-9 and Technical Provisions C-9A through C-9AA.

9X.3 CLEANING TASKS AND STANDARDS: Quarters cleaning includes the cleaning tasks and standards
below. Cleaning shall be performed by the contractor so that the results of his work meet or exceed the performance
standards indicated. When the minimum standards are not met, the contractor shall be required to re-perform the
work until the standards are met, at no additional cost to the Government.

9X.3.1 Walls, Ceilings, Woodwork and Doors

9X.3.1.1 Task: Woodwork throughout the house and all walls and ceilings shall be clean and free of all marks,
stains, grease, food particles, etc. Damage to the walls as a result of cleaning or improperly patching holes shall be
repaired by the contractor at no cost to the Government. Do not paint quarters. When filling nail holes in walls, use
a small amount of spackling paste, press it into the hole, then take a damp cloth and wipe all excess paste off the
wall.

9X.3.1.2 Standards:

9X.3.1.2.1 Ceilings: Clean without streaks or lap marks. (Para 3-10b, DA Pam 210-2, page 31-5).

9X.3.1.2.2 Walls: Clean without streaks or lap marks. Corners and other difficult places to reach shall be free of
foreign matter. Nails, picture holders removed. Walls patched. Remove all dust from above door facings and top
edge of door. Clean all light switches and electrical outlet plates.

9X.3.1.2.3 Woodwork: Uniformly clean and free of smudges. No dirt in corners or grooves of wood molding.
(Para 3-10b, DA Pam 210-2, page 31-5). Do not wax stairs.

9X.3.2 Resilient Tile Floors:

9X.3.2.1 Task: Strip all old wax and thoroughly clean to original tile surface with a floor cleaning agent
specifically designed for use on vinyl floors. Do not strip or wax "No-Wax" sheet vinyl floors. After cleaning, the
entire surface of the floor shall have a uniform appearance with no traces of swirl marks, streaks, or wax build-up.
There shall be no wax, splash marks or mop streaks on walls, or baseboards. Loose mop strands shall be removed.
No wax shall be applied to ceramic tile, quarry tile, wood, or concrete floors or splashed on carpeted areas.

9X.3.2.2 Standard: A properly cleaned floor shall be free of dust balls, sand, dirt, hair, and miscellaneous debris in
corners and underneath and behind ranges and refrigerators, and under edge of cabinets (toe space), and be clean
and bright in corners and under furniture.

9X.3.3 Ceramic Tile Floors:

9X.3.3.1 Task: Thoroughly broom sweep and mop ceramic tile floors with warm water and detergent. After
cleaning, the entire floor surface shall have a uniform appearance with no trances of swirl marks, or streaks. Loose
mop strings shall be removed.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


9X.3.3.2 Standard: A properly cleaned floor shall be free of dust, sand, dirt, hair and miscellaneous debris in
corners and underneath washbowls and behind toilets, and under edge of cabinets as applicable (toe space). There
shall be no splash marks, streaks, or residue on walls and base, or mop strands remaining in the areas.

9X.3.4 Cabinets and Vanities:

9X.3.4.1 Task: Washed and free of all marks, stains, grease, food particles, inside and out to include on top and
inside back of doors. Remove all shelf paper, decals or self-adhesive paper, nails and hooks. The use of abrasives or
scouring powder will damage cabinets and shall not be used. Adhesive must be completely removed without
damage to cabinets. Drawers will be staggered open to facilitate inspection. Clean handles and hardware.

9X.3.4.2 Standards: Interior empty and clean. Exterior uniformly clean, no streaks, or water marks. Exterior sides
and doors wiped clean, unpainted cabinets or varnished cabinets (Para 3-10, DA Pam 210-2, page 3-15).

9X.3.5 Kitchen Sinks and Countertops:

9X.3.5.1 Task: Washed; free of dirt, grease, soap, scouring powder residue, and removable stains. Clean and
disinfect sinks and countertops using a germicidal detergent.

9X.3.5.2 Standard: Clean and bright; free from streaks, stains, soil and cleaning residue on sink fixtures, strainers,
etc.

9X.3.5.3 Garbage Disposal: Remove stopper and clean thoroughly. Shall have no visible food particles and no
odor.

9X.3.6 Dishwashers:

9X.3.6.1 Task: Wash interior, racks of all stains and food particles. Wash the exterior and door. Clean all gaskets.

9X.3.6.2 Standards: Must be completely clean. All accumulated grease, hard water deposits, and other residue will
be removed.

9X.3.7 Ranges:

9X.3.7.1 Tasks: Cooking range shall be thoroughly cleaned. Grease, fingerprints, carbonized particles, rust, and
food particles on and in range shall be removed. Range burners can best be cleaned by removing and using dry
coarse steel wool; ovens by using a popular brand oven cleaner. Cleaning agent must be completely removed.
Range tops shall be raised for cleaning underneath.

9X.3.7.1.1 Wash range (includes front, sides and back) and assorted elements including oven racks, burners, burner
rings, drip pans, broiler pan, storage drawer(s), and control knobs.

9X.3.7.1.2 Place papers under stove to avoid drip damage to the floor. No oven cleaner or abrasive type material
will be used to clean ovens or self or continuous clean stoves. Do not use oven cleaner on any aluminum part of the
range (burners). Unplug the range prior to cleaning.

9X.3.7.1.3 Wash the floor under the range.

9X.3.7.2 Standard: Range is completely assembled, clean of all dirt, grease, food particles, and cleaning residue.
Re-light pilot light. Oven light bulbs replaced. Range is checked for proper operation (Chapter 5, DA Pam 210-2,
page 5-1).

9X.3.8 Refrigerators Freezer:

9X.3.8.1 Task: Refrigerator and freezer shall be defrosted. Wash interior, racks, crisper, trays and rubber gaskets.
Wash the exterior and door. Clean refrigeration coil and motor compartment. Wash the floor under the refrigerator.
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001


Do not use sharp instruments to remove ice or frost from freezer compartment. Damage to refrigerators due to
improper cleaning shall be repaired by the contractor at no cost to the Government.

9X.3.9 Bathrooms:

9X.3.9.1 Task: Cleaned and free of dirt, grease, soap film, scouring powder residue, removable stains, algae and
milder stains. Wash all walls and ceilings. Ceramic tile shall not be waxed. Clean and disinfect with germicidal
detergent.

9X.3.9.2 Standards:

9X.3.9.2.1 Tile: Tiles and grout lines clean with no algae or mildew stains.

9X.3.9.2.2 Toilet Bowls, toilet, tanks, bathtubs, showers, and wash bowls: Clean and bright. No soap film,
sediment or scouring powder residue on fixtures.

9X.3.9.2.3 Wall and ceilings: Painted surface standard for walls, ceilings, and woodwork applies. Tile wainscoting
and floor clean and bright, no soap film or scouring powder residue. Wash down completely.

9X.3.9.2.4 Metal fixtures and other hardware: Clean and bright.

9X.3.9.2.5 Medicine Cabinet: Cleaned inside and outside to include removing, cleaning and replacing shelves,
cleaning cabinet door and mirror. No film or residue to remain; no streaks.

9X.3.10 Closet and Interior Storage:

9X.3.10.1 Task: Clean all closet walls, shelves, rods, ledge behind doors, tracks, base boards, and corners.

9X.3.10.2 Standard: Walls, ceilings and woodwork standards apply.

9X.3.11 Prime and Storm Doors, and Prime and Storm Windows:

9X.3.11.1 Task: All door and window glazing, inside and out; window and door screens both sides; and all window
frames shall be dusted and washed. All screens and storm windows shall be in place.

9X.3.11.2 Standard: No streaks or unwashed areas of glazing. Window frames shall be uniformly clean and free of
streaks. No dirt on the various parts or in corners or grooves.

9X.3.12 Electric Light Fixtures

9X.3.12.1 Task: Light fixture globes shall be removed, washed, and replaced; this includes porch light fixture
globes. Light fixtures will be wiped clean with a damp sponge. Do not wipe the lamp base or electrical connections
with a damp/moist sponge or cloth.

9X.3.12.2 Standard: Clean, free of dust, dirt and bugs, with a functioning light bulb left in each light socket.
Replace cracked light globes. Replacement bulbs will be 60 watt, 120 volt (maximum).

9X.3.13 Exhaust Fans, Ceiling Fans, and Range Hoods:

9X.3.13.1 Task: Remove and thoroughly clean exhaust fans of all grease. Remove covers by cutting around with a
razor blade or knife. Wash fan blades and supports, fan housing, and fan guard. Do not wash the fan motor - wipe
with a damp sponge or cloth. All vents shall be cleaned of grease and lent as far as you can reach in vent. Ceiling
fans shall have blades, motor housing, and light fixture globes dusted and cleaned. Replace exhaust fan properly
installed so it is not rubbing when turned on but leave cover off, clean vent screen and/or cover.
                                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                   P0001


9X.3.13.2 Standard: Range hood, fan, fan housing, and fan guard clean- free of dirt, grease, and food particles.
(Para 5-5, DA Pam 210-2, page 5-3). Clean all small vents in place. Remove, clean and replace all large vents.

9X.3.14 Storage Sheds/Rooms, and Furnace/Utility Rooms:

9X.3.14.1 Task: Dry clean, vacuum brush, etc., pipes, I-beams, electrical conduit, ceiling joists, and walls. Where
walls have crayon marks, smudges, etc., washing shall be required. Cement floor shall be scrubbed.

9X.3.15 Government-Owned Furnishings:

9X.3.15.1 Tasks:

9X.3.15.1.1 Carpeting: Vacuum clean and commercially shampoo carpet.

9X.3.15.1.2 Drapery Rods and Venetian Blinds: Venetian Blinds and drapery rods shall be washed with warm
water and a mild detergent. Replace broken or missing pull cords. Hardware shall be wiped clean with damp cloth.

9X.3.15.2 Standards:

9X.3.15.2.1 Carpeting: Clean and free of streaks, stains, and spots; color bright and uniform.

9X.3.15.2.2 Drapery Rods and Venetian Blinds: Dust and smudge free. In place and one-half down. Sliding door
and adjacent window shall have curtain rod in place. Venetian blinds, drapery rods and all hardware shall be clean,
free of dirt, dust and cobwebs.

9X.3.16 Quarters Exterior:

9X.3.16.1 Tasks:

9X.3.16.1.1 Porches, Steps, Sidewalks, Driveways and Carports:          Sweep porches, steps, sidewalks, driveways,
carports, and garages. Clean entrance doors similar to woodwork. Wash porches, steps, sidewalks, driveways, and
carports. Driveways, parking areas, and carports, shall be cleaned with all oil and oil stains removed.

9X.3.16.1.2 Outside Area: Clean up areas of responsibility. Mow lawns, edge and trim along walks, trim shrubbery
(remove new growth) rake leaves, remove rocks, fill holes, and seed bare areas; when applicable: snow and ice
removed from porches, steps, sidewalks, driveways and carports.

9X.3.16.2 Standard: Porches, steps, sidewalks, driveways, and carports, swept and clean. Entrance doors clean.
Driveways, parking areas and carports, shall be cleaned without accumulated oil or oil stains. Lawns mowed,
edged, and trimmed along walks, shrubbery trimmed, yards free of leaves and debris, rocks removed, holes filled,
and bare areas seeded; when applicable: snow and ice removed from porches, steps, sidewalks, driveways and
carports.

9X.3.17 Roll Carts:

9X.3.17.1 Task: Washed inside and out - clean of all foreign matter.

9X.3.18 Exterior Light Fixture:

9X.3.18.1 Task: Remove, wash and replace all light globes, replace burned out or missing light bulbs, wattage to
be equal but not exceed maximum intended for fixture use.

9X.3.18.2 Standard: There shall be no signs of dirt, lint, film, or streaks. Bulbs in place and operable.

9X.3.18.3 Contractor is responsible for cleanliness of quarters until released by the Housing Office.
                                             END OF SECTION C-9X
                                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                   P0001


                                                          C-9

                                              TECHNICAL PROVISION

                  A-9Y SERVICE ORDER AND CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY MAINTENANCE

9Y.1 SCOPE: This technical provision sets forth the required tasks and standards for Service Order and Change of
Occupancy maintenance in this contract.

9Y.2 GENERAL: The contractor shall perform service order and change of occupancy maintenance in accordance
with this Technical Provision and the requirements specified in Subsections C-1 thru C-9 and Technical Provisions
C-9A through C-9AA.

9Y.3 SERVICE ORDER AND CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY MAINTENANCE TASKS AND STANDARDS:
Service order and vacant quarters maintenance includes the maintenance tasks and standards below. Service order
and vacant quarters maintenance shall be performed by the contractor so that the results of his work meet or exceed
the performance standards indicated. When the minimum standards are not met, the contractor shall be required to
re-perform the work until the standards are met, at no additional cost to the Government.

9Y.3.1 Interior Service Order and Change of Occupancy Maintenance Tasks:

9Y.3.1.1 Walls, Ceilings, Mouldings, and Millwork:

9Y.3.1.1.1 Task: Repair walls, ceilings, moldings, and millwork (maximum of 300 square feet of repairs per set of
quarters). Repair and replace damaged railings, handrails, Brackets, and other components; reset loose fasteners.

9Y.3.1.1.2 Standard: All surfaces shall be smooth and unbroken. No cracks, paint runs, or holes shall be apparent
from a distance of 36 inches or greater. Surface color and luster shall be uniform. Vinyl wall covering and
wallpaper shall be firmly attached to walls with no bubbles, tears or loose edges. Patterns shall be matched where
patching is required. All railings, handrails, and brackets shall be in place and securely attached to floors and walls.
All walls, ceiling, moldings, and millwork surfaces shall have all maintenance dust and dirt completely removed.

9Y.3.1.2 Cabinets

9Y.3.1.2.1 Task: Repair kitchen, bathroom, hallway, and laundry room cabinets.

9Y.3.1.2.2 Standard: All surfaces shall be smooth and unbroken. No cracks, paint runs, holes, or other blemishes
shall be apparent from a distance of 36 inches or greater. Surface color and luster shall be uniform. All doors and
drawers shall be in good repair and function properly. All hardware and fasteners shall be secure and tight. All
hardware shall be lubricated and in working order. Repairs to surface shall match adjacent surfaces. Shelves shall
be aligned with no splits or cracks. All hardware shall be free of paint. All cabinet surfaces shall have all
maintenance dust and dirt completely removed.
9Y.3.1.3 Countertops:

9Y.3.1.3.1 Task: Repair kitchen and bathroom countertops.

9Y.3.1.3.2 Standard: All surfaces, edges and end caps shall be securely glued. Surface shall be smooth and free of
nicks, chips, and scratches. Surfaces shall be smooth and free of nicks, chips, and scratches. Surface repairs shall
match the color, texture, and luster of the existing countertop. There shall be a solid bead of caulking applied in a
smooth and continuous bead. The countertop shall be solidly affixed to the base cabinet. All countertop have all
maintenance dust and dirt completely removed.

9Y.3.1.4 Doors: This item includes all types of metal and wood doors both interior and exterior. All passage doors,
entrance doors, closet doors, sliding glass doors, storm doors and screen doors, are included.
                                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                   P0001


9Y.3.1.4.1 Task: Repair doors and door hardware including bi-folding, bi-passing, and pocket door hardware.
Doors with holes larger than 1 square inch will be replaced with the appropriate separate bid item. As part of vacant
quarters maintenance each set of vacant quarters shall have all entry and storage room door locks re-keyed to a new
pin set and four new keys cut and turned in to the Family Housing Office, Building 5450.

9Y.3.1.4.2 Standard: Door surfaces shall be smooth and even without holes, cracks, chips, or scratches. Patches
shall match the surrounding surface color and texture. Surfaces shall have paint. All hardware on doors shall be
lubricated (no graphite) and in fully functional condition. All locks shall work easily. Doors shall open and close
without binding or dragging. all hardware shall be free of paint. Door closers shall be properly adjusted and door
shall open and close freely without binding or dragging. Broken glass and torn screen shall be replaced. Damaged
and missing weather stripping shall be replaced. Door locks re-keyed and four new keys turned in to Housing
Facilities Section. All door surfaces shall have all maintenance dust and completely removed.

9Y.3.1.5 Windows, Window Frames, and Window Screens: This item includes all types of metal and wood,
windows both prime and storm. Both interior and exterior surfaces are included.

9Y.3.1.5.1 Task: Repair prime and storm windows and screens.

9Y.3.1.5.2 Standard: All glass and screen material shall be undamaged and securely fastened in place. Storm doors
and the storm window inserts shall fit snugly in the window and door channels, yet shall slide freely up and down
when the adjustment release mechanism is depressed. All primary window sashes shall open and close easily. All
window parts (sash springs, etc.) shall be in good condition and serving the purpose for which they were designed.
No paint shall be on the window, screen or glass. Paint shall not be on the hardware. Damaged and missing weather
stripping shall be replaced. Deteriorated calking and glazing compound shall be replaced, primed and painted. All
window surfaces shall have all maintenance dust and dirt completely removed.
9Y.3.1.6 Ceramic Tile:

9Y.3.1.6.1 Task: Repair ceramic wall and floor tile (maximum of 100 square feet of repairs per set of quarters).

9Y.3.1.6.2 Standard: There shall be no missing grout or caulking. All grout and caulking shall be smooth and stain
free. Caulking at joint between tile and bathtubs and shower bases shall be in place and free from gaps, cracks, and
deterioration. Any tile replacement or repair shall be identical in color, size, texture, and appearance. Tile shall be
paint free. All tile surfaces shall have all maintenance dust and dirt completely removed.

9Y.3.1.7 Resilient Flooring:

9Y.3.1.7.1 Task: Repair resilient tile and sheet flooring

9Y.3.1.7.2 Standards:

9Y.3.1.8. Tile Floors: Tile floors shall not be cracked, chipped or broken. All tiles shall be the same color. No
excess adhesive or mastic shall be coming up between the tile. Tile shall be firmly attached to the floor. All tile
shall have a uniform luster.

9Y.3.1.8.1 Sheet Vinyl Floors: Floors shall be tightly fastened with no tears, cuts, or splits. Seams shall be tightly
fastened. Patterns shall be matched when patching is required. All vinyl shall have a uniform luster.

9Y.3.1.8.2 All resilient flooring surfaces shall have all maintenance dust and dirt completely removed.

9Y.3.1.9 Carpet:

9Y.3.1.9.1 Task: Repair carpeting (maximum of 100 square feet of repairs per set of quarters). Re-stretch loose
carpeting.

9Y.3.1.9.2 Standard: Carpet shall be freshly cleaned (vacant quarters only). No stains larger than 10 inches in
diameter shall be visible from distance of five feet. No tears, rips or loose seams shall be visible. Carpet shall be all
                                                                                                         W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                    P0001


one color throughout an entire room. All carpeting surfaces shall have all maintenance dust and dirt completely
removed.

9Y.3.1.10 Hardwood Stair Treads:

9Y.3.1.10.1 Task: Repair hardwood stair treads (maximum of 50 square feet of repairs per set of quarters).
Refasten loose components; reset nails and screws; touch up finish.

9Y.3.1.10.2 Standard: Stair treads shall be evenly finished and securely fastened. All warped and stained treads are
replaced. Scratches and gouges are filled in. Light stains shall be bleached out. The final appearance shall be a
smooth, uniform color, finish, and luster. All hardwood surfaces shall have all maintenance dust and dirt completely
removed.

9Y.3.1.11 Toilet and Bathroom Accessories:

9Y.3.1.11.1 Task: Repair toilet and bathroom accessories.

9Y.3.1.11.2 Standards: Towel bard, shower curtains, rods, toilet paper holders, and soap dishes shall be free of
paint, rust, scratches, and dents. Shower rods shall be straight (not bent or sagging). All items shall be firmly and
properly attached to the wall. All toilet and bathroom accessory surfaces shall have all maintenance dust and dirt
completely removed.

9Y.3.1.12 Appliances:

9Y.3.1.12.1 Task: The contractor shall inspect all appliances and determine their condition. Non-operational
appliances shall be repaired or replaced. Damaged or missing components shall be repaired or replaced. Appliances
shall be cleaned inside and outside. Appliance repair and replacement shall be accomplished - Service Order work
and Change of Occupancy Maintenance.

9Y.3.1.12.2 Standard:

9Y.3.1.12.2.1 Ranges, Cook tops, and Built-in Ovens: Ranges, cook tops, and built-in ovens shall be fully
operational. Ranges, cook tops, and built-in ovens shall be fully assembled and hooked up to gas and/or electricity.
All burners and ovens shall operate correctly. Oven doors shall seal properly with no leaks. Clocks and timers shall
operate correctly. All knobs shall match. There shall be no cracks. All light bulbs shall be working. All racks and
drip pans shall be installed and be free of rust and holes. All defective gas lines at rear of stove will be replaced. All
short gas lines that will not allow the range to be pulled out for cleaning behind will be replaced.

9Y.3.1.12.2.2 Refrigerators and Freezers: Refrigerators and freezers shall be fully operational including icemakers,
if applicable. All racks, egg racks, knobs, ice cube trays, and crisper tops shall be in place and without cracks. Both
the refrigerator and freezer compartments shall operate properly. All doors shall seal properly and not let air escape.
If the refrigerator is turned off, the doors shall be propped open to prevent mildew.

9Y.3.1.12.2.3 Dishwashers: Racks, knobs, and floats shall be in place and without cracks. The dishwasher shall be
properly secured to the countertop and shall be fully operational.

9Y.3.1.12.2.4 Garbage Disposals: Disposals shall be fully operational and shall not leak.

9Y.3.1.12.2.5 Smoke Detectors: Smoke detectors shall be fully operational.

9Y.3.1.12.2.6 Miscellaneous Ventilating Equipment: Miscellaneous ventilating equipment includes ceiling fans,
kitchen range hoods, and kitchen and bathroom
exhaust fans. Miscellaneous ventilating equipment shall be properly secured and fully operational without vibration
or noise.

9Y.3.1.12.2.7 Water Heaters: Water heaters shall be fully operational and shall not leak.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001




9Y.3.1.12.2.8 All appliance surfaces shall have maintenance dust, dirt and grime removed in accordance with
Section C-8, Change of Occupancy Maintenance,
paragraph 8.5, Clean-Up.

9Y.3.1.13 Drapery Hardware:

9Y.3.1.13.1 TASK: Repair, replace and tighten drapery hardware.

9Y.3.1.13.2 STANDARD: All drapery hardware shall be securely fastened to the sliding door and/or window trim
and function properly. Traverse rod draw cords shall not be frayed, broken or missing. Paint shall not be on the
hardware.

9Y.3.1.14 Venetian Blinds Hardware:

9Y.3.1.14.1 TASK: Repair, replace and tighten venetian blind hardware. Replace damaged or missing venetian
blind slats, when slats are bent, broken, have holes and/or generally unsightly as determined by the Contracting
Officer.

9Y.3.1.14.2 STANDARD: All venetian blind hardware shall be securely fastened to the inside facing of the
window openings. Venetian blind draw cords shall not be frayed, broken or missing. Paint shall not be on the
blinds or hardware. Venetian blinds shall be free of unsightly appearance, however contributed.

9Y.3.1.15 Fuel Gas Piping:

9Y.3.1.15.1 Task: Repair fuel gas piping.

9Y.3.1.15.2 Standard: All natural gas piping, valves, connectors, appliances, water heaters, and heating systems
shall be free of all leaks. Opening where the natural gas piping enters the quarters shall be caulked with caulking the
same color of exterior building surface. When the work is finished in the quarters, gas shall be turned on to all
appliances, water heaters, and heating systems which require gas. All pilot lights shall be lighted.

9Y.3.1.16 Plumbing: This item includes both interior and exterior plumbing fixtures and components.

9Y.3.1.16.1 Task: Repair plumbing fixtures and components.

9Y.3.1.16.2 Standard: All water supply and DWV piping, sinks, tubs, showers, lavatories, faucets, sill cocks,
clothes washer plumbing, shut off valves, stops, HWL drains and water closets shall be fully functional and free of
leaks. All porcelain and fiberglass fixtures shall be smooth and free of cracks, chips, scratches, and other defects.
Patches shall be the same color and texture as the surfaces. All drain stoppers shall work as designed. All fixtures
shall be caulked with a smooth unbroken bead at all places where they meet the floor or wall. All plumbing
components shall be free of paint drips and spatters. All water closets shall flush properly. Water shall be turned on
and working in the quarters. All sinks, tubs, and showers shall have both hot and cold water when supply piping is
connected. All plumbing fixtures shall be securely attached to floors and/or walls as removed in accordance with
Section C-8, Change of Occupancy Maintenance, paragraph 8.5, Clean-Up.

9Y.3.1.17 HVAC Systems:

9Y.3.1.17.1 Task: The contractor shall inspect all HVAC systems and determine their condition. HVAC system
equipment includes all types of heating and cooling equipment, kitchen range hoods, kitchen exhaust fans, bathroom
exhaust fans, and ceiling fans. Non-operational HVAC system equipment shall be repaired or replaced. HVAC
system components shall be cleaned on the outside.

9Y.3.1.17.2 Standard: Furnace filters shall be clean and free of dust. The ductwork shall be free of dust caused by
maintenance/ repair work accomplished by the contractor. All HVAC system equipment shall be properly
lubricated and fully operational. All fans components, diffusers, grilles, and registers shall be securely fastened in
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


their proper place. All HVAC component surfaces shall have maintenance dust, dirt and grime removed in
accordance with Section C-8, Change of Occupancy Maintenance, paragraph 8.5, Clean-Up.

9Y.3.1.18 Electrical: This item includes both interior and exterior electrical fixtures and components.

9Y.3.1.18.1 Task: Repair electrical system.

9Y.3.1.18.2 Standard: All fixtures, switches, outlets, and service panels shall be properly wired, and grounded if 3-
wire grounded system. All switches, receptacles, and plate covers shall be one color throughout the quarters and not
chipped, nicked, cracked, or otherwise damaged. No wiring shall be exposed on walls, ceilings, or floor. All
electric circuits shall be on and working. Smoke detectors shall be firmly secured and working. All light fixtures
shall have operational light bulbs. Broken light fixture globes shall be replaced. Non-repairable light fixtures shall
be replaced using the appropriate separate bid item. Doorbells and/or chimes shall be fully operational. Telephone
circuits shall be fully operational (maximum two telephone connections per quarters). All electrical items shall be
free of paint. All electrical fixtures and component surfaces shall have all maintenance dust and dirt completely
removed.

9Y.3.2 Exterior Service Order and Change of OccupancyMaintenance Tasks:

9Y.3.2.1 Concrete:

9Y.3.2.1.1 Task: Repair broken and spalled concrete surfaces on porches, stairs, and sidewalks (maximum of 15
square feet or repairs per set of quarters).

9Y.3.2.1.2 Standard: Concrete shall be free from broken and spalled areas.

9Y.3.2.2 Block and Brick:

9Y.3.2.2.1 Task: Repair block and brick (maximum of 25 square feet of brick or block replacement and 25 square
feet of brick or block tuck pointing per set of quarters).

9Y.3.2.2.2 Standard: Block and/or brick repair or replacement shall match the existing in color, texture, and
appearance. Broken and spalled brick and block shall be replaced. Deteriorated masonry joints shall be tuck
pointed. All brick shall be paint free. All block presently painted shall be repainted.

9Y.3.2.3 Exterior Millwork and Trim:

9Y.3.2.3.1 Task: Repair exterior mill work and trim including porches, stairs, and railings (maximum of 50 lineal
feet of repairs per set of quarters).

9Y.3.2.3.2 Standard: All wood shall be free of defects and uniform in color, texture, and appearance. All screening
material shall be free of rust, holes, tears, and patches and shall be securely fastened in place.

9Y.3.2.4 Exterior Siding and Stucco:

9Y.3.2.4.1 Task: Repair exterior siding and stucco (maximum of 100 square feet of repairs per set of quarters).

9Y.3.2.4.2 Standard: All siding and stucco (includes trim, soffits, fascia) shall be smooth and free of defects, holes,
cracks or other blemishes. The surface shall be uniform in color, texture, and appearance. Siding and lath shall be
securely fastened to the dwelling unit.

9Y.3.2.5 Roofs: Item includes all types of roofing; asphalt shingles and roll roofing, built-up roofing, modified
bitumen roofing; and flashings.

9Y.3.2.5.1 Task: Repair roofs (maximum of 100 square feet of repairs per set of quarters).
                                                                                                         W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                    P0001


9Y.3.2.5.2 Standard: All roofing and flashings shall not leak. All replacement roofing and flashings shall match
existing roofing and flashings in type, color, and texture, and appearance.

9Y.3.2.6 Rain Water Collection and Drainage Systems:

9Y.3.2.6.1 Task: Repair gutters and downspouts; reset splash blocks. Clean the entire rain water collection and
drainage system to include gutters, downspouts, all associated parts, window wells, driveway drains, stairwell
drains, and underground drain pipe. Cleaning shall include removal and disposal of all debris, toys, leaves, soil, tar,
pine straw, pine cones, bird nests, sticks, stones; roots, or any other foreign object not a part of the rain water
collection and drainage system. The contractor shall remove and dispose of the aforementioned debris on roofs, in
valley gutters or on built up roofs without a rainwater collection and drainage system.

9Y.3.2.6.2 Standard: All gutters and downspouts shall be free of rust, holes, dents, cracks, and splits. All seams
shall be tight and will not leak. Repairs shall be uniform in color, texture, and appearance with existing. Gutters
and downspouts shall be securely fastened to the building and free of debris. Splash blocks shall be minimum of 2
inches above the adjacent ground surface and sloped to drain away from the building. This item does not include
replacement of missing gutters and downspouts. The entire rain water drainage system shall be free of debris, toys,
leaves, soil, tar, pine straw, pine cones, bird nests, sticks, stones, roots, or any other foreign object not a part of the
rain water drainage system.

9Y.3.2.7 Clothesline Supports:

9Y.3.2.7.1 Task: Maintain clothesline supports. The following maintenance and repairs shall be performed on all
clothesline supports:

9Y.3.2.7.1.1 Replace deteriorated, bent, or missing sections of pipe sleeve with galvanized steel pipe of proper size
to receive folding clothes umbrella. Plumb and square clothesline support pipe in new concrete base.

9Y.3.2.7.1.2 Replace damaged, misaligned, or missing concrete clothesline support bases including pipe sleeves of
the proper size.

9Y.3.2.7.2 Standards:

9Y.3.2.7.2.1 All deteriorated, bent, or missing sections of pipe sleeve and concrete base replaced.

9Y.3.2.7.2.2 All clothesline pipe sleeves plumb and square.

9Y.3.2.7.2.3 All damaged, misaligned, and missing concrete bases replaced.

9Y.3.2.8 Miscellaneous Exterior Accessories and Hardware: This item includes building numbers, nameplate
holders, mailboxes, Government-owned privacy fencing, trash pad enclosures, exhaust fan and dryer vents, and flue
covers, and raincaps.

9Y.3.2.8.1 Task: Reset or replace damaged or missing building numbers; replace damaged or missing nameplate
holders; repair or replace damaged mailbox components; repair or replace damaged or missing privacy fencing and
trash pad enclosures and components including filler strips; clean and repair exhaust fan and dryer vents and vent
covers; and re-secure flue covers, and raincaps.

9Y.3.2.8.2 Standards: All components shall be free of defects, securely fastened in place, and clean.

9Y.3.2.9 Quarters Grounds Maintenance:

9Y.3.2.9.1 Task: During the timeframe for which the contractor has been assigned vacant quarters, he shall perform
all grounds maintenance within 50 feet in front of and behind each building and 50 feet to each side. If the actual
yard limits of a set of quarters is greater than 50 feet as defined by hedge rows, drive ways, alleyways, street
curbing, treelines, or fences, the contractor shall also maintain that additional area. Grounds maintenance as it
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001


pertains to this contract includes keeping the grass cut to a height of no more than 2 inches, removing all fallen
leaves, and rubbish. No separate payment shall be made for this requirement.

9Y.3.2.9.2 Standard: All grounds maintenance shall be accomplished as indicated upon completion of vacant
quarters maintenance.

9Y.3.2.10 Specific Ordered Items of Maintenance: The Contractor shall perform all major repairs such as, but not
limited to replacement of components not identified as specific ordered items, but which are found to be in need of
replacement while quarters are vacant. The Contracting Office has the authority to allocate additional time when
extraordinary needs are found. The Contractor shall also perform repairs identified as specific ordered items during
vacancy when identified and approved by the Contracting Officer. This does not relieve the contractor of the
requirement to perform specific ordered items under service order procedures at any time. If the Contractor
discovers additional specific ordered items that need to be done, he will request written authority (Task order) to
perform the work from the Contracting Officer prior to accomplishment of same. The Government reserves the
right to increase or decrease the scope of work at any dwelling unit at any time.

                                            END OF SECTION C- 9Y
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


                                                         C-9Z

                                             TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

                       9Z - SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HOUSING MAINTENANCE


1.0 GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section includes special requirements for quarters cleanliness, use of
appliances and conveniences, and the disconnection and reconnection of electrical and gas services involving family
housing quarters which are VACANT during the course of Change of Occupancy Maintenance. The special
requirements identified in this specification are intended for application in ALL vacant quarters where Change of
Occupancy Maintenance is performed with or without various Specific Ordered Item requirements. Payment for
this requirement is included as a part of the Contract Line Item Price for Change of Occupancy Maintenance.

1.2 PURPOSE: The purpose of this section is to ensure the Contractor leaves quarters in clean "ready-to-be-lived-
in" condition upon completion of the required work. The contractor shall perform all quarters cleaning required to
meet the cleanliness standards specified herein regardless of the state of cleanliness at the time indicated on Task
Orders. This requirement is not to be confused with cleaning as required by the Government for occupants to
perform prior to clearance of quarters, or with the Contractor cleaning of vacant quarters when identified as
"abandoned quarters, major maintenance," see requirements in Technical Provision C-9X.

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 CLEANING MATERIALS: Use cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health, property or
environment, and which will not damage surfaces to be cleaned.

2.2 CLEANING EQUIPMENT: Use cleaning equipment designed for the specific tasks to be performed.
Electrically powered cleaning equipment shall be free from safety defects.

3. EXECUTION

3.1 QUARTERS CLEANLINESS: Upon completion of the required work in unoccupied quarters, the contractor
shall ensure the following items are accomplished:

3.1.1 Floor: Floors, including stairs and landings, shall be clean and free of dust, marks, and scuffs. Resilient tile
floors shall be cleaned with a damp mop. Carpet which is soiled during maintenance activities shall be cleaned as
part of the Change of Occupancy Maintenance activity.

3.1.2 Walls: Walls, woodwork and closet shelving shall be clean and free of dust.

3.1.3 Cabinets: Cabinets shall be empty, clean and free of dust, and the doors left open.

3.1.4 Doors and Windows: Doors and window glass shall be clean, free of dust, closed, and locked.

3.1.5 Furnishings: Furnishings, if any, shall be free of dirt and dust.

3.1.6 Light Fixtures: Light Fixtures, exhaust fans, and range hoods shall be clean, free of dust, and turned off.

3.1.7 Trash and Garbage Roll Carts: Trash and garbage roll carts shall be empty and clean.

3.2 USE OF APPLIANCES AND CONVENIENCES: The following stipulations apply to the Contractor's use of
appliances and conveniences.
                                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                  P0001


3.2.1 Use of Appliances: Appliances shall not be used by the contractor, and they shall be clean and free of dust.
Refrigerators shall be left plugged in and the doors closed.

3.2.2 Moving Appliances: Appliances moved to accomplish the required work shall be returned to their original
positions and reconnected to utilities.

3.2.3 Use of Conveniences: Conveniences such as toilets and sinks may be used by the contractor provided they are
left in a clean and sanitary condition. Toilets shall be flushed after each use. Toilets and sinks shall not be used to
dispose of construction debris. Toilets and sinks shall not be used if the water is shut off.

3.3 DISCONNECTION AND RECONNECTION OF ELECTRICAL AND GAS SERVICES: When the required
work presents a fire hazard, the contractor shall comply with the requirements listed below. Disconnection,
reconnection, and operational checks shall be performed by workmen qualified to accomplish the tasks.

3.3.1 Electrical Service: Electrical service to the quarters shall be shut off at the main distribution panel prior to
commencing work. After the fire hazard has been eliminated, the electrical services shall be turned back on.

3.3.2 Gas Service: Gas service to the quarters shall be shut off by first shutting off all pilot lights, and then by
shutting off the outside gas shutoff valve. After the fire hazard has been eliminated, the gas service shall be restored
and re-light all pilot lights. The contractor shall check each gas-fired appliance for proper operation after re-lighting
the pilot light.

3.3.3 Thermostats: Heating thermostats shall be set at their lowest possible setting for furnace unit and highest
possible setting for air conditioners. (Air conditioners shall be off.)

3.4 TELEPHONES: Telephones shall not be used by the contractor. If telephones are disconnected to accomplish
the work they shall be reconnected upon completion of the work.
                                            END OF SECTION 9Z
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


??

9.1 GENERAL

9.1.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment,
supervision, and materials and performing all operations in connection with the maintenance, restoration, and repair
of all military family housing facilities (MFH) and all appurtenances, complete, in strict accordance with these
specifications.

9.1.2 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: All interior and exterior components of military family housing
units and facilities are to be serviced, maintained, and repaired by the Contractor to maintain the MFH unit and
facility at a serviceable standard. New components shall match or exceed existing components replaced in color,
texture and quality. If existing aesthetics cannot be matched, approval of variations from the Contracting Officer
shall be required prior to installation. Floors, cabinets, appliances, foundations, and other items shall be temporarily
removed where necessary, in order to gain access to the system component to be repaired. Temporary removals
shall be made in a neat and orderly manner. The Contractor shall restore the repaired area to include the
replacement of temporarily removed items to a condition comparable to the original construction, or to industry
standards at the time.

9.1.3 WORKMANSHIP: All work under this contract shall conform to the standards of these specifications. Work
not meeting these specifications shall be corrected by the Contractor at no expense to the Government. Any
Government or occupant-owned property damaged by the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor
at no expense to the occupant or Government.

9.2 INTERIOR:

9.2.1 WALLS AND CEILINGS: Damaged and deteriorated walls, ceilings, and related trim shall be restored,
repaired or replaced to provide a safe, attractive interior. Insulation for all upper level ceilings shall have a
minimum valve of R-33.

9.2.2 FLOORS: Floor repair including resilient floor tile and sheet vinyl floors of 100 square feet or less per each
separately priced line item shall be accomplished on service calls or COM. Floor repair in excess of 100 square feet
shall be accomplished at the separate contract line item price and only when directed by the Contracting Officer.
Major floor repair is normally accomplished in conjunction with Change of Occupancy Maintenance, and at the
direction of the Contracting Officer. If floor replacement is ordered, 100 SF will be deducted from the total.
Damaged or deteriorated flooring shall be repaired, restored or replaced to provide a uniform, aesthetic surface. The
Contractor shall inspect portions of the substructure exposed during repair or replacement activity. Any structural
damage or deterioration of the substructure shall be repaired. Replacement of flooring to include substructure in
excess of 100 square feet per unit is over and above this requirement and shall not be accomplished by the
Contractor unless authorized to do so by the Contracting Officer. When termite damage is found during the course
of floor repair, it shall be reported to the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall continue with repairs after
extermination, as ordered by the Contracting Officer. See Technical Provisions C-9E and C- 9F.

9.2.3 DOORS: All interior doors damaged or deteriorated shall be repaired or replaced in accordance with
Technical ProvisionsC- 9L.

9.2.3.1 Hardware shall comply with ANS1 Standards.

9.2.4 WINDOWS: All window units determined to be beyond repair by the
Contracting Officer shall be replaced with a new unit to match existing windows.

9.2.4. 1 Window Hardware: All damaged, deteriorated, or missing window hardware shall be replaced with new to
match existing hardware.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


9.2.4.2 Traverse Rods: Sagging or nonfunctioning rods shall be restored to an operating condition. If beyond
repair, rods shall be replaced. If rods are missing, the Contractor shall install rods. Rods shall be level and parallel
with the floor.

9.2.4.3 Venetian Blinds: Venetian blinds shall be restored to an operating condition. Cracked or damaged slats
shall be replaced. Worn cords shall be replaced. Soiled or worn tapes shall be replaced. If beyond repair, venetian
blinds shall be replaced. Contractor shall install blinds if missing.

9.2.5 STAIR AND HANDRAIL COMPONENTS shall be maintained in a safe and structurally sound condition.

9.2.6 KITCHEN:

9.2.6.1Cabinets and Counter Tops: Missing, damaged, or deteriorated doors, drawers, and related hardware shall be
repaired or replaced to provide a sound, complete, and operable cabinet. Cabinet finishes shall be restored. Counter
tops and backsplashes shall be repaired to provide a serviceable, watertight surface. Complete replacement of
counter tops shall be accomplished as a separately priced line item as directed by the Contracting Officer. See
Technical Provision C-9D.

9.2.6.1.1 Cabinet Hardware shall comply with ANSI A156.9.

9.2.6.2 Sink and Related Hardware determined to be unserviceable by the Contracting Officer shall be replaced.
Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and printed instructions. All sinks
being replaced shall be stainless steel. All hardware installed shall match existing hardware.

9.2.6.2.1 Porcelain Enamel Kitchen Sink determined to be unserviceable by the contracting Officer shall be
replaced with a stainless steel sink. Porcelain enamel kitchen sink shall be accomplished as a separately priced line
item.

9.2.6.3 Appliances: Appliance repair work includes all work necessary to restore a defective appliance to operating
conditions specified by the appliance manufacturer. Repair quality shall be equivalent to the original equipment's
quality in terms of parts, materials, workmanship, effectiveness, and operability. Replacement parts shall conform
to the appliance manufacturer's design requirements, and shall provide reliability and durability comparable to the
original equipment. When replacements are required, the Contractor shall transport the appliance to the dwelling
unit. Appliances shall be installed and tested prior to releasing them to the occupant. This work includes, but is not
limited to hauling, modifying utilities and facilities to fit the new appliance, connecting the appliance, and placing
the appliance in its final position. Removed appliances shall be returned by the Contractor to the Contractor's shop
or to a designated storage facility for repair, storage, or disposal.

9.2.6.3.1 Garbage Disposals determined to be unserviceable by the Contracting Officer shall be replaced with a 1/2
HP, household type. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations or printed
instructions.

9.2.6.3.2 Dishwashers determined to be unserviceable or uneconomical by the Contracting Officer shall be replaced
with new to match existing. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations or printed
instructions.

9.2.7 BATHROOM ACCESSORIES: All loose bathroom accessories shall bere-secured. Damaged or missing
items shall be replaced with new to match the replaced items.

9.2.7.1 Metal Components: All missing, damaged or corroded metal components shall be removed and replaced
with new to match the replaced components.

9.2.7.2.1 Mirrors: All cracked or broken mirrors shall be removed and replaced with new to match replaced
mirrors.
                                                                                                  W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                             P0001


9.2.7.2.2 Shelves: All missing or damaged shelves shall be removed and replaced with new to match replaced
shelves.

9.2.7.3 Robe Hooks: All missing or damaged robe hooks shall be replaced with new to match replaced robe hooks.

9.2.7.4 Towel Bars: All missing or damaged towel bars shall be replaced with new to match replaced towel bars.

9.2.7.5 Toothbrush and Tumbler Holder: All missing or damaged toothbrush and tumbler holders shall be
replaced with new to march replaced toothbrush and tumbler holders.

9.2.7.6 Soap Dish: All missing or damaged soap dishes with or without grabs shall be replaced with new to match
replaced soap dishes.

9.2.7.7 Lavatories, Commodes, and Related Components determined to be unserviceable by the Contracting
Officer shall be replaced with new to match existing. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations or printed instructions. Toilets shall be elongated.

9.2.7.8 Bathtubs: See Technical Provisions C-9B, for Refinishing Bathtubs and C-9T, Plumbing, for replacement.

9.2.7.9 Ceramic Wall Tile: All damaged or missing ceramic wall tile shall be replaced with new to match existing
in type, design and color. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations or printed
instructions.

9.2.7.10 Ceramic Floor Tile: All damaged or deteriorated ceramic floor tile shall be replaced with new to match
existing in type, design and color. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations or
printed instructions.

9.2.7.11 Shower Pans: All damaged, deteriorated, or leaking shower pans shall be removed and replaced with new,
in accordance with Technical Provisions C-9J, Ceramic Tile and Shower Pan.

9.2.7.12 Vanities and Vanity Tops shall be repaired or replaced in accordance with Technical Provision C-9D.

9.2.7.13 Thresholds: All damaged thresholds shall be removed and replaced with new to match existing being
replaced. All missing thresholds shall be replaced with new to match adjacent units. Installation shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations or printed instructions.

9.2.8 CAULKING: All damaged, deteriorated, marked, or stained caulking shall be removed and replaced with a
new latex caulking compound. Where caulking is missing the Contractor shall install new latex caulking compound.
All caulking shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation or printed instructions.

9.2.9 WEATHERSTRIPPING: All damaged, missing, or deteriorated
weatherstripping shall be replaced in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations or printed instructions.

9.2.10 THERMOSTATS: Any thermostat determined by the Contracting Officer to be unserviceable shall be
replaced with a heating-cooling thermostat which shall have SPDT (Single Pole Double Throw) mercury switch,
designed to prevent simultaneous activation of the heating and cooling circuits. Switches shall have manual
changeover from heating to cooling at the thermostat location. The heating control unit shall have adjustable heat
anticipation or other means of maintaining operating differentials and the cooling control unit shall have fixed
cooling anticipation or other means of maintaining operating differentials. A system selector switch and a fan
selector switch shall be provided integral to or mounted on a sub-base of all heating-cooling thermostats. The fan
selector switch shall have "AUTO" and "ON" positions. Heating-cooling thermostat shall have a system selector
switch having "HEAT", "OFF", and "COOL" positions. Thermostats shall have a minimum setting of 55 and a
maximum setting of 95. Setting lever and thermometer scale on thermostat face. Thermostat may be round or
rectangular in shape. Thermostat shall conform to UL 873, and be compatible with the type of equipment being
controlled.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


9.2.10.1 Replacing Thermostat and Sub-base: The contractor shall replace defective thermostat as part of Service
Call Maintenance and/or Change of Occupancy Maintenance (COM). Replacement of thermostat shall include all
wiring connections for operational thermostat.

9.2.11 CARBON MONOXIDE AND SMOKE DETECTORS: All carbon monoxide and smoke detectors
determined by the Contracting Officer to be unserviceable shall be replaced with new smoke detector to match
existing being replaced.

9.2.12 EXHAUST FANS: All exhaust fans found to be damaged or determined by the Contracting Officer to be
unserviceable shall be replaced with new to match existing. Installation shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendation or printed instructions.

9.3 EXTERIOR:

9.3.1 EXTERIOR WALLS: All damaged or deteriorated wall areas shall be restored to original or better condition.
The finished part of the wall shall match the undamaged portion of the wall in material, color, size texture.
Insulation shall have a minimum R-Valve of R-19.

9.3.1.1 Joints in exterior walls shall be caulked with a commercial latex caulking compound to provide a
weathertight seal.

9.3.1.2 Exterior Siding and Trim: Damaged, missing, or deteriorated siding and trim, including bird screens, shall
be replaced with new material of a design to match existing siding and trim.

9.3.1.3 Masonry: Damaged, missing or deteriorated masonry including mortar joints, shall be replaced with new
material to match existing.

9.3.2 HOSE BIBBS: The Contractor shall identify and repair or replace leaking faucets, broken handles, and other
defects. Check slabs in the vicinity of hose bibbs for evidence of leakage inside the wall. Repair or replace as
required. Repair or replace baug proof seal (where installed).

9.3.3 ROOF SYSTEMS:

9.3.3.1 Roof Repairs or Restoration: The Contractor shall repair or restore only those roof systems ordered by the
Contracting Officer in accordance with the Contract Price Schedule. Repair or restoration of roof systems shall
include sheathing and insulation. When conditions suggesting advanced deterioration are found that require major
repair or restoration (more than 128 square feet per unit or building) the Contractor shall report this condition to the
Contracting Officer. All roof repairs or restoration shall be done in accordance with TM 5-617. Roofing repairs
made during COM shall not have additional performance time.

9.3.3.2 Structural Roof Components: When directed by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall repair or
restore trusses, roof framing, and other framing members. Structural roof components shall be repaired or restored in
accordance with American Institute of Timber Construction (Latest Edition) and National Forest Products
Association (Latest Edition) for stress-grade lumber and fastenings.

9.3.3.3 Inspection of Roof Systems: The Contractor shall inspect roof systems annually and maintain a roof
inspection log showing, facility number, date of inspection, roof system condition, and maintenance required. This
log shall be made available to the contracting Officer upon request.

9.3.3.4 Roof Flashing and Gravel Stops: The Contractor shall reuse existing roof flashing and gravel stops when
approved by the Contracting Officer. When directed by the Contracting officer, the Contractor shall replace flashing
and gravel stops with new to match existing being replaced. All repairs shall be made to form effective waterseal
and to prevent corrosion and erosion.

9.3.3.5 Gutters and Downspouts: When directed the Contractor shall replace damaged or deteriorated gutters or
downspouts with new to match existing being replaced. Where gutters and downspouts are missing, the Contractor
                                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                               P0001


shall install new of the same type and quality as installed in vicinity of the missing item. Gutters and downspouts
shall be maintained in a condition to carry water away from the building to Prevent erosion damage.

9.3.4 BALCONIES, PORCHES, CARPORTS, AND EXTERIOR STORAGE STRUCTURES: Damaged, missing,
defective, or deteriorated portions of exterior steps, landings, railings, posts, carports slabs, or exterior storage
facilities shall be replaced or repaired. Loose items, such as railings, shall be secured. Damaged or deteriorated
exterior floors or slabs and walls shall be repaired.

9.3.5FACILITY NUMBERS: Missing, deteriorated, or damaged house number shall be replaced with number
matching existing numbers. Identification number shall be of the same size, color, and style as the existing
numbers.

9.3.6. NAME PLATE HOLDERS: Missing or damaged name plate holders shall be replaced with holders of the
same type, size, and quality as existing.

9.3.7 MAILBOXES: Missing or damaged mailboxes shall be replaced with new of the same type and quality.

9.3.8 CLOTHESLINES: All damaged or missing clotheslines, supporting structures, and accessories shall be
repaired or replaced to match existing.

9.3.9 SPLASHBLOCKS: All damaged or missing splashblocks shall be replaced with new to match existing.
Splashblocks shall be set so as to drain water away from the foundation.

9.3.10 GOVERNMENT-OWNED FENCING: As directed by the Contracting Officer, all damaged, missing,
deteriorated wood or chain link fencing and components shall be replaced with new to match existing. This includes
fencing around playgrounds and basketball courts.

9.3.11 PLAYGOUND EQUIPMENT: All damaged, missing, deteriorated or unsafe components or conditions on
playground equipment and playgrounds in common areas shall be maintained or repaired to a safe and useable
condition and shall match original appearance (markings and coloration). All playground equipment shall be
replaced as directed by Contracting Officer.

9.3.12 DOORS: All entrance, storage room, sliding glass doors, and interior doors vandalized, damaged or
deteriorated shall be repaired or replaced as directed in accordance with Technical Provision C- 9L.

9.3.13 LOCKS: The contractor shall be responsible for repairing, maintaining, securing and replacing all entrance
locks, storage room/shed locks and furnace room locks as applicable in family housing units covered under this
contract in accordance with Technical Provision C-9K, Locksets, Miscellaneous Hardware, paragraph 9K.2.7
through 9K.2.7.4

9.3.13.1 Keys: The Contractor shall be responsible for the cutting, reproducing, and the distribution of all keys
required for Family Housing Units covered by this contract.

9.3.13.1.1 Distribution: The distribution of keys for Family Housing Units shall be incorporated in the key control
plan to provide the following:

Entrance Keys - Occupant 3, Family Housing Office 1.

Storage Shed Keys - Occupant 1, Family Housing 1.

Furnace Room Keys - Occupant 0, Family Housing 1.

9.3.13.1.2 The Government will provide a Master Keying Plan to the Contractor upon award of contract.

9.3.14 GLASS AND GLAZING: See Technical Provisions C-9I.
                                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                   P0001


9.3.15 STORM WINDOWS: All damaged or missing storm windows shall be removed and replaced with new to
match existing. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations or printed instructions.

9.4 PEST CONTROL: Application of all pesticides for pest control shall be accomplished in strict accordance with
State and Federal Laws and Regulations. See Section C-11.

9.5 PAINTING: Interior and exterior painting shall be accomplished in
accordance with Technical Provision C-9H.

9.6 UTILITY SYSTEMS:

9.6.1 Electrical: The Contractor shall maintain and repair the electrical systems on individual family housing units.
Repair or replace of electrical compounds shall be made in such a manner as to assure a safe and reliable electrical
system. All replacement materials and components shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL). All work
shall conform to the requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC). The Contractor is responsible for all
maintenance and repair within the housing units and out to the weather head and for yard lights.

9.6.1.1 Circuit Breakers: The Contractor shall label circuit breakers in interior electrical distribution panels.

9.6.2 GAS: The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the gas system internally in each unit foundation
up to and including the regulator.

9.6.3 PLUMBING SYSTEMS: The Contractor shall maintain and repair the Plumbing system in accordance with
National Plumbing Code, local plumbing codes, BOCA, etc.

9.6.3.1 Water System: The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the water system internally in each unit
and from each unit to the service valve.

9.6.3.2 Sewer System: The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance and repair of the sewer system
internally in each unit and from each unit to the main.

9.7 HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING: The Contractor shall perform maintenance and repairs on those
systems listed. The Contractor shall accomplish all required maintenance to provide a safe and operable system.
These systems shall be maintained to the standards specified by the codes referenced in the section titled Applicable
Codes.

9.7.1 Geothermal Heating and Air Units: All units determined to be unserviceable by the Contracting Officer shall
be removed and replaced with a new closed loop geothermal unit. Existing geothermal units are comprised of major
parts to include compressor, blower motor, blower, water coil, air coil, reversing valve, expansion valve, heat
recovery coil, loop pump, and heat recovery pump. The contractor shall keep these parts in stock at all times and
replace as necessary.

9.7.2 Conventional Heating and Air Conditioning Units: There are 3 conventional gaspac systems located in the
Officer’s Quarters at Fort Jackson. The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining these systems. The contractor
shall maintain in his supply spare parts for repair of these units.

9.8 WATER HEATERS: All units determined to be unserviceable by the Contracting Officer shall be removed and
replaced with a new energy conservation type hot water heater. Gas-fired water heater with an input of 75,000
BTUH or less shall conform to Fed. Spec. W-H-196J, Group B, Type IV and in strict accordance with ASHRAE
Standard 90-A-1980, for energy conservation design. See Technical Provision C-9W, Residential Appliances,
paragraph 9W.2.2.3 for details of energy requirements of hot water heater.

9.9 WARRANTY MANAGEMENT: Manage all warranties due or in effect regardless of whether or not the
Contractor installed the part or equipment. Refer to Section C-6, Maintenance Management, paragraph 6.11,
Warranty Execution and Section C-5, Contractor Furnished Items and Responsibilities, paragraph 5.13.5,
Warranties.                                  END OF SECTION C-9
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


                                                 SECTION C-9-AA

                           REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS MATERIALS

                                                PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: South Carolina Regulation 61-86.1, “Standards of Performance for Asbestos
Projects”, OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101 “Asbestos”, OSHA 1926.1001, 40 CFR 763, 40 CFR 61 Subpart M. In the
event of conflict between applicable regulations (including SC Regulation 61-86.1) and this specification, the
contractor will comply with the requirements of SC Regulation 61-86.1. In the event of any conflict between any
applicable regulation and this contract specification, the contractor will comply with the requirements of State and
Federal regulations.

1.1.1 GENERAL: All removal methods must be nonfriable as defined and according to SC Regulation 61-86.1.
Work should be accomplished in accordance with all applicable State and Federal regulations, as listed, but not
limited, to the references in Section 1.1 of this specification. The contractor must maintain at least one trained and
licensed Building Inspector on staff, according to SC Reg. 61-86.1. This individual should be consulted on all jobs
that may disturb suspect asbestos containing material prior to the start of work.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:

1.2.1 GENERAL: Requirements of the General and Supplemental Conditions apply to all work in this Section.
Provide all labor, material, equipment and services specified herein or reasonably necessary for and incidental to a
complete job. When existing, remove all layers of floor tile, plywood overlay, all adhesive materials; asphalt
impregnated paper (vapor barrier) and wood base. All removal projects should include all asbestos containing
material present.

1.2.2 SURVEYS: Prior to the start of any work on suspect asbestos containing materials, the Contractor must
obtain a copy of the results of a building survey for asbestos for that particular building. This survey database will
be maintained by Fort Jackson. The Contractor may request a copy of a survey for any building through the
Contracting Officer Representative (COR). Prior to any renovation or demolition a building survey for asbestos
shall be completed according to SC Reg. 61-86.1.

1.2.3 ABATEMENT PLANS: The Contractor is responsible for submitting an abatement plan to the COR for all
Regulated Asbestos Containing Material (RACM) abatement jobs, regardless of size or condition. This plan should
be completed by the licensed building inspector on the contractor’s staff, as required in Section 1.2.1. At a
minimum, this written plan shall include: (a) the building number of the existing material (b) a description of the
material proposed for abatement, (c) the project classification, according to SC Reg. 61-86.1 (NESHAP, Small,
Minor, or O&M), and (d) the location of approved landfill for disposal. A plan will only be required when
disturbance of RACM is required. Upon review of abatement plans, submitted by the Contractor to the COR, the
Contractor will receive written approval. The Contractor must be in receipt of this written approval prior to the start
of work. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preparation and implementation of a written design for each
abatement renovation project including the removal of greater than 3000 square, 1500 linear or 656 cubic feet of
RACM in a facility to be reoccupied according to SC Reg. 61-76.1. Projects meeting this criteria must be designed
in accordance with 40 CFR 763.90(g).

1.2.4 DISPOSAL: Upon disposal of RACM, in accordance with SC Reg. 61-86.1, the Contractor shall submit
waste shipment records to the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control (DHEC) within 45
days, as required. The Contractor shall submit a copy of waste shipment records to the COR.

1.2.5 NEW MATERIALS: Replacement or new materials used in Family Housing projects may not contain
asbestos. The contractor must present the COR with a certification, including Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS),
that documents new or replacement materials are not asbestos containing.

1.3 POTENTIAL ASBESTOS HAZARD
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001


1.3.1 GENERAL: The disturbance of asbestos-containing materials may cause asbestos fibers to be released into
the building's atmosphere, thereby creating a potential health hazard to workmen and building occupants. This
potential release is minimized by making sure that all materials remain non friable during removal. Apprise all
workers, supervisory personnel, subcontractors and consultants who will be at the job site of the seriousness of the
hazard and of proper work procedures which must be followed.

1.3.1.1 Where in the performance of the work, workers, supervisory personnel, subcontractors or consultants may
encounter, disturb or otherwise function in the immediate vicinity of any identified asbestos-containing materials,
take appropriate continuous measures as necessary to protect all building occupants from the potential hazard of
exposure to airborne asbestos. Such measures shall include the procedures and methods described herein, and
compliance with applicable Federal, and State regulations.

1.4 STOP WORK

1.4.1 GENERAL: If the Contractor, COR or the Air Monitoring Technician presents a written stop work order,
immediately and automatically stop all work. Do not start work until authorized in writing by the Contracting
Officer.

1.5 DEFINITIONS

1.5.1 ABATEMENT: Procedures to control fiber release from asbestos-containing building materials. Includes
encapsulation, enclosure, and removal.

1.5.2 AIRLOCK: A system for permitting ingress or egress without permitting air movement between a
contaminated area and an uncontaminated area, typically consisting of two curtained doorways.

1.5.3 AIR MONITORING: The process of measuring the fiber content of a specific volume of air in a stated period
of time.

1.5.4 AMENDED WATER: Water containing a wetting agent or surfactant.

1.5.5AREA MONITORING: Sampling of asbestos fiber concentrations within the asbestos control area and outside
the asbestos control area, which is representative of the airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers which may reach
the breathing zone.

1.5.6 ASBESTOS:        The term asbestos includes chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, tremolite, anthophyllite and
actinolite.

1.5.7     REGULATED ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL (RACM): Any material
containing more than 1% by weight of asbestos of any type or any mixture of types.

1.5.8 ASBESTOS-CONTAINING WASTE MATERIAL: Any material which is or is suspected of being or any
material contaminated with an ACM which is to be removed from a work area for disposal.

1.5.9 ASBESTOS CONTROL AREA: An area where asbestos abatement operations are performed, which is
isolated by physical boundaries to prevent the spread of asbestos dust, fibers or debris.

1.5.l0 ASBESTOS FIBERS: Asbestos fibers having a length to diameter ratio of at least 3:1 and longer than 5
micrometers.

1.5.11 ASBESTOS PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMIT (PEL): The limit is 0.2 fibers (longer than 5 micrometers)
per cubic centimeter of air as an eight-hour time weighted average, as determined by Appendix A of 29 CFR
1926.58.

1.5.12 AUTHORIZED VISITOR: The Owner, the Air Monitoring Technician or representative or any regulatory
or other agency having jurisdiction over the project.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001




1.5.13 BARRIER: Any surface that seals off the work area to inhibit the movement of fibers.

1.5.14 BREATHING ZONE: A hemisphere forward of the shoulders with a radius of approximately 6 to 9 inches.

1.5.15 CEILING CONCENTRATION: The concentration of an airborne substance that shall not be exceeded.

1.5.16 CERTIFIED INDUSTRIAL HYGIENIST (C.I.H.): An Industrial Hygienist certified in Comprehensive
Practice by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene.

1.5.17 CLEAN ROOM: An uncontaminated area or room, which is part of the worker decontamination enclosure
system, with provisions for storage of workers' street clothes and protective equipment.

1.5.18 COMPETENT PERSON: One who is capable of identifying existing asbestos, tremolite, anthophyllite or
actinolite hazards in the work place and who has the authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.

1.5.19 CURTAINED DOORWAY: A device to allow ingress or egress from one room to another while permitting
minimal air movement between the rooms, typically constructed by placing two overlapping sheets of plastic over
an existing or temporarily framed doorway, securing each along the top of the doorway, securing the vertical edge of
one sheet along one vertical side of the doorway, and securing the vertical edge of the other sheet along the opposite
vertical side of the doorway.

1.5.20 DECONTAMINATION ENCLOSURE SYSTEM: A series of connected rooms, with curtained doorways
between any two adjacent rooms, for the decontamination of workers or of materials and equipment. A
decontamination enclosure system always contains at least one airlock.

1.5.21 DEMOLITION: The wrecking or taking out of any building component, system, finish or assembly of a
facility together with any related handling operations.

1.5.22 ENCAPSULANT: A liquid material which can be applied to asbestos
containing material and which controls the possible release of asbestos fibers from the material either by creating a
membrane over the surface (bridging encapsulant or by penetrating into the material and binding its components
together (penetrating encapsulant).

1.5.23 ENCAPSULATION: All herein specified procedures necessary to coat all ACM with an encapsulant to
control the possible release of asbestos fibers into the ambient air.

1.5.24 ENCLOSURE: All herein specified procedures necessary to complete enclosure of all ACM behind airtight,
impermeable permanent barriers.

1.5.25 EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION ENCLOSURE SYSTEM: A decontamination enclosure system for
materials and equipment. Typically consisting of a designated area of the work area, a washroom, a holding area
and an uncontaminated area.

1.5.26 EQUIPMENT AREA: A contaminated area or room, which is part of the worker decontamination enclosures
system, With provisions for storage of contaminated clothing and equipment.

1.5.27 FIXED OBJECT: A unit of equipment or furniture in the work area which cannot be removed from the work
area.

1.5.28 FRIABLE ASBESTOS MATERIAL: Material that contains more than one percent asbestos by weight and
that can be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressure when dry.

1.5.29 GLOVEBAG: A sack (typically constructed of 6-mil transparent polyethylene or polyvinylchloride plastic)
with two inward projecting long sleeved gloves, which are designed to enclose an object from which an
asbestos-containing material is to be removed.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001




1.5.30 HEPA FILTER: A High Efficiency Particulate Absolute (HEPA) filter capable of trapping and retaining
99.97% of asbestos fibers greater than 0.3 microns in length.

1.5.31 HEPA FILTER VACUUM COLLECTION EQUIPMENT (OR VACUUM CLEANER: High efficiency
particulate air absolute filtered vacuum collection equipment with a filter system capable of collecting and retaining
asbestos fibers. Filters should be of 99.97% efficiency for retaining fibers of 0.3 microns or larger.

1.5.32 HIGH-EFFICIENCY FILTER: A filter which removed from air 99.97% or more of monodisperse
dioctylphthalate (DOP) particles having a mean particle diameter of 0.3 micrometer.

1.5.33 HOLDING AREA: A chamber between the washroom and an uncontaminated area in the equipment
decontamination enclosure system. The holding area comprises an airlock.

1.5.34 LOCKDOWN: Lockdown is the procedure of applying a protective coating or sealant to a surface from
which ACM have been removed. It's primary function is to control and minimize airborne asbestos fiber generation
that might result from any asbestos-containing residue on the substrate.

1.5.35 MOVABLE OBJECT: A unit of equipment or furniture in the work area which can be removed from the
work area.

1.5.36 NEGATIVE PRESSURE: Air pressure lower than surrounding area, generally caused by exhausting air
from a sealed space (work area).

1.5.37 NEGATIVE PRESSURE RESPIRATOR: A respirator in which the air pressure inside the respiratory inlet
covering is positive during exhalation in relation to the air pressure of the outside atmosphere and negative during
inhalation in relation to the air pressure of the outside atmosphere.

1.5.38 NEGATIVE PRESSURE VENTILATION SYSTEM: A local exhaust system, utilizing HEPA filtration
capable of maintaining a negative pressure inside the work area and a constant air flow from adjacent areas into the
work area and exhausting that air outside the work area.

1.5.39 NONFRIABLE ASBESTOS MATERIAL: Material that contains asbestos in which the fibers have been
locked in by a bonding agent, coating, binder or other material so that the asbestos is well bound and will not release
fibers in excess of the asbestos control limit during any appropriate use, handling, demolition, storage,
transportation, processing or disposal.

1.5.40 OWNER: Fort Jackson or their authorized representative.

1.5.41 PERSONAL MONITORING: Sampling of asbestos fiber concentrations within the breathing zone of an
employee to determine the 8-hour time weighted average in accordance with Appendix A of 29 CFR 1926.58. The
samples shall be representative of the employee's work tasks. The breathing zone shall be considered an area within
12 inches of the nose or mouth of an employee.

1.5.42 PROTECTION FACTOR: The ratio of the ambient concentration of an airborne substance to the
concentration of the substance inside the respirator at the breathing zone of the wearer. The protection factor is a
measure of the degree of protection provided by a respirator to the wearer.

1.5.43 REGULATED AREA: An area established to demarcate areas where airborne concentrations of asbestos,
tremolite, anthophyllite, actinolite or a combination of these materials exceed or can reasonably be expected to
exceed the permissible exposure limits. The regulated area may take the form of an enclosed control area or an area
demarcated that minimizes the number of personnel who may be exposed to asbestos, tremolite, anthophyllite or
actinolite.

1.5.44 REMOVAL: All herein specified procedure necessary to strip all asbestos-containing materials from the
designated areas and to dispose of these materials at an acceptable site.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001




1.5.45 RESPIRATOR: A device designed to protect the wearer from the inhalation of harmful atmospheres.

1.5.46 SHOWER ROOM: A room between the clean room and the equipment room in the worker decontamination
enclosure system, with hot and cold running water and suitably arranged for complete showering during
decontamination. The shower room comprises an airlock between contaminated and clean areas.

1.5.47 SURFACTANT: A chemical wetting agent added to water to improve penetration, thus reducing the
quantity of water required for a given operation or area.

1.5.48 TIME WEIGHTED AVERAGE (TWA): Three samples are required to establish the time weighted average.
The TWA is an eight-hour time weighted average of airborne concentration of fibers, longer than 5 micrometers, per
cubic centimeter of air.

1.5.49 VISIBLE EMISSIONS: Any emissions containing particulate asbestos material that are visually detectable
without the aid of instruments. This does not include condensed uncombined water vapor.

1.5.50 WASHROOM: A room between the work area and the holding area in the equipment decontamination
enclosure system. The washroom comprises an airlock.

1.5.51 WET CLEANING: The process of eliminating asbestos contamination from building surfaces and objects
by using cloths, mops or other cleaning tools which have been dampened with water, and by afterwards disposing of
these cleaning tools as asbestos-contaminated waste.

1.5.52 WORK AREA: Any area indicated on the Drawings as asbestos abatement areas or as areas containing
friable asbestos material.

1.5.53 WORKER DECONTAMINATION ENCLOSURE SYSTEM: A decontamination enclosure system for
workers, typically consisting of a clean room, a shower room and an equipment room (dirty change room) with
airlocks/curtained doorways between any two adjacent rooms.

1.6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL

1.6.1.1.1.1            GENERAL SUPERINTENDENT: Provide a full-time General
Superintendent who is experienced in administration and supervision of asbestos abatement projects including work
practices, protective measures for building and personnel, disposal procedures, etc. This person is the Competent
Person by 29 CFR 1926 for the Contractor and is Contractor's representative responsible for compliance with all
applicable federal, state and local regulations, particularly those relating to asbestos-containing materials. The
General Superintendent or Supervisor must be accredited as required by 40 CFR 763.90 and SCDHEC Regulations.
Accreditation must be in accordance with 40 CFR 763, Appendix C to Subpart E EPA Model Contractor
Accreditation Plan and must have at least two years on-the-job experience in asbestos abatement projects.

1.6.1.1 The certified General Superintendent must be present at the project site at all times that work is in progress.
It is mandatory that the Superintendent enter the work area (asbestos enclosure) a minimum of two times each
eight-hour shift to inspect progress of work and work practices. Proof of such inspections shall be provided in the
form of daily inspection forms signed by the General Superintendent.

1.7 SAFETY COMPLIANCE

1.7.1 GENERAL: In addition to detailed requirements Of this specification, comply with laws, ordinances, rules
and regulations Of federal, state, regional and local authorities regarding handling, storing, transporting and
disposing of asbestos waste materials. Comply with the applicable requirements of the current issue of 29 CFR
1926.58 and 40 CFR 61, Subparts A and B. Where the requirements of this specification and referenced documents
vary, the most stringent requirement shall apply.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


                                                   SECTION C-10

                         RECURRING EQUIPMENT AND FACILITY MAINTENANCE


10.0 GENERAL:

10.1 SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment,
supervision and materials, and performing all operations/ tasks at the frequencies specified herein to accomplish
seasonal and preventive maintenance of playground/recreation equipment, bus stop shelters, hot water heaters, and
heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment, and HVAC filter replacement. Scheduled maintenance shall be
performed as requested by task order issued monthly, quarterly and annually by the Contracting Officer. See CLIN
0002, and corresponding CLIN’s of option years.

10.2 RECURRING MAINTENANCE.

10.2.1 Playground and Recreational Equipment Maintenance: The contractor shall schedule inspections for and
perform preventive maintenance of all playground and recreational equipment within the family housing areas and
listed in Technical Exhibit TE-3 each month. Preventive maintenance shall include repair, restore and maintain a
safe, useable and aesthetically acceptable condition, all items of equipment, concrete block maze, and fencing as
applicable within each area. Chain link fencing shall be maintained, including repainting and replacement of
components as necessary to maintain serviceability of fence. The contractor shall level, rake, and add sand as
directed, to maintain the grounds within the play areas. Erosion control problems that arise around playground
equipment areas located on sloped hillside shall be the responsibility of the contractor to correct, to include hauling
and placing topsoil fill materials and establishing grass.

10.2.2 Bus Stop Shelter Maintenance: The Contractor shall schedule inspections for and perform preventive
maintenance of all bus stop shelter equipment within the family housing areas and listed in Technical Exhibit-3 each
month. Preventive maintenance shall include repair, restore and maintain a safe, useable and aesthetically
acceptable condition, to include the complete structure, seats and benches, attachments and concrete pads. Erosion
control problems that arise around bus stop shelter concrete pads shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to
correct, to include hauling and placing topsoil fill materials and establishing grass. Painting of pipe supports and
wood benches shall be as directed by the Contracting Officer (before annual TRADOC and ARMY Community of
Excellence) and included as a part of recurring bus stop shelter maintenance at no additional cost to the Government.

 10.2.3 Service for Gas Hot Water Heaters: The Contractor shall provide preventive
 maintenance service on all gas hot water heaters in the housing area to ensure safe and reliable operation. The
 contractor may elect replacement in lieu of repair to accomplish
Safe and reliable operation.

10.2.4.1 Geothermal Heat Pump Systems Maintenance: The Contractor shall schedule inspections for and perform
preventive maintenance on all geothermal (water source) heat pump, and forced-air heating system equipment
located in each family housing unit annually. The Contractor shall restore heating and air systems and their
associated components as defined herein per applicable section of the Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) and
National Electric Code (NEC). Preventive maintenance shall include repair, replace and restore parts and
components to maintain heating and air systems in a safe and acceptable condition. The list of requirements listed
below are only noted for reasons of identifying the nature of the work involved and are not limited to the specific
items indicated.

10.2.4.1.1 Annual Service: Shall be accomplished by the end of March.

10.2.4.1.2 Check, clean and calibrate thermostat. The thermostat couple reading shall conform to system
specifications. Repair or replace malfunctioning thermostat.

10.2.4.1.3 DELETED.
                                                                                                   W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                              P0001


10.2.4.1.4 Inspect heat exchangers for damage, replace heat exchanger as necessary after notifying the Contracting
Officer.

10.2.4.1.5 Check the blower and motor for proper alignment. Check for excessive noise, heat, and vibration.
Lubricate blower and motor.

10.2.4.1.6 Clean ducts, louvers, and screened openings as required. Tighten duct hangers, replace missing hanger
fasteners and re-tape where existing tape is loose or missing.

10.2.4.1.7 Check and set high temperature limit switch.

10.2.4.1.8 Check belts for tightness and cracking. Replace damaged belts and tighten loose belts as necessary.

10.2.4.1.9 Replace filter.

10.2.4.1.10 After the system is in a correct, safe and efficient operating condition, the controls are to be set to
permit the occupant to switch on or over to the heating mode of the thermostat and have system function properly.

10.2.4.2 Air Conditioning Equipment Maintenance: The contractor shall schedule inspections for and perform
preventive maintenance on all forced-air cooling system equipment located in each family housing unit annually.
The Contractor shall restore cooling systems and their associated components as defined herein per applicable
section of the Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC), National Electric Code (NEC) and Air Conditioning and
Refrigeration Institute (ARI) Publication. Preventive maintenance shall include repair, replace and servicing parts
and components to maintain HVAV systems in a safe and acceptable condition. The list of requirements listed
below are only noted for reasons of identifying the nature of the work involved and are not limited to the specific
items indicated. The Contractor is expected to have an aggressive preventative maintenance program and will not be
reimbursed for air handler motors . This includes fan motors.

10.2.4.2.1 Annual Service: Shall be accomplished by the end of March. Annual service shall start on 01 April and
run thru 31 Mar. The Contractor shall notify the QAE daily that all systems serviced that day are ready for
inspection. All system coils will be inspected for cleanliness. The Contractor should expect PM on 5 to 6 units each
workday throughout the year.

10.2.4.2.2 GENERAL:

10.2.4.2.2.1 Check, clean and calibrate air conditioning thermostat. The thermostat couple reading shall conform to
system specifications. Repair or replace malfunctioning thermostat.

10.2.4.2.2.2 Clean condensation drain line.

10.2.4.2.2.3 Clean ducts, louvers and screened openings as required. Tighten duct hangers, replace missing hanger
fasteners and re-tape where existing tape is loose or missing.

10.2.4.2.2.4 Clean blower assembly and motor. Lubricate motor bearings.

10.2.4.2.2.5 Check evaporator coil and remove dirt build-up from coils. Clean coils with an approved coil cleaner.

10.2.4.2.2.6 Lubricate bearings on motor shaft. Repair, replace motor, bearing and other components as necessary.

10.2.4.2.2.7 Replace filter.

10.2.4.2.2.8 After the system is in a correct, safe and efficient operating condition, the controls are to be set to
permit the occupant to switch on or over to the cooling of the thermostat and have the system function properly.

10.2.4.2.2.9 Repair or replace malfunctioning air conditioning components.
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


10.2.4.2.3 Conformance: The contractor shall perform the tasks/standards as outlined above for preventive
maintenance of HVAC equipment during the seasons as specified below and in accordance with Section C-9,
Standards AND Specifications, paragraph 9.7 through 9.7.2.2, and in conjunction with Section C-7, Service Calls,
paragraph 7.9, and Section C-8, Change of Occupancy Maintenance, paragraph 8.3.21 and 8.3.22, and Section C-1,
GENERAL, paragraph 1.1.7, and Technical Provision C-9Y Service Order and Change of Occupancy Maintenance,
paragraph 9Y.3.1.17 through 9Y.3.1.17.2.

10.2.4.2.3.1 Heating seasons runs from 1 October to mid-April.

10.2.4.2.3.2 Air conditioning season runs from 1 April through mid October.

10.2.4.2.3.3 The seasons may be modified depending on weather conditions.

10.2.4.2.3.4 The Contractor shall ensure systems are operating prior to the dates specified above, and where
required, shall conduct the necessary scheduled maintenance during the off season.

10.2.4.2.3.5 Preventive HVAC systems maintenance includes the items listed below and shall be accomplished
within the time frames indicated.

10.2.5 FILTER REPLACEMENT: The contractor shall be responsible for replacement of HVAC air filters during
Change of Occupancy Maintenance, on a Thirty (30) Day Cycle, and during each Seasonal Equipment Check.

10.2.5.1 Change of Occupancy Maintenance: The Contractor shall replace the furnace and air conditioning filters
in each Family Housing Unit during COM. Inspect coils, clean if necessary and have inspector check coils before
the system is started.

10.2.5.2 Thirty (30) Day Cycle: The Contractor shall replace all furnace and air conditioning filters in each Family
Housing Unit. Filter replacement shall be completed within fifteen (15) days following cycle start, except when
performed in conjunction with Season Preventive Maintenance checks.

10.2.5.3 Seasonal Maintenance: See paragraphs 10.2.4.1.13 and 10.2.4.2.4.7 for air filter replacement during
seasonal preventive maintenance checks. NOTE: Contractor may elect to coordinate and perform Thirty (30) Day
Cycle filter replacement with seasonal preventive maintenance checks.

10.2.5.4 AIR FILTERS: Disposable type air filters not less than 1 inch thick shall be installed in furnace casings, in
return air ducts at furnace, or in combination filter holder return air grilles. Contractor shall submit manufacturer's
literature and one (1) sample filter of the type to be used in this contract.

                                              END OF SECTION C-10
                                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                 P0001


                                                   SECTION C-11

                                                  PEST CONTROL


11.1 GENERAL:

11.1.1 SCOPE: The Contractor shall provide all pest control services outlined in this specification. The
Contractor shall respond to all requests to prevent or correct infestations of insects, rodents and other pests
including household pests, structural pests, pests of medical importance, ornamental and turf pests, and
miscellaneous pests. The Contractor shall respond to cockroach problems as directed by the Contracting
Officer. All pest control requirements are separate contract Line Items, except for termite control when
waterproofing/excavating below quarters. But, termite treatment for a complete building for the sole purpose
of termite control, is a separate contract Line Items.

11.1.2 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, State and Local laws,
regulations, and directives listed in Section C-3, Applicable Publications, regarding storage, mixing, applying,
equipment certificates and safety for use of pesticides, fungicides and rodenticides.

11.1.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY: The Contractor shall exercise all safety precautions
necessary during use of pesticides to protect all personnel, property and environment. The Contractor shall
maintain equipment to prevent leakage. All water hoses used shall be equipped with backflow preventers. The
Contractor shall comply with all OSHA Safety Requirements. Pesticide spills shall be reported immediately to
the Contracting Officer. Contractor shall clean up spill in accordance with AR 420-76, 4-1(c). Pesticide
containers shall be disposed of in accordance with AR 420-76, 4-2. No containers, equipment or clean up
material that is contaminated with pesticide shall be disposed of on Fort Jackson property.

11.2 MATERIALS:

11.2.1 PESTICIDES: Contractor shall use only those pesticides and other materials registered by the EPA
and approved by DOD and the State of South Carolina for the use intended. Contractor shall prepare and
submit a list of chemicals, to include their intended use, to the Contracting Officer for review on contract start
date and as changes occur. Contractor shall not use any chemicals on Fort Jackson or its off-post facilities until
included on the list. Pesticide usage shall be in strict conformance with label directions. Pesticides that have
been suspended or canceled by EPA shall only be used per the suspension or cancellation order and shall not
be used after the date indicated on the order. Contractor shall maintain a label book and a material safety data
sheet book of pesticides used and have it readily available for reference.

11.2.2 See SECTION C-1, page, C-1-6, pars. 1.7.2.1 & 1.7.2.1.1 for certification categories.

11.2.3 VEHICLES EQUIPMENT: Contractor shall maintain vehicles and equipment in operating condition,
to include:

11.2.3.1 Security: Contractor shall secure pesticides carried on vehicles in locked compartments when not in
use. Vehicles, shall not be left unattended at anytime unless locked and secured. Containers shall be clearly
labeled. Pesticide dispersal equipment shall be clearly marked "This equipment contaminated with pesticide".

11.2.3.2 Tanks, Hoses, Pumps, Control Valves, Gauges, and Fumigation Equipment shall be free of visible
deterioration, shall not leak, and shall operate at the manufacturer's recommended rates and pressures. Equipment
which has failed shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor prior to resuming operations.

11.2.3.3Screens, Strainers, and Filters shall be used and maintained IAW the pump, sprayer and                  nozzle
manufacturers' instruction.

11.2.3.4 Spray Nozzles shall deliver spray patterns as specified by the nozzle manufacturer. Nozzles which become
clogged or eroded shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor prior to resuming operations.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001




11.2.3.5 Ultra-low Volume (ULV) Equipment shall be calibrated to assure proper flow rate of pesticide as required
by the label. The ULV equipment shall be calibrated upon initiation of the contract and every 50 hours thereafter or
per manufacturer's recommendations or when the machine is repaired. Contractor shall Perform a droplet size
analysis for each ULV item of equipment at least once per year. Report of this analysis shall be maintained on file
and made available to the Contracting Officer on demand.

11.2.3.6 Pesticide Dispersal Vehicles, Equipment, Bait Stations, and Trays, shall be clearly and plainly marked
with "DANGER"..."PESTICIDES" and with the name and concentration of the pesticide enclosed.

11.2.3.7 Safety Equipment and Clothing shall be used IAW ARs 40-5, 385-32 and 420-76; OSHA Standard 1910-
134; and TM 5-632.

11.2.3.8 Clothing contaminated by spillage shall be immediately removed and thoroughly laundered before
wearing. Uniforms of pesticide applicators shall not be worn during other than duty performance and shall be
laundered daily to limit contamination.

11.3 EXECUTION: The Contractor shall utilize Integrated Pest Management (IPM) practices at all times. This is a
planned program incorporating continuous monitoring, education, record keeping and communication to prevent
pests and disease vectors from causing unacceptable damage to operations, people property, material or the
environment. IPM uses targeted, effective, economical and environmentally sound methods including education,
habitat modification, biological, cultural, mechanical, physical and regulatory controls, and where necessary, the
judicious use of least hazardous chemical treatment.

11.3.1 NOTIFICATION: The Contractor shall report any evidence of pests or conditions conducive to pest
infestation to the Contracting Officer at the time of observance.

11.3.2 GENERAL:         The Contractor shall perform the following tasks each time pest control          services are
accomplished.

11.3.2.1 Inspect the site completely.

11.3.2.2 Identify pests, pest damage, or any potential for pest infestation.

11.3.2.3 Determine the extent of the pest problem.

11.3.2.4 The Contractor shall utilize only pesticides for intended use as specified on the label. All pesticide usage
and mixing shall be in strict conformance with the pesticide
label.

11.3.2.4.1 When treating for cockroaches, all units of the affected facility shall be included. NOTE: During COM
when all units cannot be made available, the vacant unit under COM will be treated, regardless.

11.3.2.4.2   Evaluate the Effectiveness of the treatment and follow-up as necessary to correct the infestation. In
case of heavy infestation a follow-up treatment shall be done two weeks after initial treatment.

11.3.2.4.3      German Cockroaches: During all COM or when a survey indicates an infestation of German
Cockroaches the contractor will in addition to the residual pesticide application add an insect growth regulator
fenoxycarb (Torus 2-E) or hydroprene (Gencor) or an approved equivalent and apply according to label instructions.

11.3.2.5 Termite Treatment:

11.3.2.5.1 Termiticide Mixing shall be done in another area designated by the Contracting Officer. When any
mixing is to be done, 24 hours notice shall be given to the Contracting Officer so that the QAE (certified technician)
is present during mixing operation.
                                                                                                         W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                    P0001


11.3.2.5.2   Application of Termiticide: The Contractor shall use only EPA registered termiticide. The application
shall be performed by certified personnel in accordance with the methods listed below or with approved label
directions. If a conflict exists between these methods in this paragraph and the pesticide label, the label shall
prevail.

11.3.2.5.3     Interior Treatment for Slab or Grade Construction: Chemical is to be injected below the concrete slab
at 6 to 8 inches from the exterior wall at intervals of 12-18 inches. Holes shall be drilled and chemically injected at
the rate of 4 gallons per 10 linear feet and the holes patched with cement to restore slab to its original condition.
Any floor covering, i.e., tile, will be patched with appropriate material to return the covering to its original
condition. Chemical shall also be injected along any cracks or construction joints, or expansion joints occurring in
the slab. Chemical shall be injected along any point where there is a change in slab elevation (i.e., where two or
more units in a building have different slab elevations treatments shall be applied at the connecting wall). Chemical
shall be injected around all plumbing to utilize conduits that enter through the slab. Chemical shall be applied at the
rate of 4 gallons per 10 linear feet. No termiticide application shall occur where sub-slab or intra-slab duct work
exists.

11.3.2.5.4     Exterior Treatment: Apply four gallons of diluted termiticide per 10 linear feet of foundation for each
one foot of grade above the footing. Apply chemical to a dug trench six to eight inches wide and 12 inches deep
along the outside of the foundation including porches and patios. where there is a construction joint such as between
the porch or stoop and the exterior wall of the building, it shall be treated drilling vertically through the concrete at a
distance of 6 to 8 inches from the exterior wall at the intervals of 12 to 18 inches to allow injection of the termiticide
into the soil below all joints, cracks, or openings. Holes will be chemically injected at the rate of 4 gallons per 10
linear feet and holes filled with cement after the chemical is applied. All voids in masonry block foundations (below
the slab) will be treated at or near the footing with 2 gallons of diluted termiticide per 10 linear feet by injecting the
chemical into drilled holes and patching the holes with cement after the chemical is applied.

11.3.2.6 The Contractor shall furnish the Contracting Officer daily a listing of the types, volumes and
concentrations of pesticides applied, square feet of area treated, pest(s) treated and man hours utilized.

11.3.2.7 Repair Damage to areas affected by the pests or damaged as of result of control efforts or treatment.

11.3.3 BIRD CONTROL: Contractor shall provide pest control services for control of birds and removal of bird
droppings and nests.

11.3.4 VERTEBRATE CONTROL: The Contractor shall trap or net in a humane manner, vertebrate to include
cats, bats, skunks, squirrels and raccoons and dispose of the trapped animals as follows: trapped domestic animals;
i.e., dogs and cats, shall be carried to Ft Jackson Veterinarian, Building 2445, and wild animals will be disposed of
as directed by the Contracting Officer.

11.3.5 CARCASS DISPOSAL: Contractor shall remove all dead rodents or other animals from the area and
dispose of them at an off-post location or unless otherwise directed by the Contracting Officer. Recovery and
disposal shall be made within 4 hours after notification of the presence of dead animals. When noxious odors
indicate the presence of dead rodents or other animals in accessible areas, locate and remove carcass, apply an
effective deodorizer.

11.3.6   WARRANTY OF SERVICES: (Read the following in conjunction with FAR 52.246-20, Warranty of
         Services.) Contractor shall provide the Government with a written warranty form, for each building
         treated for subterranean termites and good for a period of no less than five years, guaranteeing re-treatment
         of any subsequent subterranean termite infestation found within five years after initial treatment. Any
         structural damage due to termite infestation found within five years after the initial treatment shall be
         repaired at no additional cost to the Government.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


                                                  SECTION C-12

                                                   SUBMITTALS

12.1 GENERAL:

12.1.1 SCOPE: This section of the specifications covers the submittals samples, certificates of compliance,
hardware schedule, manufacturer's literature, test report, and shop drawings for the materials and products to be used
in the performance of the work under these contract plans and specifications.

12.1.2 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: A Contractor shall provide the information and items required as
indicated in paragraph. "SUBMIITAL DATA", herein below in sufficient detail to show that products and materials
meet the specifications. The Contractor shall submit for approval any variation from specification requirement and
provide an explanation for variation. Approval of variations does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of
complying with the overall requirements of the specifications.

12.1.3 DEFINITIONS:

12.1.3.1 Certificate of Compliance: A certificate of compliance is defined as a letter from the manufacturer of a
particular product attesting that the product meets the specified standards and requirements. These standards shall
be so stated in the certificate which shall be signed and notarized. A standardized certification will be acceptable
provided it also states that the product or material conforms to the specified standards.

12.1.3.2 Hardware Schedule: Hardware schedule shall list all of the materials to be furnished and shall be
submitted for approval. The schedule shall include for each item; the quantities, manufacturer's catalog numbers,
hinge and door closer sizes, detail information and location and hardware set identification, corresponding ANSI or
BMMA standard type or function number to manufacturer's catalog number, and list abbreviations, and template
numbers.

12.1.3.3 Manufacturer's Literature: Manufacturer's literature is defined as catalogs, cuts, diagrams, drawings, and
other descriptive data furnished by the manufacturer to demonstrate conformance to the specification requirements.
Where more than one product is presented in the literature, the products to be used on the job shall be clearly
indicated.

l2.1.3.4 Test Reports: Test reports are defined as the results of any specified testing requirements and shall clearly
indicate the methods used and the quantitative results. All testing shall be performed by an independent commercial
testing laboratory certifying that the results are accurate.

12.1.3.5 Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be prepared complete with details of all metal, concrete, and any
other materials required in the installation. Complete details of assembling of the items shall be provided along
with appropriate dimensions.

12.1.3.6 Warranty: A warranty is defined as a written guarantee of the integrity of a product and the manufacturer's
responsibility for the repair or replacement of defective parts or items.

12.1.3.7 Samples: Samples of materials to be used on the job may be required to be submitted and if required they
shall be representative of the materials to be used and shall conform with the plans and specifications. The samples
shall bear any qualifying stamping or marking as required by the material standard or by these specifications. The
sizes and quantities of samples to be submitted will be indicated in the table of submitted data found below in
paragraph 12.1.4, "SUBMITTAL DATA".

12.1.4 SUBMITIAL DATA: The required data listed below shall be submitted for approval. Paragraphs and
sections of the technical specifications requiring submittals and the items to be submitted are as follows:

SECTION               PARA NO.       ITEM                             SUBMITTAL DATA
                                                                                                W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                           P0001


C-9       9.2.5.3.        Garbage Disposal                         Manufacturer's Literature

C-9       9.2.9            Thermostat                            One unit with base, Manufacturer's
                                                                 Literature and Installation Instructions

C-9          9.2.10            Smoke Detector                    One unit with Manu-
                                                     facturer's Literature &
                                                      Installation Instructions.

C-9                          9.7.1              Gas Fired Furnace      Manufacturer's Literature
                                       (each Capacity) and Maintenance Manual

C-9                          9.7.2.1            Condensing UnitsManufacturer's Literature
                                                (each Capacity) and Shop Drawings

C-9                          9.7.2.2            Evaporative CoilsManufacturer's Literature
                                                (each Capacity) and Shop Drawings

A-9                          9.8                Water Heaters Manufacturer's Literature
                                                (each Capacity) and Certificate

C-9                          9A.2.2             Range Hood                  Manufacturer's Literature
                                                                            and HVI Certification

C-9                  9B.3.7.1 Caulking                     Manufacturer's Literature
                                      Compound

C-9                  9B.3.6.1 Vinyl Phenolic    Manufacturer's Literature
                                                Primer

C-9                          9B.3.6.2 Bath Tub                     Manufacturer's Literature
                                              Finish Coat

C-9                          9C.8.1             Seed                        Processor's Label

C-9                          9C.8.2             Fertilizer                  Test Report

C-9                          9D.5(A) Standard Type Certificate of Compliance
              Countertop             and Manufacturer’s
                                             Backsplash             Literature

C-9                          9D.5(B) Fully Formed           Certificate of Compliance
                                              Type Counter Top         Manufacturer's Literature

SECTION                      PARA NO.           ITEM                        SUBMITTAL
DATA

C-9                          9D.5.1.1 3/4" Plywood              12" sq. &
                                      Manufacuturer's Literature

C-9                          9D.5.7             Cabinets           Manufacturer's Literature
                                                                          & Drawings of each type

C-9                          9E.2.1             Sheet Vinyl                 2-12" squares, Certificate &
                                                                            Manufacturer's Literature
                                                                                                 W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                            P0001




C-9                          9E.2.6              Vinyl Composition        2 Tiles each color
                                                            Certificates &
                                                                Manufacturer's Literature

C-9                          9F.2.1              Framing Lumber Grade Marked, 1
each, 12" long

C-9                          9F 2.2              Misc. Wood                  Grade marked, 1
                                                 Members                     each, 12" long

C-9                          9F.2.3.1.3          Nails                       Sample, 1 each

C-9              9G.3.1.3               Wood Trim                            1 Linear Foot

C-9              9G.3.1.4               Shoe Mold                            1 Linear Foot

C-9              9H.2.2.2               Paint 1 Qt each type                  Certificates
                                                               & Test Reports
C-9              9H.2.2.3               Joint Compound              Manufacturer's Literature

C-9              9I.2.2                 Glass (Each Type)                   Certificate &
                                                                Manufacturer's Literature,
                                                                            Each Type

C-9              9K.2.1.1               Locks and Hardware                   Manufacturer's Literature,
& 9K.2.1.1.1                               each item

C-9              9L.2.1 &               Interior Doors and                 Certificate of       9L.2.2
                                       Exterior Doors                       Compliance &
                                                                   Manufacturer's Literature
                                                             of each type

C-9              9L.2.3                 Louvered Doors              Manufacturer's Literature

C-9              9L.2.4                 Sliding Glass Doors                  Manufacturer's Literature

C-9              9L.2.5                 Storm Doors                          Manufacturer's Literature

SECTION              PARA NO.           ITEM                                 SUBMITTAL
DATA

C-9              9P.2.6                 Doorbells                                     Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9              9P.2.7                 Fluorescent Fixtures                          Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9              9P.2.8                  Ground-Fault Circuit                       Manufacturer's
                                       Interrupters                                  Literature

C-9              9P.2.9                 Incandescent Lighting                Manufacturer's
Fixtures                                Literature

C-9              9P.2.10                Metallic Outlet Boxes &               Manufacturer's
                            Fittings                                 Literature
                                                                              W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                         P0001




C-9            9P.2.13         Receptacles                          Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9            9P.2.14         Smoke Detectors              Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9            9P.2.15         Surface Metal Raceways &              Manufacturer's
                              Fittings                      Literature
C-9            9P.2.16         Switches                              Manufacturer's
Literature

SECTION            PARA NO.    ITEM                         SUBMITTAL
DATA

C-9            9Q.2.5          Polystyrene Board                    Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9            9Q.2.8          Bonding Agent                Manufacturer's
Literature
                                                                    Certificate of
Compliance

C-9            9R.2.1          Auto Fire Ext.                     Certificate of
                               Sys. (Range Hoods)                 Compliance,
                                                                  Manufacturer's
Literature,
                                                                    Shop Drawings, &
Test Reports

C-9            9S.2.1          Framing Structural Members          Manufacturer's
Literature


C-9            9S.2.3          Gutters & Fascias            Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9            9S.2.4          Downspouts                           Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9            9S.2.5          Walls                                Manufacturer's
Literature


SECTION            PARA NO.    ITEM                              SUBMITTAL
DATA

C-9            9S.2.6          Horizontal Sliders                   Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9            9S.2.7          Screen                               Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9            9S.2.8          Fasteners                            Manufacturer's
Literature
                                                                                            W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                       P0001


C-9                 9T.2.2                 ABS Drain, Waste, & Vent                Manufacturer's
(DWV)Pipe & Fittings          Literature

C-9                 9T.2.3                 Tape                                    Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9                 9T.2.4                 Bathtubs                        Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9                 9T.2.5            Cast Iron Drain, Waste, &            Manufacturer's
                              Vent (DWV) Pipe & Fittings                  Literature

C-9                 9T.2.6                 Copper Water Tube & Fittings    Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9                 9T.2.7                 Faucets                         Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9                 9T.2.8                 Shower Stalls                           Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9                 9T.2.9                 Hangers & Supports                      Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9                 9T.2.10                Kitchen Sinks                          Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9                 9T.2.11                Laundry Sinks                          Manufacturer's
Literature




C-9                 9T.2.13                P-Traps                         Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9                 9T.2.14                Pipe Nipples                            Manufacturer's
Literature


C-9                 9T.2.16                PVC Drain, Waste & Vent                 Manufacturer's
(DWV)                                      Literature

C-9                 9T.2.17                Shower Heads                          Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9                 9T.2.18                Shower Receptors                        Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9                 9T.2.19                Shower & Tub Valves                    Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9                 9T.2.20                Sill Cocks                              Manufacturer's
Literature
                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                               P0001


C-9           9T.2.21         Solder                                      Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9           9T.2.22         Steel Pipe & Fittings                       Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9           9T.2.23         Stops & Supply Connections                Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9           9T.2.24         Supports                           Manufacturer's
Literature


SECTION       PARA NO. ITEM                                      SUBMITTAL
DATA


C-9           9T.2.26         Tub Diverter Spouts                 Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9           9T.2.27         Tub Wastes                                    Manufacturer's
Literature


C-9           9T.2.29         Unions                                      Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9           9T.2.30         Valves                                        Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9           9T.2.31         Water Closets                               Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9           9W.2.2.1        Dishwashers                                   Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9           9W.2.2.2        Garbage Disposals                             Manufacturer's
Literature

C-9           9W.2.2.3        Water Heaters                               Manufacturer's
Literature

C-11          C11.2.1         Pesticides, Fungicides                      Manufacturer's
                                                           Literature, Cert.

C-11          C11.2.1         Application Method for               Certificates, Labels
                              Termite Control                      and Manufacturer's
Literature.

C-11          C11.2.2         Certifications                              Certificates

C-9-AA        1.17.6          TESTING                                     CERTIFICATES.
                              LAB.

C-9-AA        1.2             PERSONNEL                                   CERTIFICATES.
                              TRAINING.
                                           W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                      P0001




C-9-AA   1.2.2     MEDICAL       CERTIFICATES.
                   RECORDS.

C-9-AA   1.2.3     PROTECTIVE    Manufacturer's Lit.
                   CLOTHING.

C-9-AA   1.2.6     RESPIRATOR    Manufacturer's Lit.
                   SYSTEMS.

C-9-AA   1.2.8     DECON UNIT.   Drawing/MFG.’S
                                 Lit.

C-9-AA   2.3.1     PLASTIC       Manufacturer's Lit.
                   SHEETING.

C-9-AA   2.3.2     TAPE.         Manufacturer's Lit.

C-9-AA   2.3.4     SURFACTANT.   Manufacturer's Lit.

C-9-AA   2.3.5     CONTAINERS.   Manufacturer's Lit.

C-9-AA   2.4.1     NEG. AIR      Manufacturer's Lit.
                   EQUIP.

C-9-AA   2.4.1.3   HEPA          Manufacturer's Lit.
                   FILTERS.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


                                                  SECTION C-13

                                       WARRANTY OF CONSTRUCTION

1. GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL: In addition to any other warranties set out elsewhere in this contract, the Contractor warrants that
work performed under this contract conforms to the contract requirements and is free of any defect of equipment,
material or design furnished, or workmanship performed by the Contractor or any of his subcontractors or suppliers
at any tier. Such warranty shall continue for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work, but
with respect to any part of the work which the Government takes possession of prior to final acceptance, such
warranty shall continue for a period of one year from the date the Government takes possession. Under this conform
or any such defect. In addition, the Contractor shall remedy at his own expense any damage to Government-owned
or controlled real or personal property, when that damage is the result of the Contractor's failure to conform to
contract requirements or any such defect of equipment, material, workmanship, or design. The Contractor shall also
restore any work damaged in fulfilling the terms of this clause. The Contractor's warranty with respect to work
repaired or replaced hereunder will run for one year from the date of such repair or replacement. The Contractor
shall submit a written warranty that he will supply all parts and labor necessary to repair or replace any new items
installed by the Contractor for a period of one year from installation to run concurrently with manufacturer's
warranty.

1.1.1    Existing Warranties: The Government will provide the Contractor, Exhibit 2e. Repair work on
Government equipment under warranty will be performed by the manufacturer or his authorized representative. The
Contractor shall obtain the warranty benefits for the Government to include transportation of the appliance to and
from repair as required. The Contractor shall inform the Contracting Officer of difficulties encountered in the
enforcement of warranties and of instances in which the costs of enforcement would exceed the benefits derived.
The Contracting Officer may direct the Contractor to repair items without recourse to the warranty if the warranty
contractor cannot or does not respond to the failure or defect in order to allow timely response to priority work
requirements or if the failure or defect results from abuse, improper installation, or inadequate maintenance. The
Contracting Officer will determine whether equipment will not be liable for expenses deemed to be the fault of the
Contractor.

1.1.2     New Warranties: The Contractor shall provide to the COR on a quarterly basis, the original warranties on
new equipment installed during the term of this contract. These warranties shall list the Government as the
equipment owner. Records provided shall identify the item, nature, and expiration date of the warranty, and the
name and location of the firm to contact concerning the Government's entitlements under the warranty. Equipment
installed by the Contractor that fails within a warranty period due to Contractor's poor workmanship, or by failure to
follow manufacturer's installation, operation or maintenance instructions, shall be replaced or repaired at the
Contractor's expense. This determination will be made by the Contracting Officer. See Section C-6, 6.6, Warranty
Execution.

1.2 NOTICE OF FAILURE: The Government will notify the Contractor in writing within a reasonable time after
the discovery of any failure, defect, or damage.

1.3 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY: Should the Contractor fail to remedy any failure, defect, or damage described
in paragraph, GENERAL above, within a reasonable time after receipt of notice thereof, the Government will have
the right to replace, repair, or otherwise remedy such failure, defect, or damage at the Contractor's expense.

1.4 OTHER WARRANTIES: In addition to the other rights and remedies provided by this clause, all warranties
expressed or implied, respecting any work and materials shall, at the direction of the Government, be enforced by
the Contractor for the benefit of the Government. In such case if the Contractor's warranty under paragraph
GENERAL above has expired, any suit directed by the Government to enforce a subcontractors', manufacturer's or
suppliers' warranty will be at the expense of the Government. The Contractor shall obtain any warranties which the
subcontractor, manufacturers, or suppliers would give in normal commercial practice.
                                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                                P0001


1.5 ENDORSEMENT OF OTHER WARRANTIES: If directed by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall
require any such warranties to be executed in writing to the Government.

1.6 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY EXCLUSIONS: Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause, unless
such a defect is caused by the negligence of the Contractor or his subcontractors or suppliers at any tier, the
Contractor shall not be liable for the repair of any defects of material or design furnished by the Government nor for
the repair of any damage which results from any such defect in Government- furnished material or design.

1.7 GOVERNMENT'S ADDITIONAL RIGHT: The warranty specified herein shall not limit the Government's
rights under CONTRACT clause entitled "Inspection of Contract" of this contract with respect to latent defects,
gross mistake, or fraud. See Section C-6, Maintenance Management, paragraph 6.11, Warranty Execution; Section
A-9 Standards/ Specifications, paragraph 9.9; Section C-5, Contractor Furnished Items and Responsibilities,
paragraph 5.13.5, Warranties.

                                             END OF SECTION C-13
                                                                              W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                         P0001


                                                    SECTION C-15

                                               TECHNICAL EXHIBITS

15.1 Technical exhibits are listed below:

TECHNICAL
EXHIBIT NO.                  DESCRIPTION                             PAGES

1.           Reserved for Successful Offeror’s
             Management/Technical Proposal which
             Is incorporated by reference.

2.           Family Housing Building Numbers                        TE-2-1 thru TE-2-4

3.           Playground and Tot Lot Locations                       TE-3-1 thru TE-3-36

4.           Bus Stop Shelter Locations                             TE-4-1

5.           Interior and Exterior Light Fixtures                   TE-5-1 thru TE-5-20

6.           Bi-fold Door Furrdown                                  TE-6-1

7.           Family Housing Area Mps                                TE-7-1 thru TE-7-3

8.           Rate of Performance                                    TE-8-1 thru TE-8-6

9.           Service Call Categorization and Response                TE-9-1 thru TE-9-7

10.          Contract Data Requirements List                        TE-10-1 thru TE-10-2

11.          Balcony Deck Detail                                    TE-11-1

12.          Contractor's Base of Operations                        TE-12-1

13.          Workload Data                                          TE-13-1 thru TE-13

14.          SCA Wage Determination 94-2475 (Rev. 23)               TE-14-1 thru TE-14-

15.          Form SF 1411                                           TE-15-1

16.          Utility Rates                                          TE-16-1 thru TE-16-
                                                                            W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                       P0001




                                SECTION C-15


                            TECHNICAL EXHIBIT 2

                             BUILDING NUMBERS

       GENERAL/COMMANDING OFFICER - PERSHING ROAD - 3 UNITS

                                 3600 (1 unit)
                                 3606 (1 unit)
                                 3612 (1 unit)

                 OFFICER HOUSING - HOWIE VILLAGE - 156 UNITS


3701 (1 unit)         3748 (2 units)
3702 (1 unit)         3748 (2 units)
3703 (1 unit)         3750 (4 units)
3704 (1 unit)         3751 (8 units)
3705 (1 unit)         3752 (8 units)
3706 (1 unit)         3754 (8 units)
3707 (1 unit)         3770 (4 units)
3709 (1 unit)         3771 (8 units)
3721 (2 units)        3772 (4 units)
3723 (2 units)        3773 (8 units)
3724 (4 units)        3774 (8 units)
3725 (4 units)        3800 (2 units)
3726 (4 units)        3802 (2 units)
3728 (8 units)        3803 (2 units)
3729 (2 units)        3804 (2 units)
3731 (2 units)        3805 (2 units)
3732 (6 units)        3806 (2 units)
3733 (4 units)        3807 (2 units)
3734 (8 units)        3808 (4 units)
3735 (2 units)        3809 (4 units)
3737 (2 units)        3810 (2 units)
3739 (2 units)        3811 (4 units)
3740 (2 units)
3741 (2 units)
3745 (2 units)
        Senior Enlisted Quarters - PIERCE TERRACE EXTENSION - 5 UNITS

5050 (1 unit)                         5052 (1 unit)                5054 (1 unit)
5051 (1 unit)                         5053 (1 unit)


        Junior Enlisted Quarters - PIERCE TERRACE EXTENSION - 116 Units


5055 (3 units)                        5067 (4 units)               5079 (4 units)
5056 (4 units)                        5068 (2 units)               5080 (3 units)
5057 (2 units)                        5069 (3 units)               5081 (3 units)
5058 (4 units)                        5070 (4 units)               5082 (3 units)
5059 (4 units)                        5071 (2 units)               5083 (4 units)
                                                                          W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                     P0001


5060 (4 units)                        5072 (3 units)             5084 (2 units)
5061 (2 units)                        5073 (2 units)             5085 (4 units)
5062 (3 units)                        5074 (2 units)             5086 (4 units)
5063 (4 units)                        5075 (4 units)             5087 (2 units)
5064 (3 units)                        5076 (4 units)             5088 (4 units)
5065 (4 units)                        5077 (4 units)             5089 (4 units)
5066 (4 units)                        5078 (2 units)             5090 (2 units)

                 ENLISTED HOUSING - PIERCE TERRACE - 986 UNITS

5710 (4 units)                                                   5822 (2 units)
5711 (6 units)                        5777 (4 units)             5823 (6 units)
5712 (6 units)                        5778 (6 units)             5824 (2 units)
5716 (2 units)                        5780 (2 units)             5825 (2 units)
5717 (6 units)                        5781 (2 units)             5826 (2 units)
5718 (6 units)                        5782 (6 units)             5827 (4 units)
5719 (4 units)                        5783 (6 units)             5829 (6 units)
5721 (4 units)                        5784 (6 units)             5830 (6 units)
5723 (4 units)                        5785 (6 units)             5831 (4 units)
5724 (4 units)                        5786 (2 units)             5833 (2 units)
5725 (6 units)                        5788 (4 units)             5835 (6 units)
5726 (6 units)                        5789 (6 units)             5836 (2 units)
5727 (4 units)                        5790 (6 units)             5837 (2 units)
5729 (4 units)                        5792 (2 units)             5842 (2 units)
5730 (4 units)                        5793 (2 units)             5843 (6 units)
5731 (4 units)                        5794 (8 units)             5845 (4 units)
5732 (2 units)                        5795 (4 units)             5847 (2 units)
5734 (4 units)                        5796 (2 units)             5848 (2 units)
5736 (4 units)                        5797 (2 units)             5849 (4 units)
5737 (4 units)                        5798 (6 units)             5840 (4 units)
5738 (4 units)                        5799 (6 units)             5841 (4 units)
5739 (6 units)                        5800 (2 units)             5852 (6 units)
5740 (2 units)                        5801 (4 units)             5853 (4 units)
5741 (4 units)                        5802 (4 units)             5854 (2 units)
5751 (4 units)                        5803 (4 units)             5855 (2 units)
5753 (2 units)                        5804 (2 units)             5857 (2 units)
5755 (2 units)                        5806 (2 units)             5858 (6 units)
5757 (4 units)                        5808 (4 units)             5871 (4 units)
5758 (4 units)                        5810 (2 units)             5872 (6 units)
5759 (4 units)                        5811 (6 units)             5873 (6 units)
5760 (4 units)                        5812 (4 units)             5874 (2 units)
5762 (4 units)                        5813 (4 units)             5876 (6 units)
5764 (4 units)                        5814 (2 units)             5878 (2 units)
5767 (4 units)                        5815 (2 units)             5879 (4 units)
5771 (4 units)                        5816 (2 units)             5880 (2 units)
5772 (4 units)                        5817 (2 units)             5881 (4 units)
5773 (4 units)                        5818 (4 units)             5882 (4 units)
5774 (4 units)                        5820 (4 units)             5883 (4 units)
5884 (4 units)                        6716 (2 units)             6847 (4 units)
5885 (4 units)                        6718 (2 units)             6849 (2 units)
5886 (6 units)                        6719 (2 units)             6851 (2 units)
5887 (4 units)                        6720 (2 units)             6853 (2 units)
5888 (2 units)                        6721 (2 units)             6855 (2 units)
5890 (4 units)                        6722 (2 units)             6901 (2 units)
5892 (4 units)                        6723 (2 units)             6902 (2 units)
5893 (8 units)                        6724 (2 units)             6903 (2 units)
                                           W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                      P0001


5894 (8 units)   6725 (2 units)   6904 (2 units)
5895 (8 units)   6726 (2 units)   6905 (2 units)
5896 (4 units)   6728 (4 units)   6906 (2 units)
5897 (2 units)   6730 (4 units)   6907 (2 units)
5898 (4 units)   6731 (2 units)   6908 (2 units)
5902 (5 units)   6732 (2 units)   6909 (2 units)
5904 (5 units)   6733 (2 units)   6910 (2 units)
5906 (4 units)   6734 (2 units)   6911 (2 units)
5908 (4 units)   6735 (2 units)   6912 (2 units)
5910 (2 units)   6736 (2 units)   6913 (2 units)
5911 (2 units)   6737 (2 units)   6914 (2 units)
5912 (2 units)   6738 (2 units)   6915 (2 units)
5913 (4 units)   6739 (4 units)   6916 (2 units)
5914 (6 units)   6740 (2 units)   6917 (2 units)
5916 (2 units)   6742 (4 units)   6918 (2 units)
5917 (2 units)   6744 (2 units)   6919 (2 units)
5918 (6 units)   6746 (2 units)   6920 (2 units)
5938 (8 units)   6802 (2 units)   6921 (2 units)
5939 (8 units)   6803 (2 units)   6922 (2 units)
5940 (8 units)   6804 (2 units)   6923 (2 units)
5941 (8 units)   6805 (2 units)   6924 (2 units)
5942 (8 units)   6807 (2 units)   6925 (2 units)
5950 (4 units)   6809 (2 units)   6926 (2 units)
5951 (4 units)   6811 (2 units)   6927 (2 units)
5952 (4 units)   6813 (2 units)   6929 (2 units)
5953 (4 units)   6815 (2 units)   6931 (2 units)
5954 (4 units)   6816 (2 units)   6933 (2 units)
5955 (4 units)   6817 (2 units)   6935 (4 units)
5956 (4 units)   6818 (2 units)   6937 (2 units)
5957 (4 units)   6819 (4 units)   6938 (2 units)
5958 (4 units)   6820 (2 units)   6939 (2 units)
5970 (4 units)   6821 (4 units)   6941 (2 units)
5971 (4 units)   6822 (2 units)   6943 (2 units)
5972 (4 units)   6823 (4 units)   6944 (2 units)
7002 (2 units)   6825 (4 units)   7010 (4 units)
7004 (2 units)   6827 (4 units)   7012 (4 units)
7006 (2 units)   6831 (4 units)   7014 (2 units)
6701 (4 units)   6832 (4 units)   7015 (2 units)
6703 (4 units)   6833 (4 units)   7016 (2 units)
6704 (4 units)   6834 (2 units)   7017 (2 units)
6705 (4 units)   6835 (4 units)   7018 (2 units)
6706 (4 units)   6836 (2 units)   7019 (2 units)
6708 (4 units)   6837 (2 units)   7020 (2 units)
6709 (4 units)   6838 (2 units)   7021 (2 units)
6711 (4 units)   6839 (2 units)   7022 (2 units)
6712 (4 units)   6841 (2 units)   7023 (2 units)
6713 (4 units)   6843 (2 units)   7024 (2 units)
6714 (4 units)   6845 (2 units)   7026 (2 units)
6715 (4 units)   6845 (2 units)   7028 (2 units)
                 7008 (4 units)   7030 (4 units)
                 7032 (2 units)
                 7034 (2 units)
                 7036 (2 units)
                 7038 (2 units)
                 7040 (2 units)
                 7041 (2 units)
                 W9124C-05-D-0004
                            P0001


7042 (2 units)
7043 (2 units)
7044 (2 units)
7045 (2 units)
7046 (2 units)
7047 (2 units)
7048 (4 units)
7050 (2 units)
                                         SECTION C15-3

                                  TECHNICAL EXHIBIT 3

             LOCATION MAPS OF PLAYGROUNDS AND DESCRIPTION OF INVENTORY



PLAY-         MAP
GROUND     SHEET         LOCATION/            TYPE OF EQUIPMENT            SEE
NUMBER     NUMBER        ADDRESS              AND NUMBER OF EACH           DESCRIPTION

1          TE-7-1        3773 GILMER          4 SEAT SWING SET
                         COURT (BESIDE)       2 SEESAWS (SET)
                                              1 BASKETBALL
                                               HALF COURT
                                              2 PLAY COMPONENTS                          TYPE
2&6
                                              1 BENCH

2          TE-7-1        3751 KNIGHT AVE           1 SET OF POSTS (WOOD)
                         (BEHIND)             3 SEAT SWING (WOOD
                                               STRUCTURE)
                                              4 BENCHES (WOOD)
                                              2 PLAY COMPONENTS                          TYPE
1&5

3          TE-7-1        3725 LEGGE CT.
                         3734 MCCLEOD         4 SWING SEATS ( SET)
                         CT.                  4 BENCHES
                                              1 MERRY-GO-ROUND
                                              (WOOD)
                                              1 FENCED MULTI-PURPOSE
                                              COURT W/BASKETBALL (FULL)
                                              3 PLAY COMPONENT S                         TYPE
2, 4 & 5
                                              1 BASKETBALL HALF COURT

4          TE-7-2        5823 BURT RD.        4 SEAT SWING SET
                         (BEHIND)             1 BENCH
                                              1 PLAY COMPONENT                           TYPE
2

5          TE-7-2        5778 BAKER CT.       6 SEAT SEING SET
                         (BESIDE)             1 TRAIN ENGINE
                                              1 PLAY COMPONENT                           TYPE
2
                                              1 BASKETBALL HALF COURT
                                              1 CHAIN LINK FENCE


6          TE-7-2        5816 BURTON          1 BENCH
                          HOLMES CT.          4 SEAT SWING SET
                         (BESIDE)             2 SEESAWS (SET)
                                              1 SLIDING BOARD




                                            TE-3-
                                                            W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                       P0001


                                  2 PLAY COMPONENTS                   TYPE
1&6

7     TE-7-2   5849/5853          6 SEAT SWING SET
               IMBODEN ST.        1 TRAIN ENGINE
               (BEHIND)           1 CONCRETE BLK MAZE
                                  1 PLAY COMPONENT                    TYPE
2
                                  1 BASKETBALL (HALF
                                  (COURT)

8     TE-7-2   5831 BRYANT        4 SEAT SWING SET
               CT. (BESIDE)       1 BENCH
                                  2 SEESAWS (SET)
                                  1 PLAY COMPONENT                    TYPE
2
                                  1 BASKETBALL (HALF
                                  COURT)

9     TE-7-2   5854 IMBODEN       2 SEAT SWING SETS
               ST. (BEHIND)       1 BENCH
                                  1 SEESAW
                                  1 PLAY COMPONENT                    TYPE
2

10    TE-7-2   5852 GASKINS       6 SEAT SWING SETS
               CT. (BESIDE)       1 TRAIN ENGINE
                                  1 SANDBOX
                                  1 PLAY COMPONENT                    TYPE
2

11    TE-7-2   5878 PARKER LANE   12 SWING SEATS (2 SETS)
                                  1 TRAIN ENGINE
                                  1 JUNGLE GYM
                                  1 SANDBOX
                                  1 ROCKING HORSE
                                  1 BASKETBALL HALF
                                  COURT
                                  1 PLAY COMPONENT                    TYPE
2

12    TE-7-2   5872 PARKER LANE   4 SEAT SWING SET
                                  1 SEESAW
                                  1 PLAY COMPONENT                    TYPE
2

13    TE-7-2   5914 HARTLEY       1 SANDBOX
               CT. (BESIDE)       W/TURTLE
                                  1 TRAIN ENGINE
                                  6 SEAT SWING
                                  1 PLAY COMPONENT                    TYPE
2


14    TE-7-2   5883 HARBIN CT.    CONCRETE WALK
               (BESIDE)           2 BENCHES
                                                             W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                        P0001


                                 3 SWINGS (1 SET)
                                 2 SEESAWS (SET)
                                 1 BASKETBALL HALF
                                  COURT
                                 1 PLAY COMPONENT                      TYPE
1

15    TE-7-2   5797 & 5795       CONCRETE WALK
               BROWN AVE.        1 BENCH
               (BEHIND)          4 SEAT SWING SET
                                 2 SEESAWS (SET)
                                 1 BASKETBALL HALF
                                  COURT
                                 2 PLAY COMPONENTS                     TYPE
2&5

16    TE-7-2   5726 BREMER       2 SEESAWS (SET)
               CT (BESIDE)       1 SLIDING BOARD
                                 4 SEAT SWING SET
                                 1 BASKETBALL HALF
                                  COURT
                                 2 PLAY COMPONENTS                     TYPE
2&6

17    TE-7-2   5788 BOONE CT.    4 SEAT SWING SET
               (BEHIND)          1 PLAY COMPONENT                      TYPE
2

18    TE-7-2   5785 BOONE CT.    1 BENCH
                                 4 SEAT SWING SET
                                 1 PLAY COMPONENT                      TYPE
2

19    TE-7-2   5790 BROWN AVE.   4 SEAT SWING SET
               (BEHIND)          2 SEESAWS (SET)
                                 1 BENCH
                                 1 PLAY COMPONENT                      TYPE
2
                                 1 FENCED MULTI-PURPOSE
                                 COURT W/BASKETBALL (FULL)

20    TE-7-2   6714 WEEKS CT.    6 SWING SEATS
               (BEHIND)          1 SLIDING BOARD
                                 3 SEESAWS (SET) (1
                                 MISSING)
                                 1 PLAY COMPONENT                      TYPE
2

21    TE-7-2   6705 MUSE COURT   3 SWING SEATS (WOOD
               (BEHIND)           SET)
                                 3 BENCHES
                                 1 SANDBOX
                                 1 PLAY COMPONENT                      TYPE
6

22    TE-7-2   5774 BATSON CT.   1 BENCH
                                                           W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                      P0001


               (BEHIND)          4 SEAT SWING SET
                                 1 BASKETBALL HALF
                                 COURT)
                                 2 PLAY COMPONENTS                   TYPE
1&6

23    TE-7-2   5719 IMBODEN      1 SLIDING BOARD
               (BEHIND)          2 SEESAWS (SET)
                                 4 SEAT SWING SET
                                 1 BENCH
                                 1 PLAY COMPONENT                    TYPE
2

24    TE-7-2   6938 OWENS RD     1 STAGE COACH
               (BEHIND)          4 ROCKING HORSES
                                 1 JUNGLE GYM
                                 6 SEAT SWING SET
                                 1 BUCK-A-BOUT

25    TE-7-2   6838 MILLS RD.    6 SEAT SWING SET
               (BEHIND)          1 GLIDING BENCH
                                 1 SLIDING BOARD
                                 1 JUNGLE GYM
                                 1 STAGE COACH
                                 4 ROCKING HORSES
                                 1 BUCK-A-BOUT
                                 1 BASKET HALF
                                  COURT
                                 1 PLAY COMPONENT                    TYPE
2

26    TE-7-2   7015 WILLETT      6 SEAT SWING SET
               ROAD              2 ROCKING HORSES
               (BEHIND)          1 JUNGLE GYM
                                 2 PLAY COMPONENTS
                                 1 BASKETBALL HALF COURT             TYPE
1&5

27    TE-7-2   6726 MOOD CT.     1 GLIDING BENCH
               (CENTER ISLAND)   1 STAGE COACH
                                 4 ROCKING HORSES
                                 1 PLAY COMPONENT                    TYPE
5
                                 2 SEAT SWING SET
                                 1 BUCK-A-BOUT



28    TE-7-2   6732/6734         4 SEAT SWING SET
               WILLETT ROAD      1 JUNGLE GYM
               (BEHIND)          2 ROCKING HORSES
                                 1 GLIDING BENCH
                                 1 MERRY-GO-ROUND
                                 1 BUCK-A-BOUT

29    TE-7-2   7008 WILSON       4 SEAT SWING SET
                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                   P0001


                    CT. (CENTER       1 JUNGLE GYM
                    ISLAND)           1 PLAY COMPONENT                            TYPE
2

30         TE-7-2   6919 CAPERS RD.   1 ROCKING HORSE
                    (BEHIND)          1 PELICAN
                    (FENCED-IN)       1 LADY BUG
                                      1 BENCH
                                      2 SEAT CLOWN SWING SET
                                      1 PLAY COMPONENT         TYPE 2

31         TE-7-2   7036 EVANS CT.    6 SEAT SWING SET
                    (BEHIND)          1 SLIDING BOARD
                    (FENCED-IN        2 JUNGLE GYMS
                                      1 GLIDING BENCH
                                      1 STAGE COACH
                                      4 ROCKING HORSES
                                      1 BUCK-A-BOUT
                                      1 SAND BOX
                                      1 BASKETBALL HALF
                                       COURT

32         TE-7-2   5939 THOMAS       3 SEAT SWING (WOOD
                    COURT             STRUCTURE)
                    (BEHIND)          2 BENCHES
                                      2 SEAT SWING
                                      1 PLAY COMPONENT                            TYPE
1

33         TE-7-2   6742 SIMS COURT   1 BASKETBALL HALF
                    (CENTER            COURT
                     ISLAND)

34         TE-7-2   6942 OWENS RD.    1 ROCKING HORSE
                    (BEHIND)          1 PELICAN
                    (FENCED-IN)       1 LADY BUG
                                      1 BENCH
                                      2 SEAT CLOWN SWING SET

35         TE-7-2   6843 WELLS CT.    3 PLAY COMPONENTS                           TYPE
1, 5 & 6
                    (BEHIND)

36         TE-7-2   6909 OWENS RD.    2 SEAT CLOWN SWING SET
                    (BEHIND)          1 BENCH (METAL)
                                      1 LADY BUG
                                      1 DONKEY
                                      1 PELICAN

37         TE-7-2   7030 EVANS CT.    1 PLAY COMPONENT                            TYPE
2
                    (CENTER
                     ISLAND)


38         TE-7-3   5056 LOZADA CT.   6 SEAT SWING SET
                                                             W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                        P0001


              (BEHIND)         2 SEAT SWING SET (TODDLER)
                               1 LAMP POST
                               1 MERRY-GO-ROUND
                               1 SLIDING BOARD
                               1 PICNIC TABLE
                               1 CLIMBER
                               1 HAND BALL COURT
                               1 COVERED PICNIC BENCH
                               1 TIRE
                               1 SEAHORSE
                               1 REFUSE COLLECTION
                                STATION
                               1 GRILL (CHARCOAL)
                               2 BACKBOARDS

39   TE-7-3   5065 MCWHORTER   1 CLIMBER
               COURT           1 CHIN-UP BARS
              (BEHIND)         1 VOLLYBALL NET
                               1 BAR CLIMBER
                               1 LAMP POST
                               1 BASKETBALL
                                HALF COURT
                               2 SEAT SWING SET
                               6 SEAT SWING SET
                               1 MERRY-GO-ROUND
                               1 COVERED PICNIC BENCH
                               1 GRILL (CHARCOAL)
                               1 HOSE
                               1 TIRE

40   TE-7-3   5073 MULLER      1 MONKEY BARS
               COURT           1 SLIDE
              (BEHIND)         1 MERRY-GO-ROUND
                               1 JUNGLE GYM
                               1 CLIMBER
                               6 SEAT SWING SET
                               2 SEAT SWING SET
                               1 TENNIS COURT (FULL)
                               1 COVERED PICNIC BENCH
                               2 PICNIC TABLE
                               1 SMALL MONKEY BARS WITH
                                RAISED BENCH
                               1 TIRE
                               1 FROG
                               1 REFUSE COLLECTION STATION
                               1 GRILL (CHARCOAL)
                               1 LAMP POST

41   TE-7-3   5083 SHOUP       1 GRILL (CHARCOAL)
              COURT            1 LAMP POST
              (BEHIND)         1 BASKETBALL
                               HALF COURT
                               1 PARALLEL BAR
                               1 BAD MINTON NET
                               6 SEAT SWING SET
                               2 SEAT SWING SET
                                                          W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                     P0001


                            1 CLIMBER
                            1 SLIDE
                            1 MERRY-GO-ROUND
                            1 HANDBALL COURT
                            1 TIRE
                            1 HORSE
                            2 PICNIC TABLES
                            1 COVERED PICNIC BENCH
                            1 REFUSE COLLECTION STATION
                            1 BALANCE BEAM (SHORT)

42   TE-7-3   5084/5086     1 TIRE
              SHOUP COURT   1 HORSE
              (BEHIND)      1 COVERED PICNIC BENCH
                            1 SLIDE
                            6 SEAT SWING SET
                            1 MERRY-GO-ROUND
                            1 CLIMBER
                            2 SEAT SWING SET

43   TE-7-3   COMMON AREA   2 BALL FIELDS W/BACKSTOPS
                            1 OBSTACLE BOARD
                            1 CLIMBING POLE W/RED WHITE
                            BELL
                                   SECTION C15-4

                               TECHNICAL EXHIBIT 4

                               BUS STOP LOCATIONS


BUS STOP   MAP
SHELTER    SHEET    BUILDING
NUMBER     NUMBER   NUMBER     LOCATION

1          TE-7-1   3742       KNIGHT AVE AND FURMAN SMITH ROAD

2          TE-7-2   5752       MILLS RD AND IMBODEN ST

3          TE-7-2   5770       MILLS RD AND BROWN AVE

4          TE-7-2   5742       BROWN AVE AND IMBODEN ST

5          TE-7-2   5733       IMBODEN ST AND BURT RD

6          TE-7-2   5765       TERREL CT AND CHESTNUT RD

7          TE-7-2   5766       PARKER LN AND CHESTNUT RD

8          TE-7-2   5768       IMBODEN ST AND CHESTNUT RD

9          TE-7-2   5877       HARBIN CT AND PARKER LN

10         TE-7-2   5791       BROWN AVE @ BLDG 5799

11         TE-7-2   5809       BURT RD @ BLDG 5823

12         TE-7-2   5787       HARTLEY CT AND CHESTNUT RD

13         TE-7-2              OWENS RD AND SEXTON CT

14         TE-7-2              OWENS RD AND MILLS RD

15         TE-7-2              MILLS RD AT MCMANAWAY CT

16         TE-7-2              WILLETT RD AND MOOD CT

17         TE-7-2              WILLETT RD AND SIMS CT

18         TE-7-2              WILLETT RD AND EVANS CT

19         TE-7-3              CARTER RD AND SHOUP CT

20         TE-7-3              CARTER RD BETWEEN SHOUP AND LOZADA CT

21         TE-7-3              CARTER RD AND LOZADA CT.




                                      TE-4-1
                                                                                        W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                   P0001


                                           SECTION C 15-8

                                     TECHNICAL EXHIBIT A15-8

                                      RATE OF PERFORMANCE

1.1    SCOPE: THIS TECHNICAL EXHIBIT SETS FOR THE REQUIRED RATES OF PERFORMANCE FOR THIS CONTRACT.

2.1     RECURRING EQUIPMENT AND FACILITY MAINTENANCE: THE DATES AND RATE OF PERFORMANCE FOR
RECURRING (SCHEDULE) MAINTENANCE SHALL BE AS INDICATED IN PARAGRAPH 10.1 THROUGH 10.L2.5.3, SECTION
C-10, RECURRING EQUIPMENT AND FACILITY MAINTENANCE.

3.1    SERVICE ORDERS: THE RESPONSE TIME AND WORK COMPLETION TIME FOR SERVICE ORDER MAINTENANCE
AND REPAIR SHALL BE AS INDICATED IN TECHNICAL EXHIBIT TE-9, SERVICE CALL CATEGORIZATION AND RESPONSE.

4.1    SPECIFIC ORDERED ITEMS OF MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR: THE RATE OF PERFORMANCE FOR SPECIFIC
ORDERED ITEMS OF MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:
                                                                MAXIMUM TIME ALLOWED IN
                                                                CALENDAR DAYS IF THIS IS
WORK                                                            THE ONLY WORK ITEM TO BE
ITEM             DESCRIPTION                                    ACCOMPLISHED AT A SET OF
NUMBER           OF WORK                                        QUARTERS _________________

1.               CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY MAINTENANCE AND RE-                        1.0
                 PAIR. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TIME TO COMPLETE
                 ALL WORK AT A GIVEN SET OF QUARTERS IS 10
                 CALENDAR DAYS REGARDLESS OF NUMBER OF
                 WORK ITEMS.

2.               REPAIR, PREPARE, PRIME, AND PAINT WALLS,
                 CEILINGS, CABINETS, DOORS, WINDOWS, AND
                 TRIM INCLUDING REMOVING OF WALL COVER-
                 INGS, REFINISHING WOOD STAR TREADS,
                 RISERS, LANDINGS, BANISTERS AND RAILINGS.


                 A. ALL TWO (2) BEDROOM QUARTERS                                2.0
                  (ONE COAT, COMPLETE)

                 B. THREE (3), FOUR (4) AND FIVE (5)                              3
                  BEDROOM QUARTERS (ONE COAT, COMPLETE)

NOTE #1: ADD ONE DAY TO EACH FOR SECOND (2ND) COAT, COMPLETE.

NOTE #2: THE PREPARATION AND REFINISHING OF WOOD STAIR TREADS AS A PART OF INTERIOR
PAINTING CANNOT BE PERFORMED CONCURRENTLY WITH OTHER WORK ITEMS AND SHOULD GET
ACCOMPLISHED AS THE FINAL TASK DURING INSPECTION OF MAINTENANCE WITHOUT ADDITIONAL
TIME ALLOWED.

NOTE #3: NO ADDITIONAL DAYS WILL BE ALLOWED FOR ORDERED EXTERIOR WORK, ALL EXTERIOR WORK (I.E.
MAINTENANCE PAINTING, CLEANING, ETC.) WILL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO SCHEDULING UNIT FOR INSPECTION (NO
EXCEPTIONS).



3.               REPLACE RESILIENT FLOORING (TILE AND
                 SHEET VINYL): INCLUDING UNDERLAYMENT
                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                P0001




         (A) QUARTERS WITH LESS THAN 200 SF                    1.0
         OF FLOOR AREA TO BE RE-TILED.

         (B) QUARTERS WITH MORE THAN 200 SF                    2.0
         OF FLOOR AREA TO BE RE-TILED.

4.       REPLACE A SINK, LAVATORY, WITH FAUCET                 .5
         OR WATER CLOSET.



                                                   MAXIMUM TIME ALLOWED IN
                                                   CALENDAR DAYS IF THIS IS
WORK                                               THE ONLY WORK ITEM TO BE
ITEM     DESCRIPTION                               ACCOMPLISHED AT A SET OF
NUMBER   OF WORK                                   QUARTERS ________________

5.       REPLACE A BATHTUB OR SHOWER RECEPTOR                  2.0
         INCLUDING CERAMIC TILE.

6.       REPLACE KITCHEN COUNTERTOP                            1.0

7.       REPLACE KITCHEN CABINETS                              2.0

8.       COMPLETE QUARTERS CLEANING                            2.0

9.       REFINISH BATHTUB                                      2.0

10.      WATERPROOFING, COMPLETE BLDG.                         5.0

11.      TERMITE TREATMENT, COMPLETE BLDG.                     1.0

12.      REPLACE SHOWER PAN INCLUDING CERAMIC                  2.0
         TILE.

13.      REPLACE BATHROOM VANITY TOP                           0.5

14.      REPLACE BATHROOM VANITY CABINET AND TOP               0.5

15.      REPLACE SOLID WOOD FRONT ENTRANCE                     1.0
         W/HARDWARE.

16.      REPLACE METAL EXTERIOR DOOR.                          1.0

17.      REPLACE SLIDING GLASS DOOR, COMPLETE.                 1.0

18.      REPLACE BI-FOLD METAL DOORS WITH                      1.0
         BI-FOLD WOOD DOORS AND LOWER HEADER.

19.      REPLACE GAS FURNACE.                                  1.0

20.      REPLACE CONDENSING UNIT                               1.0

21.      REPLACE COMPRESSOR.                                   0.5

22.      REPLACE EVAPORATOR COIL.                              1.0
                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                  P0001




23.      REPLACE HOT WATER HEATER                               0.5

24.      REPLACE DISHWASHER                                     0.25

25.      REPLACE ENTRANCE LOCKSET.                              0.25

26.      CLEANING ABANDONED AND/OR MAJOR                        2.0
         MAINTENANCE REPAIR QUARTERS.

         EXTERIOR MAINTENANCE

27.      CLEAN ROOFS GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS                     0.25

28.      REPAIR, ALIGN AND RE-HANG GUTTERS OR                   0.5
         DOWNSPOUTS.

29.      REPLACE GUTTERS, DOWNSPOUTS, SPLASH                    1.0
         BLOCKS, OR WOOD TRIM INCLUDING
         PRIMING AND PAINTING.



                                                    MAXIMUM TIME ALLOWED IN
                                                    CALENDAR DAYS IF THIS IS
WORK                                                THE ONLY WORK ITEM TO BE
ITEM     DESCRIPTION                                ACCOMPLISHED AT A SET OF
NUMBER   OF WORK                                             QUARTERS

30.      PREPARE AND PAINT EXTERIOR OF                          2.0
         QUARTERS, COMPLETE.

31.      MAKE MISCELLANEOUS REPAIRS TO EXTERIOR                 1.0
         OF QUARTERS.

32.      REPLACE INSECT SCREEN AND WOOD OR METAL                1.0
         TRIM ON PATIO AND PORCH ENCLOSURES
         INCLUDING ASSOCIATED PRIMING AND
         PAINTING.

33.      REPAIR ROOF:

         (A) STRIP SHINGLE - LESS THAN 100 SF                   0.50

         (B) STRIP SHINGLE - MORE THAN 100 SF                   1.0

         (C) STRIP SHINGLE - MORE THAN 200 SF,                  2.0
           BUT LESS THAN 500 SF.

         (D) BUILT-UP ASPHALT - MORE THAN 100 SF,               0.5
           BUT LESS THAN 200 SF.

34.      QUALITY CONTROL                                        0.5
                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                 P0001


NOTE: REPLACEMENT OF RANGE HOODS, INTERIOR DOORS, STORM DOORS AND STORM WINDOWS AND ALL OTHER
INTERIOR WORK NOT IDENTIFIED WILL NOT BE ASSIGNED ADDITIONAL TIMES FOR ACCOMPLISHMENT, BUT WILL BE
PERFORMED AS A PART OF CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR WORK.

NOTES:

THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TIME TO COMPLETE ALL WORK AT A GIVEN SET OF QUARTERS IS 10 CALENDAR DAYS
REGARDLESS OF NUMBER OF WORK ITEMS. DUE (RETURN) DATES ARE CALCULATED MONDAY THRU FRIDAY,
INSPECTIONS WILL NOT BE DONE ON WEEKENDS OR HOLIDAYS (SUBJECT TO CHANGE AS DETERMINED BY THE NEEDS OF
THE GOVERNMENT). INSPECTIONS WILL BE PERFORMED ON THE FIRST WEEK DAY FOLLOWING A WEEKEND OR
HOLIDAY. THE DELIVER ORDER (D.O.) WILL SPECIFY THE DELIVERY DATE.

                         CONCURRENT/NON-CONCURRENT WORK ITEMS

         CONCURRENT

1.       COM                                                          CON
2.       INTERIOR PAINT                                               CON
3.       RESIL. FLOOR                                                 CON
4.       REM. CARPET                                                  CON
5.       REPL. SINK, WATER CLOSET                                     CON
6.       REPL. BATHTUB                                                CON
7.       REPL. COUNTERTOP KIT.                                        CON
8.       REPL. KIT. CABINETS                                          CON
9.       COMPLETE QTRS. CLEANING                                      CON
10.      REFINISH BATHTUB                                             CON
11.      WATERPROOFING                                                CON
12.      TERMITE TREATMENT                                            CON
13.      REPL. SHOWER PLAN                                            CON
14.      REPL. BATHROOM VANITY TOP                                    CON
15.      REPL. BATHROOM VANITY CABINET                                CON
16.      REPL. ENTRY DOOR                                             CON
17.      REPL. METAL EXT. DOOR                                        CON
18.      REPL. SLIDING GLASS DOOR                                     CON
19.      REPL. BI-FOLD METAL DOORS                                    CON
20.      REPL. GAS FURN.                                              CON
21.      REPL. CONDENS. UNIT                                          CON
22.      REPL. COMPRESSOR                                             CON
23.      REPL. EVAPORATOR COIL                                        CON
24.      REPL. HWH                                                    CON
25.      REPL. DISHWASHER                                             CON
26.      REPL. EXTERIOR LOCKSET                                       CON
27.      CLEAN ABANDONED QUARTERS                                     CON
28.      CLEAN ROOFS, GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS                          CON
29.      REP., ALIGN, RE-HANG GUTTERS OR                              CON
         DOWNSPOUTS                                                   CON
30.      REPL. GUTTERS, DOWNSPOUTS                                    CON
31.      EXT. PAINT.                                                  CON
32.      MISC. EXT REPAIRS                                            CON
33.      REPL. INSECT SCREEN                                          CON
34.      REPAIR ROOF                                                  CON
35.      QUALITY CONTROL                                              CON
                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                  P0001




                                               SECTION C15

                                      TECHNICAL EXHIBIT C15-9

                          SERVICE CALL CATEGORIZATION AND RESPONSE


1.0 SCOPE: THIS TECHNICAL EXHIBIT SETS FORTH THE CATEGORIZATION, RESPONSE AND EMERGENCY ALLEVIATION,
AND COMPLETION TIME FOR SERVICE ORDER MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR.

1.1 PRIORITIES: ALTHOUGH THE GOVERNMENT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ASSIGN PRIORITIES AS NECESSARY, THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSIGN PRIORITIES FOR SOS GENERALLY AS FOLLOWS:

1.1.1 EMERGENCY (PRIORITY 1): EMERGENCY (PRIORITY 1) IS WORK
                                                           WHICH TAKES PRIORITY OVER ALL OTHER
 WORK TO ELIMINATE IMMEDIATE DANGER TO PERSONNEL OR PROPERTY; TO PREVENT EXTREME HARDSHIP; OR TO
RESPOND TO SPECIAL COMMAND INTEREST AS DIRECTED. SECTION C-7 PARAGRAPHS 7.13 THROUGH 7.13.17 AND
PARAGRAPH 2. THIS SECTION LISTS EXAMPLES OF EMERGENCY SERVICE ORDERS. IF ASBESTOS IS ENCOUNTERED
DURING AN EMERGENCY CALL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE APPROPRIATE ACTION TO RESOLVE THE EMERGENCY
WITHOUT REMOVING THE MATERIAL. REFER TO SECTION C-1, PARAGRAPH 1.7.1.

1.1.2 URGENT (PRIORITY 2): URGENT (PRIORITY 2) IS WORK REQUIRED TO CORRECT A CONDITION WHICH COULD
BECOME AN EMERGENCY; WORK THAT COULD SERIOUSLY AFFECT MORALE; AND WORK THAT HAS COMMAND
EMPHASIS. EXAMPLES OF URGENT PRIORITIES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, AIR CONDITIONING AND WATER
HEATER MALFUNCTIONS WHICH RESULT IN PARTIAL LOSS OF SERVICE; THERMOSTAT ADJUSTMENT; NO HEAT IN
QUARTERS WHEN THE EXTERIOR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 50 DEGREES F AND NO AIR CONDITIONING WHEN THE
EXTERIOR TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 90 DEGREES F; FAILURE OF TELEPHONE SYSTEM.

1.1.3 ROUTINE (PRIORITY 3): ROUTINE (PRIORITY 3) IS REQUIRED WORK WHICH, IF NOT ACCOMPLISHED, WOULD
CONTINUE TO BE AN INCONVENIENCE OR AN UN-SLIGHTLY CONDITION, OR EVENTUALLY RESULT IN A HIGHER
PRIORITY (EMERGENCY OR URGENT) CONDITION. EXAMPLES OF ROUTINE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO,
INOPERATIVE SWITCHES; MINOR REPAIRS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT; FAN INOPERATIVE; AND REFRIGERATOR SHELF
BROKEN.

1.2 RESPONSE TIMES:

1.2.1 EMERGENCY RESPONSE TIME: UPON NOTIFICATION OF EMERGENCY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE
QUARTERS, PREPARED TO MAKE ANY REASONABLE REPAIRS, WITHIN THE FOLLOWING TIMES:

                      EMERGENCY (PRIORITY 1)

                      7:30 A.M. TO 8:00 P.M. - 1 CONSECUTIVE HOUR
                      (MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY)
                      ALL OTHER TIMES:       - 2 CONSECUTIVE HOURS

                      8:00 P.M. TO 7:30 A.M.
                      (MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY),AND
                      ALL DAY SUNDAY AND SUNDAY NIGHT.

1.2.2 URGENT RESPONSE TIME      - 24 CONSECUTIVE HOURS

1.2.3 ROUTINE RESPONSE TIME     - 48 CONSECUTIVE HOURS

1.3 COMPLETION TIMES: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE SERVICE ORDER WORK, AFTER INITIAL RESPONSE,
WITHIN THE FOLLOWING TIMES:
1.3.1 EMERGENCY (PRIORITY 1):
                                                                                           W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                      P0001




                      ALLEVIATE EMERGENCY         - 4 CONSECUTIVE HOURS
                                                   TE-9-1

                      COMPLETE ALL WORK:          - 24 CONSECUTIVE HOURS

1.3.2                 URGENT (PRIORITY 2):    -    48 CONSECUTIVE HOURS

1.3.3                 ROUTINE (PRIORITY 3):   -     7 WORKING DAYS

2. THE  FOLLOWING LIST OF CATEGORIES WITH ACCOMPANYING RESPONSE AND COMPLETION TIMES SHALL BE
ADHERED TO BY THE CONTRACTOR. WHERE NO CATEGORY IS LISTED FOR A PARTICULAR TYPE OF SERVICE CALL, THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL CATEGORIZE AND RESPOND TO THE CALL WITH THE HEALTH AND WELFARE OF OCCUPANTS AS
THE PRIME CONSIDERATION. SEE SECTION C-7, SERVICE CALLS FOR ADDITIONAL EXAMPLES OF EMERGENCY SERVICE
ORDERS.
PLUMBING:

            SYSTEM/ITEM                                   RESPONSE ALLEVIATE WORK
                                         CATEGORY         TIME     EMERGENCY COMPLETION TIME
TOTAL LOSS OF WATER                      EMERGENCY        1 HOUR   4 HOURS   24 HOURS
BROKEN SUPPLY LINES THAT CANNOT BE
CONTROLLED AT ANGLE STOP                 EMERGENCY        1 HOUR           4 HOURS     24 HOURS
WATER (HOT OR COLD) STEADY RUNNING IN
SINKS, LAVATORIES OR BATHTUBS THAT
CANNOT BE CONTROLLED AT THE CO VALVE     EMERGENCY        1 HOUR           4 HOURS     24 HOURS
WATER HEATER LEAKING OR INOPERATIVE      EMERGENCY        1 HOUR           4 HOURS     24 HOURS
MAIN DRAIN INOPERATIVE                   EMERGENCY        1 HOUR           4 HOURS     24 HOURS
COMMODE CLOGGED AND OCCUPANT CANNO
UNCLOG                             EMERGENCY              1 HOUR           4 HOURS     24 HOURS
KITCHEN SINK DRAIN CLOGGED AND
OCCUPANT UNABLE TO UNCLOG                EMERGENCY        1 HOUR           4 HOURS     24 HOURS
BATHTUB/SHOWER DRAIN CLOGGED AND
OCCUPANT UNABLE TO UNCLOG                EMERGENCY        1 HOUR           4 HOURS     24 HOURS
LEAKING FAUCETS CONTINUOUS SLOW OR
MODERATE FLOW                            URGENT           24 HOURS         2 DAYS
BROKEN OR PUNCHERED WATER SUPPLY
LINES (HOT OR COLD)                      EMERGENCY        1 HOUR           24 HOURS
CLOGGED DRAINS AND/OR COMMODES WHEN
MORE THAN ONE COMMODE IS PRESENT
OCCUPANT UNABLE TO UNCLOG           URGET                 24 HOURS         2 DAYS


12)DISHWASHER                  URGENT              24 HOURS        -----              2 DAYS
INOPERATIVE.

13)GARBAGE DISPOSAL IN-
 OPERATIVE.                    URGENT         24 HOURS             -----              2 DAYS

14)MINOR FAUCET LEAKS THAT
 CANNOT BE REPAIRED BY
 THE OCCUPANT.                 ROUTINE        2 DAYS               -----              7 DAYS

                                                                                    WORK
                                                  RESPONSE                   ALLEVIATE
COMPLETION
                                                                                W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                           P0001


SYSTEM/ITEM                     CATEGORY       TIME              EMERGENCY               TIME


15)REPLACEMENT OF
COMMODES, SEATS,
FAUCETS, LAVATORIES.         ROUTINE        2 DAYS      -----                             7 DAYS

16)NO HOT WATER              EMERGENCY      1 HOUR     4 HOURS               24 HOURS

REFRIGERATOR:

1) REFRIGERATOR              EMERGENCY      1 HOUR     4 HOURS               24 HOURS
    INOPERATIVE

2) FREEZER                   EMERGENCY      1 HOUR     4 HOURS               24 HOURS
    INOPERATIVE



GAS/ELECTRIC RANGE:

1) GAS AND ELECTRIC RANGE-
 ONLY ONE TOP BURNER
 OPERATIVE.                  EMERGENCY      1 HOUR     4 HOURS               24 HOURS

2) GAS AND ELECTRIC RANGE-
 TWO TOP BURNERS OPERA-
 TIVE.                       URGENT         24 HOURS    -----                  2 DAYS

3) GAS AND ELECTRIC
    RANGE- BROILER/
    OVEN INOPERATIVE.        EMERGENCY      1 HOUR      -----                24 HOURS

4) GAS LEAK                  EMERGENCY      1 HOUR     4 HOURS               24 HOURS

                                                                              WORK
                                           RESPONSE              ALLEVIATE
COMPLETION
SYSTEM/ITEM                     CATEGORY       TIME              EMERGENCY                 TIME

5) ADJUST STANDING
  PILOT.                     URGENT         24 HOURS     -----               2 DAYS


GAS FURNACE HOT WATER HEATER:

1) NO HEAT (IN SEASON, 14
 OCT. THROUGH 14 APR.)
 OR HEAT BELOW 55
 DEGREES F.                  EMERGENCY        1 HOUR    4 HOURS              24 HOURS

2) GAS LEAK.                 EMERGENCY        1 HOUR    4 HOURS              24 HOURS

3) LOW HOT WATER
 TEMPERATURE.                URGENT         24 HOURS    -----                 2 DAYS

4) ADJUST FURNACE OR WATER
                                                                         W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                    P0001


 HEATER PILOT LIGHT.         URGENT         24 HOURS    -----          2 DAYS


AIR CONDITIONING:

1) INOPERATIVE OR INSIDE
 TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE
 80 DEGREES F (IN SEASON
 ONLY, 15 APRIL THROUGH
 15 OCTOBER).                URGENT       24 HOURS      -----           2 DAYS

ELECTRIC:

1) DIRECT ELECTRICAL
  SHORT                      EMERGENCY      1 HOUR     4 HOURS          24 HOURS

                                                                        WORK
                                           RESPONSE    ALLEVIATE           COMPLETION
SYSTEM/ITEM                       CATEGORY      TIME               EMERGENCY
TIME

2) NO LIGHTS OR OUTLETS
 AND BREAKER IS IN-
 OPERATIVE.                  EMERGENCY      1 HOUR     4 HOURS         24 HOURS

3) ELECTRIC RANGE INOPERA-
 TIVE AND TWO ELEMENTS
 OPERATIVE.                  EMERGENCY     1 HOUR      4 HOURS      24 HOURS

4) LIGHT FIXTURES OR OUT-
  LETS INOPERATIVE.          URGENT        24 HOURS      -----        2 DAYS

5) DISHWASHER OR GARBAGE
 DISPOSAL INOPERATIVE.       URGENT       24 HOURS      -----         2 DAYS

6) REPAIR OR REPLACE
  EXHAUST FANS (KITCHEN
  OR BATHROOM).              ROUTINE      2 DAYS        -----          7 DAYS


7) REPAIR OR REPLACE DOOR
 BELLS.                      ROUTINE       2 DAYS       -----         7 DAYS

8) SMOKE DETECTOR IN-
 OPERATIVE.                  EMERGENCY      1 HOUR     4 HOURS        24 HOURS

STRUCTURE:

1) WATER LEAKS IN WALLS
 OR CEILINGS.                EMERGENCY      1 HOUR     4 HOURS         24 HOURS

2) COLLAPSED WALL OR
 CEILING.                    EMERGENCY      1 HOUR     4 HOURS        24 HOURS


                                                                       WORK
                                                                            W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                       P0001


                                             RESPONSE    ALLEVIATE           COMPLETION
SYSTEM/ITEM                       CATEGORY        TIME          EMERGENCY           TIME

3) DOOR CANNOT BE
 SECURED.                    EMERGENCY       1 HOUR      4 HOURS         24 HOURS

4) WINDOW BROKEN OUT
 COMPLETELY.                 EMERGENCY       1 HOUR      4 HOURS         24 HOURS

5) DOOR LOCKS - WILL NOT
  OPEN.                      EMERGENCY       1 HOUR      4 HOURS         24 HOURS

6) WINDOWS WILL NOT CLOSE
  OR LOCK.                   EMERGENCY       1 HOUR      4 HOURS         24 HOURS

7) ROOF LEAKS                EMERGENCY       1 HOUR      4 HOURS         24 HOURS

8) CRACKED OR BROKEN WIN-
 DOWS NOT CREATING SE-
 CURITY OR ENVIRONMENTAL
 HAZARD.                     URGENT          24 HOURS     -----           2 DAYS


9) REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT
 OF MAJOR COMPONENTS
 AND ACCESSORIES.            ROUTINE          2 DAYS       -----           7 DAYS

10)REPAIRS OF INTERIOR
  WALLS, CEILINGS, STAIRS,
  DOORS AND LIKE ITEMS.      ROUTINE         2 DAYS       -----          7 DAYS


                                                                            WORK
                                             RESPONSE       ALLEVIATE        COMPLETION
SYSTEM/ITEM                     CATEGORY          TIME       EMERGENCY         TIME


11)PAINTING RESTORED WALLS,
 CEILINGS, STAIRS, DOORS,
 AND LIKE ITEMS.            ROUTINE          2 DAYS       -----          7 DAYS

12)REPLACEMENT OF FLOOR
 TILE.                       ROUTINE         2 DAYS        -----         7 DAYS

13)REPLACEMENT OF SCREENS,
 DOORS OR WINDOW
 UNITS.                      ROUTINE         2 DAYS        -----         7 DAYS

14)REHANG CLOSET DOORS,
 SHELVES, AND CLOTHES
 RODS.                       ROUTINE         2 DAYS        -----         7 DAYS

15)REPAIR OF KITCHEN
 CABINETS, DOORS, SHELVES,
 AND COUNTERTOPS.            ROUTINE         2 DAYS         -----        7 DAYS
                                                                                    W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                               P0001


16)REPLACEMENT OF GUTTERS
 AND DOWNSPOUTS.            ROUTINE            2 DAYS           -----            7 DAYS

17)TREAT FOR PEST
  CONTROL.                  URGENT         24 HOURS             -----            7 DAYS

18)CARCASS REMOVAL          URGENT         4 HOURS              -----            7 DAYS




      NOTES:

      IN UNITS WHERE AN OCCUPANT HAS A DOCUMENTED MEDICAL NEED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL,
      ALL WORK ON ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEMS SHALL BE CATEGORIZED AS EMERGENCY WITH A
      RESPONSE TIME OF 1 HOUR AND ALLEVIATE EMERGENCY TIME OF 4 HOURS, AND WORK COMPLETION
      TIME OF 24 HOURS.
                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                P0001


                                             SECTION C 15-13

                                          TECHNICAL EXHIBIT 13

                                            WORKLOAD DATA

WORKLOAD ESTIMATES, FACILITIES AND EOUIPMENT TO BE SERVICED

VARIATION IN WORKLOAD: ANY DATA PROVIDED IN THIS TECHNICAL EXHIBIT AS ESTIMATED WORKLOAD IS BASED
ON BEST AVAILABLE HISTORICAL DATA AND AS SUCH, IS SUBJECT TO VARIATIONS
IN QUANTITY.


                                 WORKLOAD FOR MOST RECENT YEARS

# AND TYPE OF SERVICE CALL                 1999    2000   2001    2002     2003
Emergency                                  2830    2622   1811    1752
Urgent                                     5458    5817   4545    2817
Routine                                    5678    7258   7183    9145
# of Change of Occupancy performed         527     644    575     505
# of stoves replaced                       31      52     94      123
# of refrigerators replace                 43      65     0       97




                                          TECHNICAL EXHIBIT 13

                                        FACILITIES TO BE SERVICED

   QTRS      TYPE OF                                 GROSS              DATE             NO. OF
TYPE CONSTRUCTION    SF/QTRS                      CONSTRUCTED               UNITS

I EH 2   METAL SIDING           1,239             1966                      68

III EH 4B       CONC. BLOCK &                     1,216          1966               53
         METAL SIDING ABOVE.

III EH 5B       CONC. BLOCK &                     1,248          1966               46
         METAL SIDING ABOVE.

EH SP BRICK & METAL        947                    1966                              18
             SIDING ABOVE.

IV CGO 1        METAL SIDING. 2.275               1966                      1

IV GO 1 METAL SIDING.           2,086             1966                      1

IVSO 1 METAL SIDING.            1,662             1966                      9

IV FGO 1        METAL SIDING.                     1.385          1966               12
                                                                                  W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                             P0001


IV FGO 2       BRICK & METAL                         1, 389          1966        14
       SIDING ABOVE.

II FGO 1 BRICK & COMPOSIT-     1,397                 1967                   6
         ION SIDING ABOVE.


I CGO 1 METAL SIDING         . 1,244                 1966                   32

I CGO 2 BRICK & METAL          1,395                 1966                   12
        SIDING ABOVE.

I CGO II BRICK & METAL         865                   1967                   12
         SIDING ABOVE.

EM 22 U        BRICK COMPOSITION                     1,217           1967        10
       SIDING ABOVE.

EM 22 D        BRICK & METAL                         1,213           1967        12
       SIDING ABOVE.

1 EM 1         BRICK & COMPOSIT-                     1,067           1967        36
ION SIDING ABOVE.



                                         TECHNICAL EXHIBIT 13

                                       FACILITIES TO BE SERVICED

QTRS   TYPE OF                               GROSS     DATE                      NO. OF
TYPE   CONSTRUCTION            SF/QTRS       CONSTRUCTED UNITS

EM 12 D       BRICK & METAL 1,017                    1967            4
              SIDING ABOVE.

EM 12 U       BRICK & COMPOSIT-              1,078            1967          8
       ION SIDING ABOVE.

I EM 2        BRICK & COMPOSIT-              1,239            1967          62
ION SIDING ABOVE.


I EM II BRICK & COMPOSIT-                    865                     1967        12
ION SIDING ABOVE.


I EM I BRICK & PLYWOOD         1,052                 1969            84
SIDING ABOVE.

EM SP BRICK                    884                            1969          40

EM 12 D       BRICK & PLYWOOD                1,072            1969          32
              SIDING ABOVE.

EM 12 U       BRICK & PLYWOOD                1,065            1969          24
              SIDING ABOVE.
                                                                                       W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                  P0001


D         BRICK & PRE-                           1,065          1970          18
                FINISHED SIDING.


M         BRICK & PRE-                           915                   1970        140
                FINISHED SIDING.


R         BRICK & PRE-                           1,247          1970          50
                FINISHED SIDING.


U         BRICK & PRE-                           1.072          1970          32
                FINISHED SIDING.


2S        BRICK & PLYWOOD          990                          1971          88
                SIDING.

3D        BRICK & PLYWOOD          1,216                 1971          70
                SIDING.

3U              BRICK & PLYWOOD                  1.216                 1971        30
                SIDING.
TE-13-3



                                             TECHNICAL EXHIBIT 13

                                           FACILITIES TO BE SERVICED

QTRS          TYPE OF                            GROSS     DATE                    NO. OF
TYPE      CONSTRUCTION             SF/QTRS       CONSTRUCTED UNITS


2/4D      BRICK & PLYWOOD          935                   1971          20
                SIDING.

2/4U      BRICK & PLYWOOD          935                   1971          44

4F        BRICK & PLYWOOD          1,380         1971           24
                SIDING.

4U        BRICK &PLYWOOD           1,380         1971           16
          SIDING.

1A-5      STUCCO                                1,703 1988                    1


1B-4      STUCCO.                                        1511          1988        4


2C-3      STUCCO.                                        1237          1988        10
                                                                                      W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                 P0001


2D-2    STUCCO.                                   989           1988              26


2D-2           STUCCO               989           1988                    72


1E-2    STUCCO.                                   985           1988              8

                                                                          _____


TOTAL                                                                     1145




                                     TECHNICAL EXHIBIT 13

                                   FACILITIES TO BE SERVICED


                             RECAPITULATION OF FAMILY HOUSING UNITS




                                      PIERCE TERRACE                     980

                                      PIERCE TERRACE EXTENSION           121

                                      Howie Village                      159

                                          TOTAL                        1, 260



                                          BUS STOP SHELTERS


                                          PIERCE TERRACE                  17

                          PIERCE TERRACE EXTENSION                         3

                          HOWIE VILLAGE                                    1
        ____

                                           TOTAL           21



                                             PLAYGROUNDS


        PIERCE TERRACE 30
        PIERCE TERRACE EXTENSION              7
                                                                                     W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                P0001


       HOWIE VILLAGE      3


                                            TOTAL         40




                                         TECHNICAL EXHIBIT 13

                                      FACILITIES TO BE SERVICED


                                        APPLIANCES TO BE SERVICED

                                RANGES AND BUILT–IN OVENS. TOTAL 1,260


REFRIGERATORS/FREEZERS.       TOTAL 1,260


                          INSTALLED DISHWASHERS

                              PIERCE TERRACE                 116
                              PIERCE TERRACE (PIZZA HUT AREA 296
                              PIERCE TERRACE EXTENSION              121
                              HOWIE VILLAGE/GEN. OFF.                99
                                                                    632

NOTE: 1.   THE DISHWASHER       QUANTITY WILL CONTINUE TO INCREASE AS THE   GOVERNMENT   IS INSTALLING
       DISHWASHERS IN HOUSING UNITS TO UPGRADE THE FACILITIES.

NOTE: 2. EACH OF THE 1,266 UNITS HAVE A GARBAGE DISPOSAL, RANGEHOOD WITH FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
      (WET & DRY ), BATH EXHAUST FANS, SMOKE DETECTORS (TWO STORY UNITS HAVE SMOKE DETECTOR ON
      BOTH LEVELS) AND CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTORS.



INSTALLED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TO BE SERVICED

TYPE   MANUFACTURER              OUANTITY

GAS WATER HEATERS                VARIOUS BRANDS                     1,260

HVAC (GAS FURN. & A/C SYS.
AND HEAT PUMP SYS.               VARIOUS BRANDS                     1,260




                                         TECHNICAL EXHIBIT 13
                                                                                          W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                                                                     P0001


                                   FACILITIES TO BE SERVICED




                                         SERVICE SCHEDULE:


SEASONAL MAINTENANCE SHALL BE PERFORMED FOR HVAC SYSTEMS CONTINUOUSLY:

HEATING EQUIPMENT SERVICE CYCLE SHALL BE PERFORMED DURING 1 OCTOBER TO MID APRIL.

A/C EQUIPMENT CYCLE SHALL BE PERFORMED DURING 1 APRIL TO MID OCTOBER.

GAS WATER HEATER CYCLE SHALL BE PERFORMED DURING THE HEATING EQUIPMENT CYCLE.


                                  LIFE EXPECTANCY OF APPLIANCES:

       ITEM                                                                       MINIMUM LIFE
                                                                                  EXPECTANCY


       REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER (SEPARATE BID ITEM)                         12 YRS.

       RANGES, OVENS & GARBAGE DISPOSAL (SEPARATE BID ITEM) 10 YRS.

       GARBAGE DISPOSAL (SEPARATE BID ITEM)                             3 YRS.

       HOT WATER HEATERS (SEPARATE BID ITEM)                            8 YRS.

       DISHWASHER (SEPARATE BID ITEM)                                   10 YRS.




                                          SECTION A15-14


                                    TECHNICAL EXHIBIT C15-14


       UTILITY SERVICE                               COST TO NON-GOVERNMENT TENANT

       ELECTRIC POWER                                $0.0544 PER KWH

       WATER
                 FILTERED                            $1.8929 PER GAL.

       SEWAGE $0.7325 PER GAL.

       REFUSE:

                 COLLECTION                          $0.5799 PER CUBIC YD.
                                              W9124C-05-D-0004
                                                         P0001


      DISPOSAL        $0.3728 PER CUBIC YD.
      COMBINED        $0.9527 PER CUBIC YD.

NATURAL GAS:

      FIRM            $0.9172 PER 1,000
      INTERRUPTIBLE   $0.5049 PER 1,000

LPG                   $0.9167 PER GAL.

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:178
posted:7/27/2011
language:English
pages:207
Description: Property Cleaning and Maintenance Work Contract document sample